NEC NP-M402H REPLACED BY NP-M403H 4000 lumen Widescreen Entry Level Professional Installation Projector

Product's Documents

Below are documents related to this product, you can read online or download:
User Manual Other Documents
  • CRN magazine: Re – NEC M402H More Than Just a Projector - (English) Download
  • Projector Accessory Flyer - (English) Download
  • Laser Regulatory - (English) Download
  • Recommended Light Output - (English) Download
  • Common ASCII Commands between LFD and PJ - (English) Download
  • Projector Flyer - (English) Download
  • PJ Control Command Codes - (English) Download
  • Naviset admin2 Flyer - (English) Download
  • PJ Control Commands appendixes - (English) Download
  • NP02LM Users Manual - (English) Download
  • Administrate with Ease - (English) Download
  • Projectors – When to Repair or Replace? - (English) Download
  • Find the Right Display Technology for Your Needs - (English) Download
Installation Instruction Specification
  • Ceiling Plate Technical Data Sheet - (English) Download
  • Specification Brochure - (English) Download
Warranty
  • Limited Warranty Sheet - (English) Download
NP-M402H REPLACED BY NP-M403H photo

User Manual

This is the main product document for model NP-M402H REPLACED BY NP-M403H.

The file format is pdf, 165 pages, you can download this manual here .

background
Projector
M402W/M362W/M322W/
M402X/M362X/M322X/M282X/
M352WS/M302WS/M332XS/
M402H
User’s Manual
The M302WS, M402W, M362W, and M362X are not distributed in
North America.
Model No.
NP-M402W, NP-M362W, NP-M322W, NP-M402X, NP-M362X, NP-
M322X, NP-M282X, NP-M352WS, NP-M302WS, NP-M332XS,
NP-M402H
background
Ver. 4/6/14
•฀DLP฀is฀a฀trademark฀of฀Texas฀Instruments.
•฀Apple,฀Mac,฀Mac฀OS,฀and฀MacBook฀are฀trademarks฀of฀Apple฀Inc.฀registered฀in฀the฀U.S.฀and฀other฀countries.
•฀Microsoft,฀Windows,฀Windows฀Vista,฀Internet฀Explorer,฀.NET฀Framework฀and฀PowerPoint฀are฀either฀a฀registered฀
trademark฀or฀trademark฀of฀Microsoft฀Corporation฀in฀the฀United฀States฀and/or฀other฀countries.
•฀Intel฀and฀Intel฀Core฀are฀trademarks฀of฀Intel฀Corporation฀in฀the฀U.S.฀and/or฀other฀countries.
•฀PowerPC฀is฀a฀registered฀trademark฀of฀the฀International฀Business฀Machines฀Corporation.
•฀MicroSaver฀is฀a฀registered฀trademark฀of฀Kensington฀Computer฀Products฀Group,฀a฀division฀of฀ACCO฀Brands.
•฀Virtual฀Remote฀Tool฀uses฀WinI2C/DDC฀library,฀©฀Nicomsoft฀Ltd.
•฀HDMI,฀the฀HDMI฀Logo฀and฀High-Denition฀Multimedia฀Interface฀are฀trademarks฀or฀registered฀trademarks฀of฀HDMI฀
Licensing฀LLC.
•฀Trademark฀PJLink฀is฀a฀trademark฀applied฀for฀trademark฀rights฀in฀Japan,฀the฀United฀States฀of฀America฀and฀other฀
countries and areas.
•฀Wi-Fi
®
,฀Wi-Fi฀Alliance
®
,฀and฀Wi-Fi฀Protected฀Access฀(WPA,฀WPA2)
®
are฀registered฀trademarks฀of฀the฀Wi-Fi฀Alli-
ance.
•฀Blu-ray฀is฀a฀trademark฀of฀Blu-ray฀Disc฀Association
•฀CRESTRON฀and฀ROOMVIEW฀are฀registered฀trademarks฀of฀Crestron฀Electronics,฀Inc.in฀the฀United฀States฀and฀other฀
countries.
•฀Other฀product฀and฀companynames฀mentioned฀in฀this฀user’smanual฀maybe฀thetrademarks฀or฀registered฀trademarks฀
of฀their฀respective฀holders.
•฀GPL/LGPL฀Software฀Licenses
The฀product฀includes฀software฀licensed฀under฀GNU฀General฀Public฀License฀(GPL),฀GNU฀Lesser฀General฀Public฀
License฀(LGPL),฀and฀others.
For฀more฀information฀on฀each฀software,฀see฀“readme.pdf”฀inside฀the฀“about฀GPL&LGPL”฀folder฀on฀the฀supplied฀CD-
ROM.
NOTES
(1)฀The฀contents฀of฀this฀user’s฀manual฀may฀not฀be฀reprinted฀in฀part฀or฀whole฀without฀permission.
(2)฀The฀contents฀of฀this฀user’s฀manual฀are฀subject฀to฀change฀without฀notice.
(3)฀Great฀care฀has฀been฀taken฀in฀the฀preparation฀of฀this฀user’s฀manual;฀however,฀should฀you฀notice฀any฀questionable฀
points,฀errors฀or฀omissions,฀please฀contact฀us.
(4)฀Notwithstanding฀article฀(3),฀NEC฀will฀not฀be฀responsible฀for฀any฀claims฀on฀loss฀of฀prot฀or฀other฀matters฀deemed฀
to฀result฀from฀using฀the฀Projector.
background
i
Important Information
Safety Cautions
Precautions
Please฀read฀this฀manual฀carefully฀before฀using฀your฀NEC฀projector฀and฀keep฀the฀manual฀handy฀for฀future฀reference.
CAUTION
To฀turn฀off฀main฀power,฀be฀sure฀to฀remove฀the฀plug฀from฀power฀outlet.
The฀power฀outlet฀socket฀should฀be฀installed฀as฀near฀to฀the฀equipment฀as฀possible,฀and฀should฀be฀easily฀
accessible.
CAUTION
TO฀PREVENT฀SHOCK,฀DO฀NOT฀OPEN฀THE฀CABINET.
THERE฀ARE฀HIGH-VOLTAGE฀COMPONENTS฀INSIDE.
REFER฀SERVICING฀TO฀QUALIFIED฀SERVICE฀PERSONNEL.
This฀symbol฀warns฀the฀user฀that฀uninsulated฀voltage฀within฀the฀unit฀may฀be฀sufcient฀to฀cause฀electrical฀
shock.Therefore,฀it฀is฀dangerous฀to฀make฀any฀kind฀of฀contact฀with฀any฀part฀inside฀of฀the฀unit.
This฀symbol฀alerts฀the฀user฀that฀important฀information฀concerning฀the฀operation฀and฀maintenance฀of฀this฀
unit฀has฀been฀provided.
The฀information฀should฀be฀read฀carefully฀to฀avoid฀problems.
WARNING:TO฀PREVENT฀FIRE฀OR฀SHOCK,฀DO฀NOT฀EXPOSE฀THIS฀UNIT฀TO฀RAIN฀OR฀MOISTURE.
DO฀NOTUSE฀THIS฀UNIT’S฀PLUG฀WITH฀AN฀EXTENSION฀CORD฀OR฀IN฀AN฀OUTLET฀UNLESS฀ALL฀THE฀PRONGS฀
CAN฀BE฀FULLY฀INSERTED.
DOC Compliance Notice (for Canada only)
This฀Class฀B฀digital฀apparatus฀complies฀with฀Canadian฀ICES-003.
Machine Noise Information Regulation - 3. GPSGV,
The฀highest฀sound฀pressure฀level฀is฀less฀than฀70฀dB฀(A)฀in฀accordance฀with฀EN฀ISO฀7779.
Disposing of your used product
EU-wide฀legislation฀as฀implemented฀in฀each฀Member฀State฀requires฀that฀used฀electrical฀and฀electronic฀prod-
ucts฀carrying฀the฀mark฀(left)฀must฀be฀disposed฀of฀separately฀from฀normal฀household฀waste.฀This฀includes฀
projectors฀and฀their฀electrical฀accessories฀or฀lamps.When฀you฀dispose฀of฀such฀products,฀please฀follow฀the฀
guidance฀of฀your฀local฀authority฀and/or฀ask฀the฀shop฀where฀you฀purchased฀the฀product.
After฀collecting฀the฀used฀products,฀they฀are฀reused฀and฀recycled฀in฀a฀proper฀way.This฀effort฀will฀help฀us฀
reduce฀the฀wastes฀as฀well฀as฀the฀negative฀impact฀such฀as฀mercury฀contained฀in฀a฀lamp฀to฀the฀human฀health฀
and฀the฀environment฀at฀the฀minimum฀level.
The฀mark฀on฀the฀electrical฀and฀electronic฀products฀only฀applies฀to฀the฀current฀European฀Union฀Member฀
States.
background
ii
Important Information
WARNING TO CALIFORNIA RESIDENTS:
Handling฀the฀cables฀supplied฀with฀this฀product฀will฀expose฀you฀to฀lead,฀a฀chemical฀known฀to฀the฀State฀of฀California฀
to฀cause฀birth฀defects฀or฀other฀reproductive฀harm.฀WASH฀HANDS฀AFTER฀HANDLING.
RF Interference (for USA only)
WARNING
The฀Federal฀Communications฀Commission฀does฀not฀allow฀any฀modications฀or฀changes฀to฀the฀unit฀EXCEPT฀those฀
specied฀by฀NEC฀Display฀Solutions฀of฀America,฀Inc.in฀this฀manual.Failure฀to฀comply฀with฀this฀government฀regu-
lation฀could฀void฀your฀right฀to฀operate฀this฀equipment.฀This฀equipment฀has฀been฀tested฀and฀found฀to฀comply฀with฀
the฀limits฀for฀a฀Class฀B฀digital฀device,฀pursuant฀to฀Part฀15฀of฀the฀FCC฀Rules.฀These฀limits฀are฀designed฀to฀provide฀
reasonable฀protection฀against฀harmful฀interference฀in฀a฀residential฀installation.This฀equipment฀generates,฀uses,฀and฀
can฀radiate฀radio฀frequency฀energy฀and,฀if฀not฀installed฀and฀used฀in฀accordance฀with฀the฀instructions,฀may฀cause฀
harmful฀interference฀to฀radio฀communications.฀However,฀there฀is฀no฀guarantee฀that฀interference฀will฀not฀occur฀in฀a฀
particular฀installation.
If฀this฀equipment฀does฀cause฀harmful฀interference฀to฀radio฀or฀television฀reception,฀which฀can฀be฀determined฀by฀
turning฀the฀equipment฀off฀and฀on,฀the฀user฀is฀encouraged฀to฀try฀to฀correct฀the฀interference฀by฀one฀or฀more฀of฀the฀
following฀measures:
•฀Reorient฀or฀relocate฀the฀receiving฀antenna.
•฀Increase฀the฀separation฀between฀the฀equipment฀and฀receiver.
•฀Connect฀the฀equipment฀into฀an฀outlet฀on฀a฀circuit฀different฀from฀that฀to฀which฀the฀receiver฀is฀connected.
•฀Consult฀the฀dealer฀or฀an฀experienced฀radio฀/฀TV฀technician฀for฀help.
For฀UK฀only:฀In฀UK,฀a฀BS฀approved฀power฀cord฀with฀moulded฀plug฀has฀a฀Black฀(ve฀Amps)฀fuse฀installed฀for฀use฀with฀
this฀equipment.฀If฀a฀power฀cord฀is฀not฀supplied฀with฀this฀equipment฀please฀contact฀your฀supplier.
Important Safeguards
These฀safety฀instructions฀are฀to฀ensure฀the฀long฀life฀of฀your฀projector฀and฀to฀prevent฀re฀and฀shock.฀Please฀read฀them฀
carefully฀and฀heed฀all฀warnings.
Installation
•฀Do฀not฀place฀the฀projector฀in฀the฀following฀conditions:
- on an unstable cart, stand, or table.
-฀near฀water,฀baths,฀or฀damp฀rooms.
-฀in฀direct฀sunlight,฀near฀heaters,฀or฀heat฀radiating฀appliances.
-฀in฀a฀dusty,฀smoky฀or฀steamy฀environment.
-฀on฀a฀sheet฀of฀paper฀or฀cloth,฀rugs฀or฀carpets.
•฀If฀you฀wish฀to฀have฀the฀projector฀installed฀on฀the฀ceiling:
-฀Do฀not฀attempt฀to฀install฀the฀projector฀yourself.
-฀The฀projector฀must฀be฀installed฀by฀qualied฀technicians฀in฀order฀to฀ensure฀proper฀operation฀and฀reduce฀the฀risk฀
of฀bodily฀injury.
-฀In฀addition,฀the฀ceiling฀must฀be฀strong฀enough฀to฀support฀the฀projector฀and฀the฀installation฀must฀be฀in฀accordance฀
with฀any฀local฀building฀codes.
-฀Please฀consult฀your฀dealer฀for฀more฀information.
background
iii
Important Information
WARNING
•฀Do฀not฀use฀any฀other฀object฀than฀the฀projector’s฀sliding฀lens฀cover฀to฀cover฀the฀lens฀while฀the฀projector฀is฀on.
Doing฀so฀can฀cause฀the฀object฀to฀get฀extremely฀hot,฀and฀possibly฀resulting฀in฀a฀re฀or฀damage฀due฀to฀the฀heat฀
emitted฀from฀the฀light฀output.
•฀Do฀not฀cover฀the฀lens฀with฀the฀lens฀cap฀or฀equivalent฀while฀the฀projector฀is฀on.฀Doing฀so฀can฀lead฀to฀melting฀of฀
the฀cap฀due฀to฀the฀heat฀emitted฀from฀the฀light฀output.
•฀Do฀not฀place฀any฀objects,฀which฀are฀easily฀affected฀by฀heat,฀in฀front฀of฀the฀projector฀lens.฀Doing฀so฀could฀lead฀
to฀the฀object฀melting฀from฀the฀heat฀that฀is฀emitted฀from฀the฀light฀output.
•฀Do฀not฀spray฀ammable฀gas฀to฀get฀rid฀of฀dust฀and฀dirt฀that฀accumulate฀in฀the฀lens.Doing฀so฀could฀cause฀a฀
re.
Place the projector in a horizontal position
The฀tilt฀angle฀of฀the฀projector฀should฀not฀exceed฀10฀degrees,฀nor฀should฀the฀projector฀be฀installed฀in฀any฀way฀other฀
than฀the฀desktop฀and฀ceiling฀mount,฀otherwise฀lamp฀life฀could฀decrease฀dramatically.
10˚
Fire and Shock Precautions
•฀Ensure฀that฀there฀is฀sufcient฀ventilation฀and฀that฀vents฀are฀unobstructed฀to฀prevent฀the฀build-up฀of฀heat฀inside฀your฀
projector.฀Allow฀at฀least฀4฀inches฀(10cm)฀of฀space฀between฀your฀projector฀and฀a฀wall.
•฀Do฀not฀try฀to฀touch฀the฀exhaust฀vent฀on฀the฀right฀front฀(when฀seen฀from฀the฀front)฀as฀it฀can฀become฀heated฀while฀the฀
projector฀is฀turned฀on฀and฀immediately฀after฀the฀projector฀is฀turned฀off.Parts฀of฀the฀projector฀may฀become฀temporarily฀
heated฀if฀the฀projector฀is฀turned฀off฀with฀the฀POWER฀button฀or฀if฀the฀AC฀power฀supply฀is฀disconnected฀during฀normal฀
projector฀operation.
Use฀caution฀when฀picking฀up฀the฀projector.
•฀Prevent฀foreign฀objects฀such฀as฀paper฀clips฀and฀bits฀of฀paper฀from฀fallinginto฀your฀projector.Do฀not฀attempt฀to฀retrieve฀
any฀objects฀that฀might฀fall฀into฀your฀projector.฀Do฀not฀insert฀any฀metal฀objects฀such฀as฀a฀wire฀or฀screwdriver฀into฀your฀
projector.If฀something฀should฀fall฀into฀your฀projector,฀disconnect฀it฀immediately฀and฀have฀the฀object฀removed฀by฀a฀
qualied฀service฀personnel.
•฀Do฀not฀place฀any฀objects฀on฀top฀of฀the฀projector.
•฀Do฀not฀touch฀the฀power฀plug฀during฀a฀thunderstorm.฀Doing฀so฀can฀cause฀electrical฀shock฀or฀re.
•฀The฀projector฀is฀designed฀to฀operate฀on฀a฀power฀supply฀of฀100-240V฀AC฀50/60฀Hz.฀Ensure฀that฀your฀power฀supply฀
ts฀this฀requirement฀before฀attempting฀to฀use฀your฀projector.
•฀Do฀not฀look฀into฀the฀lens฀while฀the฀projector฀is฀on.฀Serious฀damage฀to฀your฀eyes฀could฀result.
•฀Keep฀any฀items฀such฀as฀magnifying฀glass฀out฀of฀the฀light฀path฀of฀the฀projector.฀The฀light฀being฀projected฀from฀the฀
lens฀is฀extensive,฀therefore฀any฀kind฀of฀abnormal฀objects฀that฀can฀redirect฀light฀coming฀out฀of฀the฀lens,฀can฀cause฀
unpredictable฀outcome฀such฀as฀re฀or฀injury฀to฀the฀eyes.
background
iv
Important Information
•฀Do฀not฀place฀any฀objects,฀which฀are฀easily฀affected฀by฀heat,฀in฀front฀of฀a฀projector฀exhaust฀vent.
Doing฀so฀could฀lead฀to฀the฀object฀melting฀or฀getting฀your฀hands฀burned฀from฀the฀heat฀that฀is฀emitted฀from฀the฀exhaust฀
vent.
•฀Do฀not฀splash฀water฀over฀the฀projector.฀Doing฀so฀can฀cause฀electrical฀shock฀or฀re.฀If฀the฀projector฀gets฀wet,฀turn฀off฀
the฀projector,฀unplug฀the฀power฀cord฀and฀have฀the฀projector฀serviced฀by฀a฀qualied฀service฀personnel.
•฀Handle฀the฀power฀cord฀carefully.฀A฀damaged฀or฀frayed฀power฀cord฀can฀cause฀electric฀shock฀or฀re.
-฀Do฀not฀use฀any฀power฀cord฀other฀than฀the฀one฀supplied฀with฀the฀projector.
-฀Do฀not฀bend฀or฀tug฀the฀power฀cord฀excessively.
-฀Do฀not฀place฀the฀power฀cord฀under฀the฀projector,฀or฀any฀heavy฀object.
-฀Do฀not฀cover฀the฀power฀cord฀with฀other฀soft฀materials฀such฀as฀rugs.
-฀Do฀not฀heat฀the฀power฀cord.
-฀Do฀not฀handle฀the฀power฀plug฀with฀wet฀hands.
•฀Turn฀off฀the฀projector,฀unplug฀the฀power฀cord฀and฀have฀the฀projector฀serviced฀by฀a฀qualied฀service฀personnel฀under฀
the฀following฀conditions:
-฀When฀the฀power฀cord฀or฀plug฀is฀damaged฀or฀frayed.
-฀If฀liquid฀has฀been฀spilled฀into฀the฀projector,฀or฀if฀it฀has฀been฀exposed฀to฀rain฀or฀water.
-฀If฀the฀projector฀does฀not฀operate฀normally฀when฀you฀follow฀the฀instructions฀described฀in฀this฀user’s฀manual.
-฀If฀the฀projector฀has฀been฀dropped฀or฀the฀cabinet฀has฀been฀damaged.
-฀If฀the฀projector฀exhibits฀a฀distinct฀change฀in฀performance,฀indicating฀a฀need฀for฀service.
•฀Disconnect฀the฀power฀cord฀and฀any฀other฀cables฀before฀carrying฀the฀projector.
•฀Turn฀off฀the฀projector฀and฀unplug฀the฀power฀cord฀before฀cleaning฀the฀cabinet฀or฀replacing฀the฀lamp.
•฀Turn฀off฀the฀projector฀and฀unplug฀the฀power฀cord฀if฀the฀projector฀is฀not฀to฀be฀used฀for฀an฀extended฀period฀of฀time.
•฀When฀using฀a฀LAN฀cable฀(only฀models฀with฀the฀RJ-45฀LAN฀port):
For฀safety,฀do฀not฀connect฀to฀the฀connector฀for฀peripheral฀device฀wiring฀that฀might฀have฀excessive฀voltage.
CAUTION
•฀Do฀not฀use฀the฀tilt-foot฀for฀purposes฀other฀than฀originally฀intended.฀Misuses฀such฀as฀gripping฀the฀tilt-foot฀or฀hang-
ing฀on฀the฀wall฀can฀cause฀damage฀to฀the฀projector.
•฀Do฀not฀send฀the฀projector฀in฀the฀soft฀case฀by฀parcel฀delivery฀service฀or฀cargo฀shipment.The฀projector฀inside฀the฀
soft฀case฀could฀be฀damaged.
•฀Select฀[HIGH]฀in฀Fan฀mode฀if฀you฀continue฀to฀use฀the฀projector฀for฀consecutive฀days.(From฀the฀menu,฀select฀
[SETUP]฀฀[OPTIONS(1)]฀฀[FAN฀MODE]฀฀[HIGH].)
•฀Do฀not฀turn฀off฀the฀AC฀power฀for฀60฀seconds฀after฀the฀lamp฀is฀turned฀on฀and฀while฀the฀POWER฀indicator฀is฀blink-
ing฀blue.฀Doing฀so฀could฀cause฀premature฀lamp฀failure.
Remote Control Precautions
•฀Handle฀the฀remote฀control฀carefully.
•฀If฀the฀remote฀control฀gets฀wet,฀wipe฀it฀dry฀immediately.
•฀Avoid฀excessive฀heat฀and฀humidity.
•฀Do฀not฀short,฀heat,฀or฀take฀apart฀batteries.
•฀Do฀not฀throw฀batteries฀into฀re.
•฀If฀you฀will฀not฀be฀using฀the฀remote฀control฀for฀a฀long฀time,฀remove฀the฀batteries.
•฀Ensure฀that฀you฀have฀the฀batteries’฀polarity฀(+/−)฀aligned฀correctly.
•฀Do฀not฀use฀new฀and฀old฀batteries฀together,฀or฀use฀different฀types฀of฀batteries฀together.
•฀Dispose฀of฀used฀batteries฀according฀to฀your฀local฀regulations.
background
v
Important Information
Note for US Residents
The฀lamp฀in฀this฀product฀contains฀mercury.฀Please฀dispose฀according฀to฀Local,฀State฀or฀Federal฀Laws.
Lamp Replacement
•฀Use฀the฀specied฀lamp฀for฀safety฀and฀performance.
•฀To฀replace฀the฀lamp,฀follow฀all฀instructions฀provided฀on฀page฀
132.
•฀Be฀sure฀to฀replace฀the฀lamp฀when฀the฀message฀[THE LAMP HAS REACHED THE END OF ITS USABLE LIFE.
PLEASE REPLACE THE LAMP.]appears.฀If฀you฀continue฀to฀use฀the฀lamp฀after฀the฀lamp฀has฀reached฀the฀end฀of฀
its฀usable฀life,฀the฀lamp฀bulb฀may฀shatter,฀and฀pieces฀of฀glass฀may฀be฀scattered฀in฀the฀lamp฀case.Do฀not฀touch฀them฀
as฀the฀pieces฀of฀glass฀may฀cause฀injury.
If฀this฀happens,฀contact฀your฀dealer฀for฀lamp฀replacement.
A Lamp Characteristic
The฀projector฀has฀a฀discharge฀lamp฀for฀special฀purposes฀as฀a฀light฀source.
A฀lamp฀has฀a฀characteristic฀that฀its฀brightness฀gradually฀decreases฀with฀age.฀Also฀repeatedly฀turning฀the฀lamp฀on฀
and฀off฀will฀increase฀the฀possibility฀of฀its฀lower฀brightness.
The฀actual฀lamp฀life฀may฀vary฀depending฀upon฀the฀individual฀lamp,฀the฀environmental฀conditions฀and฀usage.
CAUTION:
•฀DO฀NOT฀TOUCH฀THE฀LAMP฀immediately฀after฀it฀has฀been฀used.It฀will฀be฀extremely฀hot.฀Turn฀the฀projector฀off฀
and฀then฀disconnect฀the฀power฀cord.฀Allow฀at฀least฀one฀hour฀for฀the฀lamp฀to฀cool฀before฀handling.
•฀When฀removing฀the฀lamp฀from฀a฀ceiling-mounted฀projector,฀make฀sure฀that฀no฀one฀is฀under฀the฀projector.฀Glass฀
fragments฀could฀fall฀if฀the฀lamp฀has฀been฀burned฀out.
About High Altitude mode
•฀Set฀[FAN฀MODE]฀to฀[HIGH฀ALTITUDE]฀when฀using฀the฀projector฀at฀altitudes฀approximately฀5500฀feet/1700฀meters฀
or฀higher.
Using฀the฀projector฀at฀altitudes฀approximately฀5500฀feet/1700฀meters฀or฀higher฀without฀setting฀to฀[HIGH฀ALTITUDE]฀
can฀cause฀the฀projector฀to฀overheat฀and฀the฀protector฀could฀shut฀down.฀If฀this฀happens,฀wait฀a฀couple฀minutes฀and฀
turn฀on฀the฀projector.
•฀Using฀the฀projector฀at฀altitudes฀less฀than฀approximately฀5500฀feet/1700฀meters฀and฀setting฀to฀[HIGH฀ALTITUDE]฀
can฀cause฀the฀lamp฀to฀overcool,฀causing฀the฀image฀to฀icker.฀Switch฀[FAN฀MODE]฀to฀[AUTO].
•฀Using฀the฀projector฀at฀altitudes฀approximately฀5500฀feet/1700฀meters฀or฀higher฀can฀shorten฀the฀life฀of฀optical฀com-
ponents฀such฀as฀the฀lamp.
About Copyright of original projected pictures:
Please฀note฀that฀using฀this฀projector฀for฀the฀purpose฀of฀commercial฀gain฀or฀the฀attraction฀of฀public฀attention฀in฀a฀venue฀
such฀as฀a฀coffee฀shop฀or฀hotel฀and฀employing฀compression฀or฀expansion฀of฀the฀screen฀image฀with฀the฀following฀func-
tions฀may฀raise฀concern฀about฀the฀infringement฀of฀copyrights฀which฀are฀protected฀by฀copyright฀law.
[ASPECT฀RATIO],฀[KEYSTONE],฀Magnifying฀feature฀and฀other฀similar฀features.
Turkish RoHS information relevant for Turkish market
EEE Yonetmeliğine Uygundur.
This฀device฀is฀not฀intended฀for฀use฀in฀the฀direct฀eld฀of฀view฀at฀visual฀display฀workplaces.To฀avoid฀incommoding฀reec-
tions฀at฀visual฀display฀workplaces฀this฀device฀must฀not฀be฀placed฀in฀the฀direct฀eld฀of฀view.
background
vi
Important Information
Power management function
The฀projector฀has฀power฀management฀functions.To฀reduce฀power฀consumption,฀the฀power฀management฀functions฀(1฀
and฀2)฀are฀factory฀preset฀as฀shown฀below.฀To฀control฀the฀projector฀from฀an฀external฀device฀via฀a฀LAN฀or฀serial฀cable฀
connection,฀use฀the฀on-screen฀menu฀to฀change฀the฀settings฀for฀1฀and฀2.
1. STANDBY MODE (Factory preset: NORMAL)
To control the projector from an external device, select [NETWORK STANDBY] for [STANDBY MODE].
NOTE:
•When[NORMAL]isselectedfor[STANDBYMODE],thefollowingconnectorsandfunctionswillnotwork:
MONITOROUTconnector,AUDIOOUTconnector,USB-Bport,LANfunctions,MailAlertfunction,DDC/CI(VirtualRemote
Tool)
2. AUTO POWER OFF (Factory preset: 1 hour)
To control the projector from an external device, select [OFF] for [AUTO POWER OFF].
NOTE:
•When[1:00]isselectedfor[AUTOPOWEROFF],youcanenabletheprojectortoautomaticallyturnoffin60minutesifthereis
nosignalreceivedbyanyinputorifnooperationisperformed.
Health precautions to users viewing 3D images
Before฀viewing,฀be฀sure฀to฀read฀health฀care฀precautions฀that฀may฀be฀found฀in฀the฀user’s฀manual฀included฀with฀your฀
LCD฀shutter฀eyeglasses฀or฀your฀3D฀compatible฀content฀such฀as฀DVDs,฀video฀games,฀computer's฀video฀les฀and฀
the฀like.
To฀avoid฀any฀adverse฀symptoms,฀heed฀the฀following:
•฀Do฀not฀use฀LCD฀shutter฀eyeglasses฀for฀viewing฀any฀material฀other฀than฀3D฀images.
•฀Allow฀a฀distance฀of฀2฀m/7฀feet฀or฀greater฀between฀the฀screen฀and฀a฀user.฀Viewing฀3D฀images฀from฀too฀close฀a฀
distance฀can฀strain฀your฀eyes.
•฀Avoid฀viewing฀3D฀images฀for฀a฀prolonged฀period฀of฀time.Take฀a฀break฀of฀15฀minutes฀or฀longer฀after฀every฀hour฀
of฀viewing.
•฀If฀you฀or฀any฀member฀of฀your฀family฀has฀a฀history฀of฀light-sensitive฀seizures,฀consult฀a฀doctor฀before฀viewing฀3D฀
images.
•฀While฀viewing฀3D฀images,฀if฀you฀get฀sick฀such฀as฀nausea,฀dizziness,฀queasiness,฀headache,฀eyestrain,฀blurry฀
vision,฀convulsions,฀and฀numbness,฀stop฀viewing฀them.฀If฀symptoms฀still฀persist,฀consult฀a฀doctor.
•฀View฀3D฀images฀from฀the฀front฀of฀the฀screen.Viewing฀from฀an฀angle฀may฀cause฀fatigue฀or฀eyestrain.
background
vii
Table of Contents
Important Information ............................................................................................i
1. Introduction ...........................................................................................................1
What’s฀in฀the฀Box? ..........................................................................................................1
฀Introduction฀to฀the฀Projector ...........................................................................................2
Congratulations฀on฀Your฀Purchase฀of฀the฀Projector ..................................................2
Features฀you’ll฀enjoy: ................................................................................................2
About฀this฀user’s฀manual ...........................................................................................3
Comparative฀Table฀of฀Main฀Features ........................................................................4
฀Part฀Names฀of฀the฀Projector ...........................................................................................5
Front/Top ...................................................................................................................5
Rear ..........................................................................................................................6
Front/Top ...................................................................................................................7
Rear ..........................................................................................................................7
Top฀Features .............................................................................................................8
Terminals฀Features ...................................................................................................9
฀Part฀Names฀of฀the฀Remote฀Control ..............................................................................10
Battery฀Installation ..................................................................................................11
Remote฀Control฀Precautions ...................................................................................11
Operating฀Range฀for฀Wireless฀Remote฀Control .......................................................11
฀Operating฀Environment฀for฀Software฀Included฀on฀CD-ROM .........................................12
Operating฀Environment ...........................................................................................13
2. Projecting an Image (Basic Operation) ...............................................15
฀Flow฀of฀Projecting฀an฀Image .........................................................................................15
฀Connecting฀Your฀Computer/Connecting฀the฀Power฀Cord ..............................................16
Turning฀on฀the฀Projector ...............................................................................................17
Note฀on฀Startup฀screen฀(Menu฀Language฀Select฀screen) .......................................18
฀Selecting฀a฀Source .......................................................................................................19
Selecting฀the฀computer฀or฀video฀source..................................................................19
฀Adjusting฀the฀Picture฀Size฀and฀Position ........................................................................20
Adjust฀the฀Tilt฀Foot ..................................................................................................21
Zoom .......................................................................................................................22
Focus ......................................................................................................................23
฀Correcting฀Keystone฀Distortion฀Manually .....................................................................24
Adjusting฀with฀buttons฀on฀the฀cabinet .....................................................................24
Adjusting฀with฀the฀remote฀control ............................................................................25
฀Optimizing฀Computer฀Signal฀Automatically ..................................................................28
Adjusting฀the฀Image฀Using฀Auto฀Adjust ...................................................................28
Turning฀Up฀or฀Down฀Volume .........................................................................................28
Turning฀off฀the฀Projector ...............................................................................................29
฀After฀Use.......................................................................................................................30
3. Convenient Features ......................................................................................31
Turning฀off฀the฀Image฀and฀Sound .................................................................................31
฀Freezing฀a฀Picture ........................................................................................................31
฀Enlarging฀a฀Picture .......................................................................................................31
background
viii
Table of Contents
฀Changing฀Eco฀Mode/Checking฀Energy-Saving฀Effect฀ .................................................33
Using฀Eco฀Mode฀[ECO฀MODE] ...............................................................................33
Checking฀Energy-Saving฀Effect฀[CARBON฀METER] ..............................................34
Preventing฀the฀Unauthorized฀Use฀of฀the฀Projector฀[SECURITY] .......................................35
฀Using฀the฀Computer฀Cable฀(VGA)฀to฀Operate฀the฀Projector฀(Virtual฀Remote฀Tool) ......38
Operating฀Your฀Computer’s฀Mouse฀Functions฀from฀the฀Projector’s฀Remote฀Control฀
via฀the฀USB฀Cable฀(Remote฀Mouse฀Function) .......................................................... 44
฀Projecting฀Your฀Computer’s฀Screen฀Image฀from฀the฀Projector฀via฀the฀USB฀Cable฀
(USB฀Display) .........................................................................................................45
฀Controlling฀the฀Projector฀by฀Using฀an฀HTTP฀Browser ..................................................47
Controlling฀the฀Projector฀over฀a฀LAN฀(PC฀Control฀Utility฀Pro฀4/Pro฀5) ............................. 54
฀Projecting฀Your฀Computer’s฀Screen฀Image฀from฀the฀Projector฀over฀a฀LAN฀(Image฀
Express฀Utility฀Lite) .................................................................................................58
Starting฀Image฀Express฀Utility฀Lite฀from฀a฀USB฀Memory฀or฀SD฀Card .....................61
Downloading฀Image฀Express฀Utility฀Lite฀via฀the฀HTTP฀server .................................62
฀Projecting฀an฀Image฀from฀an฀Angle฀(Geometric฀Correction฀Tool฀in฀Image฀Express฀
Utility฀Lite) ...............................................................................................................65
What฀you฀can฀do฀with฀GCT .....................................................................................65
Projecting฀an฀Image฀from฀an฀Angle฀(GCT) ..............................................................65
Viewing฀3D฀Images .......................................................................................................67
฀Connecting฀Your฀Microphone ........................................................................................71
4. Using the Viewer ..............................................................................................72
What฀you฀can฀do฀with฀the฀Viewer ..................................................................................72
฀Projecting฀images฀stored฀in฀a฀USB฀memory฀device .....................................................74
5. Using On-Screen Menu .................................................................................80
฀Using฀the฀Menus ...........................................................................................................80
฀Menu฀Elements .............................................................................................................81
฀List฀of฀Menu฀Items ........................................................................................................82
฀Menu฀Descriptions฀&฀Functions฀[SOURCE] .................................................................85
COMPUTER ...........................................................................................................85
HDMI1฀and฀2 ...........................................................................................................85
VIDEO .....................................................................................................................85
USB-A฀(Viewer) .......................................................................................................85
LAN .........................................................................................................................85
USB-B฀(USB฀Display) .............................................................................................85
฀Menu฀Descriptions฀&฀Functions฀[ADJUST] ...................................................................86
[PICTURE] ..............................................................................................................86
[IMAGE฀OPTIONS] .................................................................................................89
฀Menu฀Descriptions฀&฀Functions฀[SETUP] .....................................................................94
[GENERAL] .............................................................................................................94
[MENU] ...................................................................................................................97
[INSTALLATION] .....................................................................................................99
[OPTIONS(1)] .......................................................................................................101
[OPTIONS(2)] .......................................................................................................103
[3D] .......................................................................................................................106
Setting฀up฀the฀Projector฀for฀a฀Wired฀LAN฀Connection฀[WIRED฀LAN] ....................108
background
ix
Table of Contents
Setting฀up฀the฀Projector฀for฀a฀Wireless฀LAN฀Connection฀(with฀the฀optional฀USB฀
Wireless฀LAN฀Unit฀equipped)฀[WIRLESS฀LAN] .....................................................109
฀Menu฀Descriptions฀&฀Functions฀[INFO.] .....................................................................111
[USAGE฀TIME] ......................................................................................................111
[SOURCE(1)] ........................................................................................................112
[SOURCE(2)] ........................................................................................................112
[WIRED฀LAN] ........................................................................................................112
[WIRELESS฀LAN] .................................................................................................113
[VERSION(1)] .......................................................................................................113
[VERSION(2)] .......................................................................................................113
[OTHERS] .............................................................................................................114
฀Menu฀Descriptions฀&฀Functions฀[RESET] ...................................................................115
Returning฀to฀Factory฀Default฀[RESET] ..................................................................115
6. Installation and Connections ..................................................................116
฀Setting฀Up฀the฀Screen฀and฀the฀Projector ....................................................................116
Selecting฀a฀Location..............................................................................................116
Throw฀Distance฀and฀Screen฀Size ..........................................................................119
฀Making฀Connections ...................................................................................................121
Connecting฀Your฀Computer ...................................................................................121
Connecting฀an฀External฀Monitor ...........................................................................123
Connecting฀Your฀DVD฀Player฀or฀Other฀AV฀Equipment ...........................................124
Connecting฀Component฀Input ...............................................................................125
Connecting฀HDMI฀Input.........................................................................................126
Connecting฀to฀a฀Wired฀LAN ..................................................................................127
Connecting฀to฀a฀Wireless฀LAN฀(Optional:฀NP02LM฀series) ...................................128
7. Maintenance .....................................................................................................131
฀Cleaning฀the฀Lens.......................................................................................................131
฀Cleaning฀the฀Cabinet ..................................................................................................131
฀Replacing฀the฀Lamp....................................................................................................132
8. Appendix ..............................................................................................................135
Troubleshooting ..........................................................................................................135
Indicator฀Messages ...............................................................................................135
Common฀Problems฀&฀Solutions ............................................................................136
If฀there฀is฀no฀picture,฀or฀the฀picture฀is฀not฀displayed฀correctly. ...............................137
฀Specications .............................................................................................................138
฀Cabinet฀Dimensions ...................................................................................................144
Attaching฀the฀Optional฀Cable฀Cover฀(NP05CV) ....................................................146
฀Pin฀Assignments฀of฀D-Sub฀COMPUTER฀Input฀Connector .........................................147
฀Compatible฀Input฀Signal฀List .......................................................................................148
฀PC฀Control฀Codes฀and฀Cable฀Connection ..................................................................149
Troubleshooting฀Check฀List .........................................................................................150
TCO฀Certication ........................................................................................................152
฀REGISTER฀YOUR฀PROJECTOR!฀(for฀residents฀in฀the฀United฀States,฀Canada,฀and฀
Mexico) .................................................................................................................153
background
1
Projector
[M402W/M362W/M322W/M402X/M362X/
M322X/M282X/M402H]
Power cord
(US: 7N080236/7N080242)
(EU: 7N080022/7N080028)
Soft case (24BS8391)
The M352WS/M302WS/M332XS do
not come with a soft case.
[M352WS/M302WS/M332XS] Power cord
(US: 7N080240/7N080243)
(EU: 7N080027/7N080029)
Computer cable (VGA)
(7N520089)
Remote control
(7N901051)
Batteries (AAA × 2)
For North America only
Limited warranty
For customers in Europe:
You will find our current valid Guarantee
Policy on our Web Site:
www.nec-display-solutions.com
•฀Important฀Infomation฀
(For North America: 7N8N4363)
(For Other countries than North
America: 7N8N4363 and 7N8N4373)
•฀Quick฀Setup฀Guide฀
(7N8N4384)/(7N8N4394)
NEC Projector CD-ROM
User’s manual (PDF) and the
utility software
(7N952004)
1. Introduction
What’s in the Box?
Make฀sure฀your฀box฀contains฀everything฀listed.฀If฀any฀pieces฀are฀missing,฀contact฀your฀dealer.
Please฀save฀the฀original฀box฀and฀packing฀materials฀if฀you฀ever฀need฀to฀ship฀your฀projector.
•฀In฀this฀manual,฀M402W฀is฀explained฀mainly.
•฀However,฀the฀appearance฀of฀the฀projector฀is฀slightly฀different฀between฀M402W,฀M362W,฀M322W,฀M402X,฀M362X,฀
M322X,฀M282X,฀and฀M402H,฀the฀projector฀cabinet฀illustration฀of฀M402W,฀M362W,฀M322W,฀M402X,฀M362X,฀M322X,฀
M282X฀is฀used฀for฀explanations.
background
2
1. Introduction
Introduction to the Projector
This฀section฀introduces฀you฀to฀your฀new฀projector฀and฀describes฀the฀features฀and฀controls.
Congratulations on Your Purchase of the Projector
This฀projector฀is฀one฀of฀the฀very฀best฀projectors฀available฀today.The฀projector฀enables฀you฀to฀project฀precise฀images฀
up฀to฀300฀inches฀(150฀inches฀for฀short฀throw฀models)฀across฀(measured฀diagonally)฀from฀your฀PC฀or฀Mac฀computer฀
(desktop฀or฀notebook),฀VCR,฀DVD฀player,฀or฀document฀camera.
You฀can฀use฀the฀projector฀on฀a฀tabletop฀or฀cart,฀you฀can฀use฀the฀projector฀to฀project฀images฀from฀behind฀the฀screen,฀
and฀the฀projector฀can฀be฀permanently฀mounted฀on฀a฀ceiling*
1
.The฀remote฀control฀can฀be฀used฀wirelessly.
*
1
Do฀not฀attempt฀to฀mount฀the฀projector฀on฀a฀ceiling฀yourself.
The฀projector฀must฀be฀installed฀by฀qualied฀technicians฀in฀order฀to฀ensure฀proper฀operation฀and฀reduce฀the฀risk฀
of฀bodily฀injury.
In฀addition,฀the฀ceiling฀must฀be฀strong฀enough฀to฀support฀the฀projector฀and฀the฀installation฀must฀be฀in฀accordance฀
with฀any฀local฀building฀codes.฀Please฀consult฀your฀dealer฀for฀more฀information.
Features you’ll enjoy:
•฀0.2฀W฀(100-130฀V฀AC)/0.38฀W฀(200-240฀V฀AC)฀in฀standby฀condition฀with฀energy฀saving฀technology
Selecting฀[NORMAL]฀for฀[STANDBY฀MODE]฀from฀the฀menu฀can฀put฀the฀projector฀in฀power-saving฀mode.
NORMAL:฀0.20W(100-130V฀AC)/0.38W(200-240V฀AC)
NETWORK฀STANDBY:฀2.5W(100-130V฀AC)/2.9W(200-240V฀AC)
•฀Carbon฀Meter฀
This฀feature฀will฀show฀energy-saving฀effect฀in฀terms฀of฀CO
2
emission฀reduction฀(kg)฀when฀the฀projector’s฀[ECO฀
MODE]฀is฀set฀to฀[AUTO฀ECO],฀[NORMAL],฀or฀[ECO].
The฀amount฀of฀CO
2
฀emission฀reduction฀will฀be฀displayed฀in฀the฀conrmation฀message฀at฀the฀time฀of฀power-off฀and฀
in฀the฀INFO฀of฀the฀on-screen฀menu.
•฀Lamp฀life฀up฀to฀8000฀hours
Using฀in฀Eco฀Mode฀allows฀you฀to฀prolong฀the฀projector’s฀lamp฀life฀up฀to฀8000฀hours฀(up฀to฀3500฀hours฀in฀ECO฀
MODE฀OFF).
M282X:฀up฀to฀10000฀up฀hours฀(up฀to฀4500฀hours฀in฀ECO฀MODE฀OFF).
•฀No฀lter฀replacement฀required
Since฀the฀projector฀has฀no฀lters,฀lter฀replacement฀is฀not฀required.
•฀Two฀HDMI฀input฀ports฀provide฀digital฀signal฀
The฀two฀HDMI฀inputs฀provide฀HDCP฀compatible฀digital฀signals.The฀HDMI฀input฀also฀supports฀audio฀signal.
•฀20฀W฀built-in฀speaker฀for฀an฀integrated฀audio฀solution฀/mic฀input฀supprted
Powerful฀20฀watt฀monaural฀speaker฀provides฀volume฀need฀for฀large฀rooms฀a฀dynamic฀or฀condenser฀mic฀can฀be฀
used.
•฀The฀supplied฀remote฀control฀allows฀you฀to฀assign฀a฀CONTROL฀ID฀to฀the฀projector
Multiple฀projectors฀can฀be฀operated฀separately฀and฀independently฀with฀the฀same฀single฀remote฀control฀by฀assigning฀
an฀ID฀number฀to฀each฀projector.
•฀Auto฀vertical฀keystone฀correction
Auto฀Keystone฀feature฀allows฀the฀projector฀to฀detect฀its฀tilt฀and฀correct฀vertical฀distortion฀automatically.
•฀USB฀Display฀
Using฀a฀commercially฀available฀USB฀cable฀(compatible฀with฀USB฀2.0฀specications)฀to฀connect฀the฀computer฀with฀
the฀projector฀allows฀you฀to฀send฀your฀computer฀screen฀image฀to฀the฀projector฀without฀the฀need฀of฀a฀traditional฀
computer฀cable฀(VGA).
background
3
1. Introduction
•฀Integrated฀RJ-45฀connector฀for฀wired฀networking฀capability฀along฀with฀wireless฀networking฀capabilities
An฀RJ-45฀connector฀is฀standard.฀An฀optional฀USB฀Wireless฀LAN฀Unit฀is฀required฀for฀wireless฀LAN฀connection.
•฀Software฀programs฀(User฀Supportware)฀contained฀in฀the฀supplied฀CD-ROM
The฀supplied฀NEC฀Projector฀includes฀three฀programs:Virtual฀Remote฀Tool,฀Image฀Express฀Utility฀Lite฀(for฀Windows/
Mac฀OS),฀PC฀Control฀Utility฀Pro฀4฀(for฀Windows)/5฀(for฀Mac฀OS).
Image฀Express฀Utility฀Lite฀(for฀Windows)฀can฀be฀started฀from฀a฀commercially฀available฀USB฀memory฀or฀SD฀card฀
without฀the฀need฀of฀installing฀on฀your฀computer.
•฀Audio฀transfer฀capability฀(for฀Windows฀only)
Image฀ExpressUtility฀Lite฀allows฀you฀to฀send฀the฀computer’s฀screen฀image฀and฀audio฀to฀the฀projectorovera฀network฀
or฀USB฀connection.
*฀Audio฀transfer฀capability฀is฀available฀only฀when฀the฀computer฀connects฀with฀the฀projector฀in฀peer-to-peer฀net-
work.
•฀AUTO฀POWER฀ON฀and฀AUTO฀POWER฀OFF฀features
The฀DIRECT฀POWER฀ON,฀AUTO฀POWER฀ON(COMP.),฀AUTO฀POWER฀OFF,฀and฀OFF฀TIMER฀features฀eliminate฀
the฀need฀to฀always฀use฀the฀POWER฀button฀on฀the฀remote฀control฀or฀projector฀cabinet.
•฀AUTO฀POWER฀OFF฀Function
The฀projector฀is฀preset฀at฀the฀factory฀so฀that฀it฀will฀automatically฀turn฀off฀if฀there฀is฀no฀signal฀present฀after฀a฀preset฀
duration.If฀you฀do฀not฀need฀this฀preset฀function,฀cancel฀it฀from฀the฀OSD฀menu.See฀page฀
104for฀more฀informa-
tion.
•฀Preventing฀unauthorized฀use฀of฀the฀projector
Enhanced฀smart฀security฀settings฀for฀keyword฀protection,฀cabinet฀control฀panel฀lock,฀security฀slot,฀and฀security฀
chain฀opening฀to฀help฀prevent฀unauthorized฀access,฀adjustments฀and฀theft฀deterrence.
•฀High฀resolution฀up฀to฀WUXGA
High฀resolution฀display฀-฀up฀to฀WUXGA฀compatible,฀XGA฀(M402X/M362X/M322X/M282X/M332XS)/WXGA฀(M402W/
M362W/M322W/M352WS/M302WS)฀/Full฀HD฀(M402H)฀native฀resolution.
•฀3D฀Images฀supported
The฀projector฀provides฀3D฀images฀to฀a฀user฀wearing฀commercially฀available฀3D฀eyeglasses.
•฀CRESTRON฀ROOMVIEW฀compatibility
The฀projector฀supports฀CRESTRON฀ROOMVIEW,฀allowing฀multiple฀devices฀connected฀in฀the฀network฀to฀be฀man-
aged฀and฀controlled฀from฀a฀computer฀or฀controller.
About this user’s manual
The฀fastest฀way฀to฀get฀started฀is฀to฀take฀your฀time฀and฀do฀everything฀right฀the฀rst฀time.฀Take฀a฀few฀minutes฀now฀to฀
review฀the฀user’s฀manual.This฀may฀save฀you฀time฀later฀on.฀At฀the฀beginning฀of฀each฀section฀of฀the฀manual฀you’ll฀nd฀
an฀overview.฀If฀the฀section฀doesn’t฀apply,฀you฀can฀skip฀it.
background
4
1. Introduction
Comparative Table of Main Features
The฀main฀features฀vary฀depending฀on฀the฀model฀as฀follows.
Standard Models with Wide Panel Standard Models Short-Throw Models
with Wide Panel
Short-
Throw
Model
Full HD
Models
M402W M362W M322W M402X M362X M322X M282X M352WS M302WS M332XS M402H
Native As-
pect Ratio
16:10
Wide
4:3
Standard
16:10
Wide
4:3
Standard
16:9
Hi-Vision
Native
Resolution
(dots ×
lines*
1
)
WXGA (1280 × 800) XGA (1024 × 768) WXGA (1280 × 800) XGA (1024
× 768)
Full HD
(1920 x
1080)
Screen Size 30" - 300" 60" - 150" 30" - 300"
Projection
Distance
29–531 inches/0.75–13.5 m 35–627 inches/0.89–15.9 m 22–58 inches/0.57–1.5
m
27–70
inches/
0.68–1.8 m
29-554
inches/
0.74−14.08 m
Light output
*
2
*
3
in OFF
for ECO
MODE
4000
lumens
3600
lumens
3200
lumens
4000
lumens
3600
lumens
3200
lumens
2800
lumens
3500
lumens
3000
lumens
3300
lumens
4000
lumens
Lamp
Replace-
ment Time
(average)
OFF for ECO MODE/ON for ECO MODE (H)
3500/8000
4500/10000
3500/8000
Lamp
Model
NP30LP NP29LP NP28LP NP30LP NP29LP NP28LP NP27LP NP30LP NP28LP NP30LP
Lamp Watt-
age (AC)
270 W 250 W 225 W 270 W 250 W 225 W 200 W 270 W 225 W 270 W
Zoom Using the manual zoom lever Using the [DIGITAL ZOOM] function
from the menu
Using the
manual
zoom lever
Focus
Using the manual focus ring Using the manual focus lever Using the
manual
focus ring
For฀further฀details฀on฀the฀specications,฀see฀pages฀
138 to 143.
*1฀Effective฀pixels฀are฀more฀than฀99.99%.
*2฀This฀is฀the฀light฀output฀value฀(lumens)฀when฀the฀[PRESET]฀mode฀is฀set฀to฀[HIGH-BRIGHT].฀If฀any฀other฀mode฀is฀selected฀as฀the฀
[PRESET]฀mode,฀the฀light฀output฀value฀may฀drop฀slightly.
*3฀Compliance฀with฀ISO21118-2005
TIP:Themodelnameislocatedonthecabinet.
background
5
1. Introduction
Part Names of the Projector
Front/Top
[M402W/M362W/M322W/M402X/M362X/M322X/M282X/M402H]
Controls
( page 8)
Remote Sensor
( page 11)
Exhaust Vent
Heated air is exhausted from here.
Port Cover for Optional USB
Wireless LAN Unit
When using the optional USB
Wireless LAN Unit, first remove
the cover. (
page 129)
Zoom Lever
( page 22)
Lens Cover
Focus Ring
(
page 23)
Adjustable Tilt Foot Lever
(
page 21)
Adjustable Tilt Foot
(
page 21)
Lens
Light Sensor
(
page 95)
Security chain opening
Attach an anti-theft device.
The security chain opening accepts
security wires or chains up to 0.18
inch/4.6 mm in diameter.
Opening and closing the lens cover
Slide฀the฀lens฀cover฀to฀the฀right฀to฀uncover฀the฀lens.
To฀cover฀the฀lens,฀slide฀the฀lens฀cover฀to฀the฀left.
NOTE:
•ThelenscoverworksinconjunctionwiththeAV-MUTEfunction.Closingthelenscoverwillturnofftheimageandsoundduring
normalprojectoroperation;openingitwillrestoretheimageandsound.
Withthelenscoverclosedtheimageandsoundisturnedoff,howeverthelampisstilllit.Iftheprojectorstaysthiswayforabout
2hours,itwillturnoffautomatically.
•Donotpullthelenscoverwithexcessiveforceorapplystrongpressureineithertheupordowndirection.Doingsocancause
damagetothelenscoverslidingmechanism!
background
6
1. Introduction
AC฀Input
Connect the supplied power cord’s
three-pin plug here, and plug the
other end into an active wall outlet.
(
page 16)
Built-in Security Slot (
)*
Terminals (
page 9)
Connection for cable cover (Left)
Screw holes
(
page 146)
Connection for cable cover (Right)
Screw holes
(
page 146)
Lamp Cover ( page 132)
Rear Feet ( page 21)
Intake฀Vent
( page 131)
Rear
[M402W/M362W/M322W/M402X/M362X/M322X/M282X/M402H]
Monaural฀Speaker฀(20฀W)
*฀This฀security฀slot฀supports฀the฀MicroSaver฀
®
฀Security฀System.
background
7
1. Introduction
Focus Lever
( page 23)
Front/Top
[M352WS/M302WS/M332XS]
Remote Sensor
( page 11)
Exhaust Vent
Heated air is exhausted from here.
Lens Cap
Adjustable Tilt Foot Lever
(
page 21)
Adjustable Tilt Foot
(
page 21)
Lens
Security chain opening
Attach an anti-theft device.
The security chain opening accepts
security wires or chains up to 0.18
inch/4.6 mm in diameter.
Controls
( page 8)
Port Cover for Optional USB
Wireless LAN Unit
When using the optional USB
Wireless LAN Unit, first remove
the cover. (
page 129)
Light Sensor
( page 95)
AC฀Input
Connect the supplied power cord’s
three-pin plug here, and plug the
other end into an active wall outlet.
(
page 16)
Built-in Security Slot (
)*
Terminals (
page 9)
Lamp Cover (
page 132)
Rear Feet ( page 21)
Intake฀Vent
( page 131)
Rear
[M352WS/M302WS/M332XS]
Monaural฀Speaker฀(20฀W)
*฀This฀security฀slot฀supports฀the฀MicroSaver฀
®
฀Security฀System.
Connection for cable cover (Left)
Screw holes
(
page 146)
Connection for cable cover (Right)
Screw holes
(
page 146)
background
8
1. Introduction
Top Features
M402W/M362W/M322W/M402X/
M362X/M322X/M282X/M402H
M352WS/M302WS/M332XS
1, 2
89 11
12
5610
3
4
71389 11
12
5610713
1. ฀(POWER)฀Button฀
฀(฀page฀17, 29)
2. POWER Indicator
฀(฀page฀
16, 17, 29, 135)
3. STATUS Indicator
฀(฀page฀
135)
4.LAMP฀Indicator฀
฀(฀page฀
132, 135)
5.ECO฀Button฀
฀(฀page฀
33)
6.SOURCE฀Button฀
฀(฀page฀
19)
7.AUTO฀ADJ.฀Button฀
฀(฀page฀
28)
8.MENU฀Button฀
฀(฀page฀
80)
[M352WS/M302WS/M332XS]
9. ▲▼◀▶฀/฀Volume฀Buttons฀◀▶฀/฀Keystone฀Buttons฀
▲▼
฀(
฀page฀
24, 28, 80)
[M402W/M362W/M322W/M402X/M362X/M322X/M282X/
M402H]
9. ▲▼◀▶฀/฀Volume฀Buttons฀◀▶฀/฀Keystone฀Button฀
(฀
)
฀(
฀page฀
24, 28, 80)
10.ENTER฀Button฀
฀(฀page฀
80)
11.EXIT฀Button฀
฀(฀page฀
80)
12.Wireless฀LAN฀Indicator฀(
)
When฀the฀projector฀is฀turned฀on฀with฀the฀optional฀wire-
less฀LAN฀unit฀inserted,฀the฀indicator฀will฀light฀up฀blue.
฀(฀page฀128)
13. ECO Indicator
When฀[ECO฀MODE]฀is฀set฀to฀the฀other฀options฀than฀
[OFF],฀this฀indicator฀will฀light฀up฀green.
฀(฀page฀
33)
NOTE:
•Allthebuttonsexcept▲▼◀▶willlightwhenpressed.Thelightwillturnoffifnobuttonoperationismadefor90seconds.
background
9
1. Introduction
Terminals Features
1246
14
13
7
98
1211 10 35
1.COMPUTER฀IN/฀Component฀Input฀Connector฀
(Mini฀D-Sub฀15฀Pin)฀
฀(฀page฀121, 123, 125)
2.COMPUTER฀AUDIO฀IN฀Mini฀Jack฀(Stereo฀Mini)฀
(฀page฀
121, 123, 125)
3.HDMI฀1฀IN฀Connector฀(Type฀A)฀
(฀page฀
121, 126)
4.HDMI฀2฀IN฀Connector฀(Type฀A)฀
(฀page฀
121, 126)
5.USB-B฀Port฀(Type฀B)฀
(฀page฀
44, 45)
6.MONITOR฀OUT฀(COMP.)฀Connector฀(Mini฀D-Sub฀
15฀Pin)฀
(฀page฀
123)
7.AUDIO฀OUT฀Mini฀Jack฀(Stereo฀Mini)฀
฀(฀page฀
123)
8.VIDEO฀IN฀Connector฀(RCA)฀
฀(฀page฀
124)
9.VIDEO฀AUDIO฀IN฀L/MONO,฀R฀(RCA)฀
฀(฀page฀
124)
10.MIC฀Input฀Jack฀(Monaural฀Mini)
฀(฀page฀
71)
11.LAN฀Port฀(RJ-45)฀
฀(฀page฀
127)
12.USB-A฀Port฀(Type฀A)฀
฀(฀page฀
74)
13.3D฀SYNC฀(Mini฀DIN฀4฀Pin)
฀(฀page฀
67)
14.PC฀CONTROL฀[PC฀CONTROL]฀Port฀(D-Sub฀9฀Pin)฀
฀(฀page฀
149)
Use฀this฀port฀to฀connect฀a฀PC฀or฀control฀system.฀This฀
enables฀you฀to฀control฀the฀projector฀using฀serial฀commu-
nication฀protocol.฀If฀you฀are฀writing฀your฀own฀program,฀
typical฀PC฀control฀codes฀are฀on฀page฀149.
background
10
1. Introduction
Part Names of the Remote Control
3
4
6
7
1
2
10
16
17
15
14
9
5
8
13
30
31
32
20
21
26
28
29
25
24
23
22
27
33
19
18
12
11
1. Infrared Transmitter
฀(฀page฀11)
2. POWER ON Button
฀(฀page฀
17, 29)
3. STANDBY Button
฀(฀page฀
29)
4.SOURCE฀Button
฀(฀page฀
19)
5,฀6.฀COMP1/COMP2฀Button
฀(฀page฀
19)฀
(COMP2฀button฀does฀not฀work฀in฀
this฀series฀of฀projectors.)
7.AUTO฀ADJ.฀Button
฀(฀page฀
28)
8,฀9.฀HDMI1/HDMI2฀Button฀
฀(฀page฀
19)
10.DisplayPort฀Button฀
(This฀button฀does฀not฀work฀in฀this฀
series฀of฀projectors)
฀(฀page฀
19)
11.VIDEO฀Button
฀(฀page฀
19)
12.USB-A฀Button
฀(฀page฀
19, 74)
13.USB-B฀Button฀
฀(฀page฀
19)
14.LAN฀Button฀
฀(฀page฀
19)
15.ID฀SET฀Button
฀(฀page฀
100)
16.Numeric฀Keypad฀Button/
CLEAR Button
฀(
฀page฀
100)
17. FREEZE Button
฀(฀page฀
31)
18.AV-MUTE฀Button
฀(฀page฀
31)
19. MENU Button
฀(฀page฀
80)
20.EXIT฀Button฀
฀(฀page฀
80)
21. ▲▼◀▶ Button
฀(
฀page฀
80)
22. ENTER Button
฀(฀page฀
80)
23.D-ZOOM฀(+)(–)฀Button
฀(฀page฀
31)
24.MOUSE฀L-CLICK฀Button*
฀(฀page฀
44)
25.MOUSE฀R-CLICK฀Button*
฀(฀page฀
44)
26.PAGE฀/ Button
฀(
฀page฀
44)
27. ECO Button
฀(฀page฀
33)
28.KEYSTONE฀Button
฀(฀page฀
25)
29. PICTURE Button
฀(฀page฀
86, 88)
30.VOL.฀(+)(–)฀Button
฀(฀page฀
28)
31. ASPECT Button
฀(฀page฀
91)
32.FOCUS/ZOOM฀Button
The฀ZOOM฀button฀works฀on฀the฀
short-throwmodelsonly.฀The฀
FOCUS฀button฀does฀not฀work฀on฀
this฀series฀of฀projectors.
33. HELP Button
฀(฀page฀
111)
*฀The฀MOUSE฀L-CLICK฀and฀MOUSE฀R-CLICK฀buttons฀work฀only฀when฀a฀USB฀cable฀is฀connected฀with฀your฀computer.
background
11
1. Introduction
Remote Control Precautions
•฀Handle฀the฀remote฀control฀carefully.
•฀If฀the฀remote฀control฀gets฀wet,฀wipe฀it฀dry฀immediately.
•฀Avoid฀excessive฀heat฀and฀humidity.
•฀Do฀not฀short,฀heat,฀or฀take฀apart฀batteries.
•฀Do฀not฀throw฀batteries฀into฀re.
•฀If฀you฀will฀not฀be฀using฀the฀remote฀control฀for฀a฀long฀time,฀remove฀the฀batteries.
•฀Ensure฀that฀you฀have฀the฀batteries’฀polarity฀(+/−)฀aligned฀correctly.
•฀Do฀not฀use฀new฀and฀old฀batteries฀together,฀or฀use฀different฀types฀of฀batteries฀together.
•฀฀Dispose฀of฀used฀batteries฀according฀to฀your฀local฀regulations.
Operating Range for Wireless Remote Control
22 feet/7 m
22 feet/7 m
Remote control
Remote sensor on projector cabinet
Remote control
•฀The฀infrared฀signal฀operates฀by฀line-of-sight฀up฀to฀a฀distance฀of฀about฀22฀feet/7฀m฀and฀within฀a฀60-degree฀angle฀of฀
the฀remote฀sensor฀on฀the฀projector฀cabinet.
•฀The฀projector฀will฀not฀respond฀if฀there฀are฀objects฀between฀the฀remote฀control฀and฀the฀sensor,฀or฀if฀strong฀light฀falls฀
on฀the฀sensor.฀Weak฀batteries฀will฀also฀prevent฀the฀remote฀control฀from฀properly฀operating฀the฀projector.
1
Press฀rmly฀and฀slide฀the฀battery฀
cover฀off.
2
Install฀new฀batteries฀(AAA).Ensure฀
thatyou฀have฀the฀batteries’polarity฀
(+/−)฀aligned฀correctly.
Battery Installation
3
Slip฀the฀cover฀back฀over฀the฀bat-
teries฀until฀it฀snaps฀into฀place.Do฀
not฀mix฀different฀types฀of฀batteries฀
or฀new฀and฀old฀batteries.
OPEN
OPEN
background
12
1. Introduction
Operating Environment for Software Included on CD-ROM
Names฀and฀Features฀of฀Bundled฀Software฀Programs
Name฀of฀software฀programFeatures
Virtual฀Remote฀Tool
(Windows฀only)
This฀is฀a฀software฀program฀used฀to฀control฀the฀power฀ON/OFF฀and฀source฀selec-
tion฀of฀the฀projector฀from฀your฀computer฀by฀using฀the฀supplied฀computer฀cable฀
(VGA)฀and฀others.฀(฀page฀
38)
Name฀of฀software฀programFeatures
Image฀Express฀Utility฀Lite•฀This฀is฀a฀software฀program฀used฀to฀project฀your฀computer’s฀screen฀or฀sound฀
from฀the฀computer฀over฀the฀USB฀cable฀or฀the฀wired/wireless฀network.The฀
computer฀cable฀(VGA)฀is฀not฀required.฀(฀page฀
58)
•฀This฀software฀program฀can฀be฀used฀to฀control฀the฀power฀ON/OFF฀and฀source฀
selection฀of฀the฀projector฀from฀your฀computer.
•฀The฀Geometric฀Correction฀Tool฀(GCT)฀function฀allows฀you฀to฀correct฀distortion฀
of฀images฀projected฀on฀a฀curved฀wall.฀(฀page฀65)
Image฀Express฀Utility฀Lite฀for฀
Mac฀OS
•฀This฀is฀a฀software฀program฀used฀to฀project฀your฀computer's฀screen฀over฀the฀
wired/wireless฀network.฀The฀computer฀cable฀(VGA)฀is฀not฀required.(฀page฀
58, 63)฀
•฀This฀software฀program฀can฀be฀used฀to฀control฀the฀power฀ON/OFF฀and฀source฀
selection฀of฀the฀projector฀from฀your฀computer.
*฀“Audio฀transmission”,฀“USB฀Display”,฀and฀“GCT”functions฀are฀not฀supported฀
by฀Mac.
Name฀of฀software฀programFeatures
PC฀Control฀Utility฀Pro฀4
PC฀Control฀Utility฀Pro฀5฀(for฀Mac฀
OS)
This฀is฀a฀software฀program฀used฀to฀operate฀the฀projector฀from฀the฀computer฀when฀
the฀computer฀and฀the฀projector฀are฀connected฀with฀LAN฀(wired฀or฀wireless)฀or฀
a฀serial฀cable.฀(฀page฀
54)
NOTE:
•ImageExpressUtilityLitedoesnotsupport"MeetingMode"inImageExpressUtility2.0includedwithourothermodels.
Download service
For฀the฀update฀information฀about฀these฀software฀programs,฀visit฀our฀website:
URL:
http://www.nec-display.com/dl/en/index.html
background
13
1. Introduction
Operating Environment
The฀following฀is฀the฀operating฀environment฀for฀Image฀Express฀Utility฀Lite.฀For฀the฀operating฀environment฀of฀other฀soft-
ware฀program,฀refer฀to฀the฀help฀function฀of฀each฀software฀program.
[Windows]
Supported฀OSWindows฀8฀(Core฀Edition)
Windows฀8฀Pro
Windows฀8฀Enterprise
Windows฀7฀Home฀Basic
Windows฀7฀Home฀Premium
Windows฀7฀Professional
Windows฀7฀Ultimate
Windows฀7฀Enterprise
Windows฀Vista฀Home฀Basic
Windows฀Vista฀Home฀Premium
Windows฀Vista฀Business
Windows฀Vista฀Ultimate
Windows฀Vista฀Enterprise
Windows฀XP฀Home฀Edition฀(32-bit฀version)฀Service฀Pack฀3฀or฀later
Windows฀XP฀Professional฀(32-bit฀version)฀Service฀Pack฀3฀or฀later
•฀Windows฀power-saving฀function฀is฀not฀supported.
•฀To฀use฀the฀audio฀transfer฀capability,฀Windows฀8/Windows฀7/Windows฀Vista฀
Service฀Pack฀1฀or฀later฀is฀required.
Processor •฀Windows฀8/Windows฀7/Windows฀Vista
Pentium฀M฀1.2฀GHz฀equivalent฀or฀higher฀required
Dual฀core฀1.5฀GHz฀or฀higher฀recommended
•฀Windows฀XP
Pentium฀M฀1.0฀GHz฀equivalent฀or฀higher฀required
Dual฀core฀1.0฀GHz฀or฀higher฀recommended
Memory•฀Windows฀8/Windows฀7/Windows฀Vista
512฀MB฀or฀more฀required
1฀GB฀or฀more฀recommended
•฀Windows฀XP
256฀MB฀or฀more฀required
512฀MB฀or฀more฀recommended
*฀More฀memory฀may฀be฀required฀to฀run฀additional฀applications฀simultane-
ously.
Graphic฀processor฀•฀Windows฀8/Windows฀7/Windows฀Vista
The฀“Graphics”score฀3.0฀or฀more฀of฀“Windows฀Experience฀Index”recom-
mended.
Network฀environmentTCP/IP-compatible฀wired฀LAN฀or฀wireless฀LAN
*฀Use฀a฀wireless฀LAN฀unit฀complying฀with฀the฀Wi-Fi฀standard.
*฀Audio฀transfer฀capability฀requires฀3฀Mbps฀or฀more฀throughput.
Resolution•฀Windows฀8/Windows฀7/Windows฀Vista฀
SVGA฀(800฀×฀600)฀or฀higher฀required
The฀same฀as฀the฀projector฀is฀recommended
•฀Windows฀XP฀
VGA฀(640฀×฀480)฀or฀higher฀required
The฀same฀as฀the฀projector฀is฀recommended
Screen฀ColorsHigh฀Color฀(15฀bits,฀16฀bits)
True฀Color฀(24฀bits,฀32฀bits)฀(recommended)
•฀256฀or฀fewer฀colors฀are฀not฀supported.
background
14
1. Introduction
[Mac]
Supported฀OSMac฀OS฀X฀v10.6,฀v10.7,฀v10.8
Processor฀(CPU)Intel
®
฀Core™฀Duo฀processor฀1.5฀GHz฀or฀higher฀required
Intel
®
฀Core™฀2฀Duo฀processor฀1.6฀GHz฀or฀higher฀recommended
*฀PowerPC
®
฀is฀not฀supported
Memory512฀MB฀or฀higher฀required
Network฀environmentWired฀or฀wireless฀LAN฀required฀that฀supports฀TCP/IP
*฀The฀following฀LAN฀adapters฀are฀veried฀to฀work฀with฀Image฀Express฀Utility฀
Lite:
•฀Wired฀LAN฀adapter฀built฀into฀Mac
•฀Wireless฀LAN฀adapter฀built฀into฀Mac
•฀Apple฀USB฀Ethernet฀adapter
•฀Apple฀Thunderbolt฀Ethernet฀adapter
“Easy฀Connection”฀supports฀only฀wireless฀LAN.
ResolutionSVGA฀(800฀×฀600)฀or฀higher฀required
The฀same฀as฀the฀projector฀is฀recommended
Screen฀Colors16.70฀million฀colors฀required
background
15
This฀section฀describes฀how฀to฀turn฀on฀the฀projector฀and฀to฀project฀a฀picture฀onto฀the฀screen.
Flow of Projecting an Image
Step 1
•฀Connecting฀your฀computer฀/฀Connecting฀the฀power฀cord฀(฀page฀16)
Step 2
•฀Turning฀on฀the฀projector฀(฀page฀17)
Step 3
•฀Selecting฀a฀source฀(฀page฀19)
Step 4
•฀Adjusting฀the฀picture฀size฀and฀position฀(฀page฀20)
•฀Correcting฀keystone฀distortion฀[KEYSTONE]฀(฀page฀24)
Step 5
•฀Adjusting฀a฀picture฀and฀sound
- Optimizing a computer signal automatically ( page 28)
- Turning up or down volume (
page 28)
Step 6
•฀Making฀a฀presentation
Step 7
•฀Turning฀off฀the฀projector฀(฀page฀29)
Step 8
•฀After฀use฀(฀page฀30)
2. Projecting an Image (Basic Operation)
background
16
2. Projecting an Image (Basic Operation)
Connecting Your Computer/Connecting the Power Cord
1.Connect฀your฀computer฀to฀the฀projector.
This section will show you a basic connection to a computer. For information about other connections, see “6.
Installation฀and฀Connections”฀on฀page฀121.
Connect฀the฀computer฀cable฀(VGA)฀between฀the฀projector’s฀COMPUTER฀IN฀connector฀and฀the฀computer’s฀port฀
(mini D-Sub 15 Pin). Turn two thumb screws of both connectors to fix the computer cable (VGA).
2.Connect฀the฀supplied฀power฀cord฀to฀the฀projector.
First฀connect฀the฀supplied฀power฀cord’s฀three-pin฀plug฀to฀the฀AC฀IN฀terminal฀of฀the฀projector,฀and฀then฀connect฀the฀
other plug of the supplied power cord in the wall outlet.
The projector’s power indicator will light red* (standby mode).
See฀the฀Power฀Indicator฀section.( page 135)
COMPUTER IN
Make฀sure฀that฀the฀prongs฀are฀fully฀inserted฀into฀
both฀the฀AC฀IN฀terminal฀and฀the฀wall฀outlet.
To wall outlet
CAUTION:
Parts฀of฀the฀projector฀may฀become฀temporarily฀heated฀if฀the฀projector฀is฀turned฀off฀with฀the฀POWER฀button฀or฀if฀the฀
AC฀power฀supply฀is฀disconnected฀during฀normal฀projector฀operation.
Use฀caution฀when฀picking฀up฀the฀projector.
background
17
2. Projecting an Image (Basic Operation)
StandbyBlinkingPower฀On
Steady red light Blinking blue
light
Steady blue
light
Turning on the Projector
1.Slide฀the฀lens฀cover฀to฀the฀right฀to฀uncover฀the฀lens.
[M352WS/M302WS/M332XS]
1.Remove฀the฀lens฀cap.
2. Press the (POWER) button on the projector cabinet
or the POWER ON button on the remote control.
The POWER indicator will turn to blue and the projector
will become ready to use.
TIP:
•Whenthemessage“Projectorislocked!Enteryourpassword.”
isdisplayed,itmeansthatthe[SECURITY]featureisturnedon.
(page35)
After you turn on your projector, ensure that the computer
or video source is turned on and that the lens cover is
open.
NOTE:Whennoinputsignalispresent,theno-signalguidanceis
displayed(factorymenusetting).
(฀page฀135)
Lens cap
background
18
2. Projecting an Image (Basic Operation)
Note on Startup screen (Menu Language Select screen)
When฀you฀rst฀turn฀on฀the฀projector,฀you฀will฀get฀the฀Startup฀menu.This฀menu฀gives฀you฀the฀opportunity฀to฀select฀one฀
of฀the฀menu฀languages.
To฀select฀a฀menu฀language,฀follow฀these฀steps:
1. Use the , , or button฀to฀select฀one฀of฀the฀lan-
guages฀from฀the฀menu.
2. Press the ENTER button to execute the selection.
After฀this฀hasbeendone,youcanproceed฀to฀themenu฀
operation.
If฀you฀want,฀you฀can฀select฀the฀menu฀language฀later.
(฀[LANGUAGE]฀on฀page฀82 and 96)
NOTE:
•Whenturningoffthepowersupplyandthenbackonbyusingapowerstriporbreaker.
Allowaminimumof1secondbetweenturningoffthemainpowersupplyandturningitbackonagain.
Failingtodosocouldresultinnopowertotheprojector.(Therewillbenostand-byLED)
Shouldthishappen,unplugthepowercordandplugitinagain.Turnonthemainpower.
•Ifoneofthefollowingthingshappens,theprojectorwillnotturnon.
•Iftheinternaltemperatureoftheprojectoristoohigh,theprojectordetectsabnormalhightemperature.Inthisconditionthe
projectorwillnotturnontoprotecttheinternalsystem.Ifthishappens,waitfortheprojector’sinternalcomponentstocool
down.
•Whenthelampreachesitsendofusablelife,theprojectorwillnotturnon.Ifthishappens,replacethelamp.
•IftheSTATUSindicatorlightsorangewiththepowerbuttonpressed,itmeansthatthe[CONTROLPANELLOCK]isturnedon.
Cancelthelockbyturningitoff.(page99)
•Ifthelampfailstolight,andiftheSTATUSindicatorashesonandoffinacycleofsixtimes,waitafullminuteandthenturnon
thepower.
•WhilethePOWERindicatorisblinkingblueinshortcycles,thepowercannotbeturnedoffbyusingthepowerbutton.
•Immediatelyafterturningontheprojector,screenickermayoccur.Thisisnormal.Wait3to5minutesuntilthelamplightingis
stabilized.
•Whentheprojectoristurnedon,itmaytakesometimebeforethelamplightbecomesbright.
•Ifyouturnontheprojectorimmediatelyafterthelampisturnedofforwhenthetemperatureishigh,thefansrunwithoutdisplay-
inganimageforsometimeandthentheprojectorwilldisplaytheimage.
background
19
2. Projecting an Image (Basic Operation)
Selecting a Source
Selecting the computer or video source
NOTE:Turnonthecomputerorvideosourceequipmentconnectedtotheprojector.
Detecting฀the฀Signal฀Automatically
Press฀the฀SOURCEbutton฀once.The฀projector฀willsearch฀for฀the฀available฀
input฀source฀and฀display฀it.The฀input฀source฀will฀change฀as฀follows:
COMPUTER฀HDMI1฀HDMI2฀VIDEO฀USB-A฀LAN฀USB-B฀
฀COMPUTER฀ ...
•฀With฀the฀SOURCE฀screen฀displayed,฀you฀can฀press฀the฀SOURCE฀
button฀a฀few฀times฀to฀select฀the฀input฀source.
TIP:Ifnoinputsignalispresent,theinputwillbeskipped.
Using the Remote Control
Press฀any฀one฀of฀the฀COMP1,฀HDMI1,฀HDMI2,฀VIDEO,฀USB-A,฀LAN,฀or฀
USB-B฀buttons.
Selecting Default Source
You฀can฀set฀a฀source฀as฀the฀default฀source฀so฀that฀it฀will฀be฀displayed฀
each฀time฀the฀projector฀is฀turned฀on.
1. Press the MENU button.
The menu will be displayed.
2. Press the
฀button฀twice฀to฀select฀[SETUP]฀and฀press฀the฀ but-
ton฀or฀the฀ENTER฀button฀to฀select฀[GENERAL].
3.
Press the
฀button฀four฀times฀to฀select฀[OPTIONS(2)].
4. Press the button฀ve฀times฀to฀select฀[DEFAULT฀SOURCE฀SE-
LECT]฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.
The [DEFAULT SOURCE SELECT] screen will be displayed.
(
page 104)
5.Select฀a฀source฀as฀the฀default฀source,฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀but-
ton.
6.Press฀the฀EXIT฀button฀a฀few฀times฀to฀close฀the฀menu.
7. Restart the projector.
The source you selected in step 5 will be projected.
TIP:
•WhentheprojectorisinStandbymode,applyingacomputersignalfroma
computerconnectedtotheCOMPUTERINinputwillpowerontheprojector
andsimultaneouslyprojectthecomputer’simage.
([AUTOPOWERON(COMP.)]page104)
•OnWindows7,acombinationoftheWindowsandPkeysallowsyoutosetup
externaldisplayeasilyandquickly.
background
20
2. Projecting an Image (Basic Operation)
Adjusting the Picture Size and Position
Use฀the฀adjustable฀tilt฀foot,฀the฀zoom฀function฀or฀the฀focus฀ring฀to฀adjust฀the฀picture฀size฀and฀position.
In฀this฀chapter฀drawings฀and฀cables฀are฀omitted฀for฀clarity.
Adjusting฀the฀throw฀angle฀(the฀height฀of฀an฀image)
[Tilt฀foot]฀(฀page฀21)
Adjusting฀the฀left฀and฀right฀tilt฀of฀an฀image
[Rear฀foot]฀(฀page฀21)
Finely฀adjusting฀the฀size฀of฀an฀image
[Zoom฀function]฀(฀page฀22)
Adjusting฀the฀focus
[Focus฀function]฀(฀page฀23)
Adjusting฀the฀keystone฀correction฀[KEYSTONE]*฀(฀page฀24)
*฀Automatic฀Keystone฀Correction฀function฀is฀turned฀on฀at฀the฀time฀of฀shipment.฀To฀perform฀keystone฀correction฀manually,฀see฀“6.
Correcting฀Keystone฀Distortion฀Manually”฀on฀page฀
24.
background
21
2. Projecting an Image (Basic Operation)
2
1
3
Adjustable Tilt Foot
Adjustable Tilt
Foot Lever
Adjust the Tilt Foot
1.฀฀Lift฀the฀front฀edge฀of฀the฀projector.
CAUTION:
Do฀not฀try฀to฀touch฀the฀exhaust฀vent฀during฀Tilt฀Foot฀adjustment฀as฀
it฀can฀become฀heated฀while฀the฀projector฀is฀turned฀on฀and฀after฀it฀is฀
turned฀off.
2.฀฀Push฀up฀and฀hold฀the฀Adjustable฀Tilt฀Foot฀Lever฀on฀the฀front฀of฀
the฀projector฀to฀extend฀the฀adjustable฀tilt฀foot.
3.฀฀Lower฀the฀front฀of฀the฀projector฀to฀the฀desired฀height.
4.฀฀Release฀the฀Adjustable฀Tilt฀Foot฀Lever฀to฀lock฀the฀Adjustable฀tilt฀
foot.
The tilt foot can be extended up to 2 inches/52 mm.
There is approximately 10 degrees (up) of adjustment for the front of
the projector.
Rotate the rear foot to the desired height in order to square the image
on the projection surface.
CAUTION:
•฀Do฀not฀use฀the฀tilt-foot฀for฀purposes฀other฀than฀originally฀intended.
Misuses฀such฀as฀using฀the฀tilt฀foot฀to฀carry฀or฀hang฀(from฀the฀wall฀or฀
ceiling)฀the฀projector฀can฀cause฀damage฀to฀the฀projector.
Adjusting฀the฀left฀and฀right฀tilt฀of฀an฀image฀[Rear฀foot]
•฀Rotate฀the฀rear฀foot.
The rear foot can be extended up to 1 inch/26.5 mm. Rotating the rear
foot allows the projector to be placed horizontally.
NOTE:
•Donotextendtherearfootbeyonditsheightlimit(0.8inch/21.5mm).Doing
somaycausetherearfoottocomeoutoftheprojector.
•Ifextendingtheleftrearfoot(viewedfromtherear)causestheprotrusionto
interferewiththeoor,extendtherightrearfootby0.5inch/12mmorlonger.
Ifextendingtherightrearfootcausestheprotrusiontointerferewiththeoor,
extendtheleftrearfootby0.3inch/8mm.
Rear feet
Up Down
background
22
2. Projecting an Image (Basic Operation)
Zoom
[M402X/M362X/M322X/M282X/M402W/M362W/M322W/M402H]
Use฀the฀ZOOM฀lever฀to฀adjust฀the฀image฀size฀on฀the฀screen.
[M332XS/M352WS/M302WS]
The฀image฀size฀can฀be฀adjusted฀electronically฀from฀the฀menu.To฀do฀so,฀follow฀the฀steps฀below.
Adjusting฀with฀the฀ZOOM฀button฀on฀the฀remote฀control
1. Press the ZOOM button.
The฀DIGITAL฀ZOOM฀bar฀will฀be฀displayed.
2. Press the or ฀button฀to฀adjust฀the฀image฀size.฀
3.Press฀the฀EXIT฀button.
The฀DIGITAL฀ZOOM฀bar฀will฀be฀closed.
Zoom Lever
background
23
2. Projecting an Image (Basic Operation)
Focus
Use฀the฀FOCUS฀ring฀to฀obtain฀the฀best฀focus.
Focus Ring
Focus Lever
[M402X/M362X//M322X/M282X/M402W/M362W/
M322W/M402H]
[M332XS/M352WS/M302WS]
Use฀the฀FOCUS฀lever฀to฀obtain฀the฀best฀focus.
background
24
2. Projecting an Image (Basic Operation)
Correcting Keystone Distortion Manually
If฀the฀screen฀is฀tilted฀vertically,฀keystone฀distortion฀becomes฀large.Automatic฀Keystone฀Correction฀function฀is฀turned฀on฀
at฀the฀time฀of฀shipment.To฀correct฀keystone฀distortion฀manually,฀proceed฀with฀the฀following฀steps฀to฀correct฀keystone฀
distortion.
NOTE:
•TheKeystonecorrectioncancauseanimagetobeslightlyblurredbecausethecorrectionismadeelectronically.
•TheKeystonecorrectionrangecanbemadenarrower,dependingonasignaloritsaspectratioselection.
[M352WS/M302WS/M332XS]
Adjusting with buttons on the cabinet
1. Press the or ฀button฀with฀no฀menus฀displayed.
The฀keystone฀bar฀will฀be฀displayed.
2. Use the or ฀to฀correct฀the฀keystone฀distortion.
The฀keystone฀bar฀will฀be฀closed฀after฀a฀period฀of฀time.
3. Press the ENTER button.
The฀keystone฀bar฀will฀be฀closed.
NOTE:
•Whenthemenuisdisplayed,theaboveoperationisnotavailable.Whenthemenuisdisplayed,presstheMENUbuttontoclose
themenuandstarttheKeystonecorrection.
Fromthemenu,select[SETUP][GENERAL][KEYSTONE].Thechangescanbesavedwith[KEYSTONESAVE].(page
94)
•Keystonecontrolisnotavailablewiththeorbuttonwhenthe[USB-B]inputisused.
background
25
2. Projecting an Image (Basic Operation)
Adjusting with the remote control
1.Press฀the฀KEYSTONE฀button.
The Keystone bar will be displayed.
2. Use the or ฀button฀to฀correct฀the฀keystone฀distortion.
Adjust so that the right and left sides are parallel.
3.Press฀the฀EXIT฀button.
The Keystone bar will be closed.
background
26
2. Projecting an Image (Basic Operation)
[M402W/M362W/M322W/M402X/M362X/M322X/M282X/M402H]
1. Press the ( ) button on the projector cabinet
with฀no฀menus฀displayed.
The Keystone screen will be displayed on the screen.
•฀Press฀the฀KEYSTONE฀button฀when฀using฀the฀remote฀
control.
2. Press the button฀to฀select฀[VERTICAL]฀and฀then฀
use the or so฀that฀the฀left฀and฀right฀sides฀of฀the฀
projected฀image฀are฀parallel.
*฀Adjust฀the฀vertical฀keystone฀distortion.
Projected area
Screen frame
3.Align฀the฀left฀(or฀right)฀side฀of฀the฀screen฀with฀the฀
left฀(or฀right)฀side฀of฀the฀projected฀image.
•฀Use฀the฀shorter฀side฀of฀the฀projected฀image฀as฀the฀
base.
•฀In฀the฀right฀example,฀use฀the฀left฀side฀as฀the฀base.
Align left side
4. Press the button฀toselect[HORIZONTAL]andthen฀
use the or ฀so฀that฀the฀top฀and฀bottom฀sides฀of฀
the฀projected฀image฀are฀parallel.
•฀Adjust฀the฀horizontal฀keystone฀distortion.
5.Repeat฀steps฀2฀and฀4฀to฀correct฀keystone฀distor-
tion.
background
27
2. Projecting an Image (Basic Operation)
6.After฀completingKeystonecorrection,฀pressthe฀
EXIT฀button.
The Keystone screen will disappear.
•฀To฀perform฀Keystone฀correction฀again,฀press฀the฀
button to display the Keystone screen and repeat
above steps 1 to 6.
background
28
2. Projecting an Image (Basic Operation)
Optimizing Computer Signal Automatically
Adjusting the Image Using Auto Adjust
Optimizing฀a฀computer฀image฀automatically.฀(COMPUTER)
Press฀the฀AUTO฀ADJ.฀button฀to฀optimize฀a฀computer฀image฀automatically.
This฀adjustment฀may฀be฀necessary฀when฀you฀connect฀your฀computer฀for฀the฀rst฀time.
[Poor picture]
[Normal picture]
NOTE:
Somesignalsmaytaketimetodisplayormaynotbedisplayedcorrectly.
•IftheAutoAdjustoperationcannotoptimizethecomputersignal,trytoadjust[HORIZONTAL],[VERTICAL],[CLOCK],and[PHASE]
manually.(page89,90)
Turning Up or Down Volume
Sound฀level฀from฀the฀speaker฀can฀be฀adjusted.
TIP:Whennomenusappear,theandbuttonsontheprojectorcabinetwork
asavolumecontrol.
NOTE:
•Volumecontrolisnotavailablewiththeorbuttonwhenanimageisenlarged
byusingtheD-ZOOM(+)buttonorwhenthemenuisdisplayed.
•VolumecontrolisnotavailablewiththeorbuttonwhenVIEWERis
used.
TIP:The[BEEP]soundvolumecannotbeadjusted.Toturnoffthe[BEEP]sound,
fromthemenu,select[SETUP][OPTIONS(1)][BEEP][OFF].
Increase฀volume
Decrease volume
background
29
2. Projecting an Image (Basic Operation)
Turning off the Projector
To฀turn฀off฀the฀projector:
1. First, press the (POWER) button on the projector
cabinet or the STANDBY button on the remote con-
trol.
The confirmation message will be displayed.
2.Secondly,฀press฀the฀ENTERbutton฀or฀pressthe
(POWER)฀or฀the฀STANDBY฀button฀again.
After฀the฀projector฀turns฀off,฀the฀cooling฀fans฀keep฀operating฀
for a while (Cooling-off time).
The cooling fans stop operating when the projector turns off
and goes into standby mode. When in standby mode, the
POWER indicator will light red and the STATUS indicator
will light green approx. for 10 seconds and then will light off
when [NORMAL] is selected for [STANDBY MODE].
Power฀On
Steady blue light
Standby
Steady
red light
CAUTION:
Parts฀of฀the฀projector฀may฀become฀temporarily฀heated฀if฀the฀projector฀is฀turned฀off฀with฀the฀POWER฀button฀or฀if฀the฀
AC฀power฀supply฀is฀disconnected฀during฀normal฀projector฀operation.
Use฀caution฀when฀picking฀up฀the฀projector.
NOTE:
•Whilethepowerindicatorisblinkingblueinshortcycles,thepowercannotbeturnedoff.
•Youcannotturnoffthepowerfor60secondsimmediatelyafterturningitonanddisplayinganimage.
•DonotdisconnecttheACpowersupplytotheprojectorwithin10secondsofmakingadjustmentorsettingchangesandclosing
themenu.Doingsocancauselossofadjustmentsandsettings.
background
30
2. Projecting an Image (Basic Operation)
After Use
Preparation:฀Make฀sure฀that฀the฀projector฀is฀turned฀off.
1.Unplug฀the฀power฀cord.
2. Disconnect any other cables.
•฀Remove฀the฀USB฀memory฀if฀it฀is฀inserted฀into฀the฀projector.
3.Retract฀adjustable฀tilt฀foot฀if฀extended.
(M402W/M362W/M322W/M402X/M362X/M322X/M282X/M402H฀only)
4.฀Slide฀the฀lens฀cover฀to฀the฀left฀to฀cover฀the฀lens.
5.Put฀the฀projector฀and฀accessories฀in฀the฀supplied฀soft฀case.
Place the projector in the soft case with the lens facing upward as shown below. This is to prevent the lens from
damage.
Insert฀the฀projector฀with฀the฀lens฀
facing upward
NOTE:Whenplacingtheprojectorinthesoftcase,retractthetiltfootandtherearfeet.Failuretodosomaycasedamagetothe
projector.
(M352WS/M302WS/M322XS฀only)
4. Reattach the lens cap
Put the lens cap on the top of the lens.
Push to cover the lens completely.
CAUTION:
Use฀caution฀when฀putting฀the฀projector฀in฀the฀soft฀case฀immediately฀after฀the฀projector฀has฀been฀operating.The฀
projector฀cabinet฀is฀hot.
background
31
Turning off the Image and Sound
Press฀the฀AV-MUTE฀button฀to฀turn฀off฀the฀image฀and฀sound฀for฀a฀short฀
period฀of฀time.฀Press฀again฀to฀restore฀the฀image฀and฀sound.
The฀projector’s฀power-saving฀function฀will฀work฀10฀seconds฀after฀the฀im-
age฀is฀turned฀off.
As฀a฀result,฀the฀lamp฀power฀will฀be฀reduced.
NOTE:
•
Eventhoughtheimageisturnedoff,themenustillremainsonthescreen.
•SoundfromtheAUDIOOUTjack(Stereomini)canbeturnedoff.
•Evenwhenthepower-savingfunctionworks,thelamppowermayberestored
toitsoriginalleveltemporarily.
•Torestoretheimage,evenifyoupresstheAV-MUTEbuttonimmediatelyafter
thestartofthepower-savingfunction,thelampbrightnessmaynotberestored
toitsoriginallevel.
Freezing a Picture
Press฀the฀FREEZE฀button฀to฀freeze฀a฀picture.Press฀again฀to฀resume฀
motion.
NOTE:
•Theimageisfrozenbuttheoriginalvideoisstillplayingback.
•WithImageExpressUtilityincludingUSBDisplay,pressingtheFREEZEbutton
willeliminatesoundtemporarilyduringdisplayoffreezedimage.
Enlarging a Picture
You฀can฀enlarge฀the฀picture฀up฀to฀four฀times.
NOTE:Themaximummagnicationmaybelessthanfourtimesdependingon
thesignal.
To฀do฀so:
1.Press฀the฀D-ZOOM฀(+)฀button฀to฀magnify฀the฀picture.
To move the magnified image, use the ,, or button.
3. Convenient Features
background
32
3. Convenient Features
2. Press the ▲▼◀▶ button.
The area of the magnified image will be moved
3. Press the D-ZOOM (−) button.
Each time the D-ZOOM (−) button is pressed, the image is reduced.
NOTE:
•Theimagewillbeenlargedorreducedatthecenterofthescreen.
•Displayingthemenuwillcancelthecurrentmagnication.
background
33
3. Convenient Features
Changing Eco Mode/Checking Energy-Saving Effect
Using Eco Mode [ECO MODE]
The฀ECO฀MODE฀(NORMAL฀and฀ECO)฀increases฀lamp฀life,฀while฀lowering฀power฀consumption฀and฀cutting฀down฀on฀
CO
2
emissions.
Four฀brightness฀modes฀of฀the฀lamp฀can฀be฀selected:฀[OFF],฀[AUTO฀ECO],฀[NORMAL]฀and฀[ECO]฀modes.
[ECO฀MODE]฀Description
Status฀of฀LAMP฀
indicator
Status฀of฀
ECO฀indi-
cator
[OFF]
The฀lamp฀brightness฀is฀100%.
OffOff
[AUTO฀ECO]
Lamp฀power฀consumption฀will฀be฀controlled฀between฀
[OFF]฀and฀[ECO]฀automatically฀according฀to฀picture฀
level.
NOTE:Abrightgradationmaybelessvisibledependingon
theimage.
Steady฀
Green฀light
Steady฀
Green฀light
[NORMAL]Lamp฀power฀consumption.(approx.81%฀brightness฀
on M402W/M402X/M352WS/M332XS/M402H and
approx.76%฀on฀M362W/M362X/M302WS)฀The฀lamp฀
life฀will฀extend฀by฀lowering฀the฀lamp฀power.
[ECO]
Lamp฀power฀consumption฀(approx.60%฀brightness).
The฀lamp฀life฀will฀extend฀longer฀than฀the฀one฀on฀NOR-
MAL฀mode฀by฀controlling฀power฀appropriate฀for฀the฀
lamp.The฀maximum฀power฀becomes฀equivalent฀to฀the฀
power฀in฀NORMAL.
To฀turn฀on฀the฀[ECO฀MODE],฀do฀the฀following:
1.Press฀the฀ECO฀Button฀on฀the฀remote฀control฀to฀display฀[ECO฀MODE]฀screen.
2.Press฀the฀ECO฀button฀again฀to฀select฀a฀mode฀you฀wish.
•฀Each฀time฀the฀ECO฀button฀is฀pressed,฀the฀choices฀will฀be฀changed:
OFF AUTO ECO NORMAL ECO OFF
TIP:
•TheleafsymbolatthebottomofthemenushowsthecurrentselectionofECOmode.
NOTE:
•TheECOMODEandDYNAMICCONTRASTfeaturescontrolthelamppower.Somepicturesmaybecomeextremelybrightwhen
usingbothECOMODEandDYNAMICCONTRASTfeaturestocontrolthelamppower.Toavoidthisphenomena,turnofftheECO
MODEandDYNAMICCONTRAST.
•Immediatelyafterthemenuitemisselectedfor[ECOMODE],thescreenmayicker.Thisisnotmalfunction.
•Usingtheprojectorinthe[AUTOECO],[NORMAL],or[ECO]modefor[ECOMODE]maycausepoorhalftonesdependingonthe
projectedimage.
•The[ECOMODE]canbechangedbyusingthemenu.
Select[SETUP][GENERAL][ECOMODE].
•Thelampliferemainingandlamphoursusedcanbecheckedin[USAGETIME].Select[INFO.][USAGETIME].
•Theprojectorisalwaysin[NORMAL]for90secondsafterthelampisturnedonandwhilethePOWERindicatorisblinkinggreen.
Thelampconditionwillnotbeaffectedevenwhen[ECOMODE]ischanged.
•Afteralapseof1minutefromwhentheprojectordisplaysno-signalguidance,ablue,blackorlogoscreen,[ECOMODE]will
automaticallyswitchto[ECO].
•Iftheprojectorisoverheatedin[OFF]mode,theremaybeacasewherethe[ECOMODE]automaticallychangesto[NORMAL]
modetoprotecttheprojector.Whentheprojectorisin[NORMAL]mode,thepicturebrightnessdecreases.Whentheprojector
comesbacktonormaltemperature,the[ECOMODE]returnsto[OFF]mode.
Thermometersymbol[
]indicatesthe[ECOMODE]isautomaticallysetto[NORMAL]modebecausetheinternaltemperature
istoohigh.
background
34
3. Convenient Features
Checking Energy-Saving Effect [CARBON METER]
This฀feature฀will฀show฀energy-saving฀effect฀in฀terms฀of฀CO
2
emission฀reduction฀(kg)฀when฀the฀projector’s฀[ECO฀MODE]฀
is฀set฀to฀[AUTO฀ECO],฀[NORMAL],฀or฀[ECO].This฀feature฀is฀called฀as฀[CARBON฀METER].
There฀are฀two฀messages:฀[TOTAL฀CARBON฀SAVINGS]฀and฀[CARBON฀SAVINGS-SESSION].The฀[TOTAL฀CARBON฀
SAVINGS]฀message฀shows฀the฀total฀amount฀of฀CO
2
฀emission฀reduction฀from฀the฀time฀of฀shipment฀up฀to฀now.You฀can฀
check฀the฀information฀on฀[USAGE฀TIME]฀from฀[INFO.]฀of฀the฀menu.฀(฀page฀
111)
The฀[CARBON฀SAVINGS-SESSION]฀message฀shows฀the฀amount฀of฀CO
2
emission฀reduction฀between฀the฀time฀of฀
changing฀to฀ECO฀MODE฀immediately฀after฀the฀time฀of฀power-on฀and฀the฀time฀of฀power-off.The฀[CARBON฀SAVINGS-
SESSION]฀message฀will฀be฀displayed฀in฀the฀[POWER฀OFF/฀ARE฀YOU฀SURE?]฀message฀at฀the฀time฀of฀power-off.
TIP:
•TheformulaasshownbelowisusedtocalculatetheamountofCO
2
emissionreduction.
AmountofCO
2
emissionreduction=(PowerconsumptioninOFFforECOMODE−PowerconsumptioninAUTOECO/NORMAL/
ECOforECOMODE)×CO
2
conversionfactor.*WhentheimageisturnedoffwiththeAV-MUTEbuttonorwiththelenscover
closed,theamountofCO
2
emmissionreductionwillalsoincrease.
*CalculationforamountofCO
2
emissionreductionisbasedonanOECDpublication“CO
2
EmissionsfromFuelCombustion,2008
Edition”.
•The[TOTALCARBONSAVINGS]iscalculatedbasedonsavingsrecordedin15minutesintervals.
•Thisformulawillnotapplytothepowerconsumptionwhichisnotaffectedbywhether[ECOMODE]isturnedonoroff.
background
35
3. Convenient Features
Preventing the Unauthorized Use of the Projector [SECURITY]
A฀keyword฀can฀be฀set฀for฀your฀projector฀using฀the฀Menu฀to฀avoid฀operation฀by฀an฀unauthorized฀user.When฀a฀keyword฀
is฀set,฀turning฀on฀the฀projector฀will฀display฀the฀Keyword฀input฀screen.฀Unless฀the฀correct฀keyword฀is฀entered,฀the฀pro-
jector฀cannot฀project฀an฀image.
•฀The฀[SECURITY]฀setting฀cannot฀be฀cancelled฀by฀using฀the฀[RESET]฀of฀the฀menu.
To฀enable฀the฀Security฀function:
1. Press the MENU button.
The menu will be displayed.
2. Press the
button฀twice฀to฀select฀[SETUP]฀and฀press฀the฀button฀or฀the฀ENTER฀button฀to฀select฀[GEN-
ERAL].
3. Press the ฀button฀to฀select฀[INSTALLATION].
4. Press the ฀button฀three฀times฀to฀select฀[SECURITY]฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.
The OFF/ON menu will be displayed.
5. Press the
฀button฀to฀select฀[ON]฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.
The฀[SECURITY฀KEYWORD]฀screen฀will฀be฀displayed.
6.Type฀in฀a฀combination฀of฀the฀four฀▲▼◀▶฀buttons฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.
NOTE:Akeywordmustbe4to10digitsinlength.
The฀[CONFIRM฀KEYWORD]฀screen฀will฀be฀displayed.
background
36
3. Convenient Features
7.Type฀in฀the฀same฀combination฀of฀▲▼◀▶฀buttons฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.
The confirmation screen will be displayed.
8.Select฀[YES]฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.
The฀SECURITY฀function฀has฀been฀enabled.
To฀turn฀on฀the฀projector฀when฀[SECURITY]฀is฀enabled:
1. Press the POWER button.
The฀projector฀will฀be฀turned฀on฀and฀display฀a฀message฀to฀the฀effect฀that฀the฀projector฀is฀locked.
2. Press the MENU button.
3.Type฀in฀the฀correct฀keyword฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.฀The฀projector฀will฀display฀an฀image.
NOTE:Thesecuritydisablemodeismaintaineduntilthemainpoweristurnedofforunpluggingthepowercord.
background
37
3. Convenient Features
To฀disable฀the฀SECURITY฀function:
1. Press the MENU button.
The menu will be displayed.
2.฀฀Select฀[SETUP]฀฀[INSTALLATION]฀฀[SECURITY]฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.
The OFF/ON menu will be displayed.
3.Select฀[OFF]฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.
The฀SECURITY฀KEYWORD฀screen฀will฀be฀displayed.
4.Type฀in฀your฀keyword฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.
When฀the฀correct฀keyword฀is฀entered,฀the฀SECURITY฀function฀will฀be฀disabled.
NOTE:Ifyouforgetyourkeyword,contactyourdealer.Yourdealerwillprovideyouwithyourkeywordinexchangeforyourrequest
code.YourrequestcodeisdisplayedintheKeywordConrmationscreen.Inthisexample[NB52-YGK8-2VD6-K585-JNE6-EYA8]
isarequestcode.
background
38
3. Convenient Features
Using the Computer Cable (VGA) to Operate the
Projector (Virtual Remote Tool)
Using฀the฀utility฀software฀“Virtual฀Remote฀Tool”฀included฀on฀the฀companion฀NEC฀Projector฀CD-ROM,฀Virtual฀Remote฀
screen฀(or฀toolbar)฀can฀be฀displayed฀on฀your฀computer฀screen.
This฀will฀help฀you฀perform฀operations฀such฀as฀projector’s฀power฀on฀or฀off฀and฀signal฀selection฀via฀the฀computer฀cable฀
(VGA),฀serial฀cable,฀or฀LAN฀connection.
Control Functions
Power฀On/Off,฀signal฀selection,฀picture฀freeze,฀picture฀mute,฀audio฀mute,฀and฀remote฀control฀operation฀on฀your฀
PC.
Virtual฀Remote฀screenToolbar
This฀section฀provides฀an฀outline฀of฀preparation฀for฀use฀of฀Virtual฀Remote฀Tool.
For฀information฀on฀how฀to฀use฀Virtual฀Remote฀Tool,฀see฀Help฀of฀Virtual฀Remote฀Tool.฀(฀page฀
43)
Step฀1:฀Install฀Virtual฀Remote฀Tool฀on฀the฀computer.฀(฀page฀39)
Step฀2:฀Connect฀the฀projector฀to฀the฀computer.฀(฀page฀41)
Step฀3:฀Start฀Virtual฀Remote฀Tool.฀(฀page฀42)
TIP:
•VirtualRemoteToolcanbeusedwithaLANandaserialconnection.USBconnectionisnotsupportedbyVirtualRemoteTool.
•ForupdateinformationonVirtualRemoteTool,visitourwebsite:
http://www.nec-display.com/dl/en/index.html
background
39
3. Convenient Features
NOTE:
•When[COMPUTER]isselectedfromyoursourceselection,theVirtualRemotescreenorthetoolbarwillbedisplayedaswellas
yourcomputerscreen.
•Usethesuppliedcomputercable(VGA)toconnecttheCOMPUTERINconnectordirectlywiththemonitoroutputconnectorof
thecomputertouseVirtualRemoteTool.
Usingaswitcherorothercablesthanthesuppliedcomputercable(VGA)maycausefailureinsignalcommunication.
VGAcableconnector:
PinNos.12and15arerequiredforDDC/CI.
•VirtualRemoteToolmaynotworkdependingonyourcomputer’sspecicationsandversionofgraphicadaptersordrivers.
•TorunVirtualRemoteToolonWindows8andWindowsXP,“Microsoft.NETFrameworkVersion2.0”isrequired.TheMicrosoft
.NETFrameworkVersion2.0,3.0or3.5isavailablefromMicrosoft’swebpage.Downloadandinstalltheitonyourcomputer.
TIP:
•Theprojector’sCOMPUTERINconnectorsupportsDDC/CI(DisplayDataChannelCommandInterface).DDC/CIisastandard
interfaceforbidirectionalcommunicationbetweendisplay/projectorandcomputer.
Step 1: Install Virtual Remote Tool on the computer
NOTE:
•ToinstallVirtualRemoteTool,theWindowsuseraccountmusthave“Administrator”privilege(Windows8,Windows7,Windows
VistaandWindowsXP).
•ExitallrunningprogramsbeforeinstallingVirtualRemoteTool.Ifanotherprogramisrunning,theinstallationmaynotbecom-
pleted.
1฀Insert฀the฀accompanying฀NEC฀Projector฀CD-ROM฀into฀your฀CD-ROM฀drive.
The menu window will be displayed.
background
40
3. Convenient Features
TIP:
Ifthemenuwindowwillnotbedisplayed,trythefollowingprocedure.
ForWindows7
1.Click฀“start”฀on฀Windows.
2.Click฀“All฀Programs”“Accessories”“Run”.
3.TypeyourCD-ROMdrivename฀(example:฀Q:\”)฀and฀“LAUNCHER.EXE”in฀“Name”.฀(example:฀Q:\
LAUNCHER.EXE)
4.Click฀“OK”.
The menu window will be displayed.
2฀Click฀“Install฀Virtual฀Remote฀Tool”฀on฀the฀menu฀window.
The installation will start.
When the installation is complete, the Welcome window will be displayed.
3฀Click฀“Next”.
“END฀USER฀LICENSE฀AGREEMENT”฀screen฀will฀be฀displayed.
Read฀“END฀USER฀LICENSE฀AGREEMENT”฀carefully.
4฀If฀you฀agree,฀click฀“I฀accept฀the฀terms฀in฀the฀license฀agreement”฀and฀then฀click฀“Next”.
•฀Follow฀the฀instructions฀on฀the฀installer฀screens฀to฀complete฀the฀installation.
•฀When฀the฀installation฀is฀complete,฀you฀will฀return฀to฀the฀menu฀window.
background
41
3. Convenient Features
TIP:
Uninstalling฀Virtual฀Remote฀Tool
Preparation:
Exit฀Virtual฀Remote฀Tool฀before฀uninstalling.฀To฀uninstall฀Virtual฀Remote฀Tool,฀the฀Windows฀user฀account฀must฀have฀
“Administrator”privilege฀(Windows฀8,฀Windows฀7฀and฀Windows฀Vista)฀or฀“Computer฀Administrator”฀privilege฀(Windows฀
XP).
•฀For฀Windows฀7/Windows฀Vista
1฀Click฀“Start”฀and฀then฀“Control฀Panel”.
The Control Panel window will be displayed.
2฀Click฀“Uninstall฀a฀program”฀under฀“Programs”
The฀“Programs฀and฀Features”฀window฀will฀be฀displayed.
3฀Select฀Virtual฀Remote฀Tool฀and฀click฀it.
4฀Click฀“Uninstall/Change”฀or฀“Uninstall”.
•฀When฀the฀“User฀Account฀Control”฀windows฀is฀displayed,฀click฀“Continue”.
Follow the instructions on the screens to complete the uninstallation.
•฀For฀Windows฀XP
1฀Click฀“Start”฀and฀then฀“Control฀Panel”.
The Control Panel window will be displayed.
2฀Double-click฀“Add฀/฀Remove฀Programs”.
The Add / Remove Programs window will be displayed.
3฀Click฀Virtual฀Remote฀Tool฀from฀the฀list฀and฀then฀click฀“Remove”.
Follow the instructions on the screens to complete the uninstallation.
Step 2: Connect the projector to the computer
1฀Use฀the฀supplied฀computer฀cable฀(VGA)฀to฀connect฀the฀COMPUTER฀IN฀connector฀of฀the฀projector฀directly฀
with฀the฀monitor฀output฀connector฀of฀the฀computer.
2฀Connect฀the฀supplied฀power฀cord฀to฀the฀AC฀IN฀terminal฀of฀the฀projector฀and฀the฀wall฀outlet.
The projector is in the standby condition.
AC IN
COMPUTER IN
Supplied computer cable (VGA)
To wall outlet
Power cord (supplied)
TIP:
•WhenVirtualRemoteToolstartsforthersttime,“EasySetup”windowwillbedisplayedtonavigateyourconnections.
background
42
3. Convenient Features
Step 3: Start Virtual Remote Tool
Start using the shortcut icon
•฀Double-click฀the฀shortcut฀icon฀
฀on฀the฀Windows฀Desktop.
Start from the Start menu
•฀Click฀[Start]฀฀[All฀Programs]฀or฀[Programs]฀฀[NEC฀Projector฀User฀Supportware]฀[Virtual฀Remote฀Tool]฀
฀[Virtual฀Remote฀Tool].
When฀Virtual฀Remote฀Tool฀starts฀for฀the฀rst฀time,฀“Easy฀Setup”฀window฀will฀be฀displayed.
Follow the instructions on the screens
When฀“Easy฀Setup”฀is฀completed,฀the฀Virtual฀Remote฀Tool฀screen฀will฀be฀displayed.
NOTE:
•When[NORMAL]isselectedfor[STANDBYMODE]fromthemenu,theprojectorcannotbeturnedonviathecomputercable
(VGA)ornetwork(wiredLAN/wirelessLAN)connection.
TIP:
•TheVirtualRemoteToolscreen(orToolbar)canbedisplayedwithoutdisplaying“EasySetup”window.
Todoso,clicktoplaceacheckmarkfor“DonotuseEasySetupnexttime”onthescreenatStep6in“EasySetup”.
background
43
3. Convenient Features
Exiting฀Virtual฀Remote฀Tool
1฀Click฀the฀Virtual฀Remote฀Tool฀icon฀
฀on฀the฀Taskbar.
The pop-up menu will be displayed.
2฀Click฀“Exit”.
The Virtual Remote Tool will be closed.
Viewing฀the฀help฀le฀of฀Virtual฀Remote฀Tool
•฀Displaying฀the฀help฀le฀using฀the฀taskbar
1฀Click฀the฀Virtual฀Remote฀Tool฀icon฀
฀on฀the฀taskbar฀when฀Virtual฀Remote฀Tool฀is฀running.
The pop-up menu will be displayed.
2.Click฀“Help”.
The Help screen will be displayed.
•฀Displaying฀the฀help฀le฀using฀the฀Start฀Menu.
1.Click฀“Start”฀“All฀programs”or฀“Programs”฀“NEC฀Projector฀User฀Supportware”฀“Virtual฀Remote฀
Tool”฀and฀then฀“Virtual฀Remote฀Tool฀Help”฀in฀this฀order.
The Help screen will be displayed.
background
44
3. Convenient Features
Operating Your Computer’s Mouse Functions from the
Projector’s Remote Control via the USB Cable (Remote Mouse
Function)
The฀built-in฀remote฀mouse฀function฀enables฀you฀to฀operate฀your฀computer’s฀mouse฀functions฀from฀the฀supplied฀remote฀
control฀when฀the฀projector฀is฀connected฀to฀a฀computer฀via฀a฀commercially฀available฀USB฀cable฀(compatible฀with฀USB฀
2.0฀specications).
The฀Remote฀Mouse฀function฀works฀for฀the฀COMPUTER฀input฀while฀the฀computer฀screen฀is฀displayed.
The฀Remote฀Mouse฀function฀will฀not฀work฀while฀you฀freeze฀or฀magnify฀an฀image.
-฀Using฀the฀USB฀cable฀to฀connect฀the฀projector฀and฀the฀computer฀will฀also฀start฀USB฀Display฀function.
AC IN
USB-B
USB cable (not supplied)
To wall outlet
NOTE:
•AUSBcablemustsupporttheUSB2.0Specications.
•Themousefunctioncanbeusedwiththefollowingoperatingsystems:
Windows7,WindowsXP,orWindowsVista
•InSP2orolderversionofWindowsXP,ifthemousecursorwillnotmovecorrectly,dothefollowing:
CleartheEnhancepointerprecisioncheckboxunderneaththemousespeedsliderintheMousePropertiesdialogbox[Pointer
Optionstab].
•Waitatleast5secondsafterdisconnectingtheUSBcablebeforereconnectingitandviceversa.Thecomputermaynotidentify
theUSBcableifitisrepeatedlyconnectedanddisconnectedinrapidintervals.
•ConnecttheprojectortothecomputerwithaUSBcableafterstartingthecomputer.Failuretodosomayfailtostartthecom-
puter.
Operating฀your฀computer’s฀mouse฀from฀the฀remote฀control
You฀can฀operate฀your฀computer’s฀mouse฀from฀the฀remote฀control.
PAGE / Button ...........................scrolls the viewing area of the window or to move to the previous or next slide in PowerPoint
on your computer.
▲▼◀▶ Buttons ..............................moves the mouse cursor on your computer.
MOUSE L-CLICK/ENTER Button ......works as the mouse left button.
MOUSE R-CLICK Button ..................works as the mouse right button.
NOTE:
•Whenyouoperatethecomputerusingthe▲▼◀orbuttonwiththemenudisplayed,boththemenuandthemousepointer
willbeaffected.Closethemenuandperformthemouseoperation.
TIP:YoucanchangethePointerspeedontheMousePropertiesdialogboxontheWindows.Formoreinformation,seetheuser
documentationoronlinehelpsuppliedwithyourcomputer.
background
45
3. Convenient Features
Projecting Your Computer’s Screen Image from the
Projector via the USB Cable (USB Display)
Using฀a฀commercially฀available฀USB฀cable฀(compatible฀with฀USB฀2.0฀specications)฀to฀connect฀the฀computer฀with฀the฀
projector฀allows฀you฀to฀send฀your฀computer฀screen฀image฀to฀the฀projector฀for฀displaying.Power฀On/Off฀and฀source฀
selection฀of฀the฀projector฀can฀be฀done฀from฀your฀computer฀without฀connecting฀a฀computer฀cable฀(VGA).
NOTE:
•TomakeUSBDISPLAYavailableonWindows8,Windows7,WindowsVistaandWindowsXP,theWindowsuseraccountmust
have“Administrator”privilege.
•USBDisplayusesfunctionsofImageExpressUtilityLitecontainedonNECProjectorCD-ROM(page58).
StartingUSBDisplay,however,willnotinstallImageExpressUtilityLiteonyourcomputer.ThisisbecauseUSBDisplayexecutes
theprojector’sprogramonly.
•WhenImageExpressUtilityLiteisinstalledtobothyourcomputerandtheprojector,theoneinstalledtoyourcomputeralways
startevenifitisolderversionthantheoneinstalledtotheprojector.
Ifaudiotransfercapabilityandotherfeatureswillnotwork,tryuninstallingImageExpressUtilityLitefromyourcomputer.This
willallowyoutouseallthefeatures.
•USBDisplaywillnotworkin[NORMAL]of[STANDBYMODE].TouseUSBDisplay,select[NETWORKSTANDBY]for[STANDBY
MODE].(page103)
•WhenUSBDisplayisused,thesoundisoutputfromtheCOMPUTERAUDIOINMiniJack(StereoMini).Imageandsoundmay
notbesynchronized.
1. Start the computer.
2.Connect฀the฀projector’s฀power฀cord฀to฀the฀wall฀outlet฀and฀put฀the฀projector฀into฀standby฀condition.
•฀Open฀the฀projector’s฀lens฀cover฀or฀lens฀cap.
3.Use฀the฀USB฀cable฀to฀connect฀the฀computer฀with฀the฀projector.
AC IN
USB-B
USB cable (not supplied)
To wall outlet
Power cord (supplied)
The฀message฀“The฀projector฀is฀in฀standby฀mode.฀Connect฀it?”฀will฀be฀displayed฀on฀the฀computer฀screen.
•฀The฀control฀window฀of฀Image฀Express฀Utility฀Lite฀will฀be฀displayed฀on฀the฀top฀of฀the฀screen.
NOTE:Dependingonthecomputersetting,the“AutoPlay”windowmaybedisplayedwhenthe
computerdetectstheconnectiontotheprojector.Ifthishappens,clickthe“StartUSBDisplay”
window.
4.Click฀“Yes”.
The฀projector฀will฀turn฀on฀and฀the฀message฀“The฀projector฀is฀getting฀ready.Please฀wait.”฀will฀be฀displayed฀on฀the฀
computer screen. This message will disappear in a few seconds.
background
46
3. Convenient Features
5.Operate฀the฀control฀window.
(1) (Source) ..... Selects an input source of the projector.
(2)
(Picture) .... Turns on or off AV-MUTE (Picture mute), and turns on or off FREEZE (Freeze a picture), and Geometric
Correction Tool (GCT) functions.
(3)
(Sound) ..... Turns on or off AV-MUTE (Sound mute), play the sound and turns up or down the volume.
(4)
(Others) ..... Uses “Update”, “HTTP Server”*, “Settings” and “Information”.
* The HTTP Server cannot be selected when a USB cable is connected.
(5)
(Exit) .......... Exit Image Express Utility Lite. You can also turn off the projector at the same time.
(6)
(Help) ........... Displays the help of Image Express Utility Lite.
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5)(6)
background
47
3. Convenient Features
Controlling the Projector by Using an HTTP Browser
Overview
The฀HTTP฀Server฀function฀provides฀settings฀and฀operations฀for:
1.Setting฀for฀wired/wireless฀network฀(NETWORK฀SETTINGS)
To use wireless LAN connection, the optional USB Wireless LAN Unit is required. ( page 128)
To use wired/wireless LAN connection, connect the projector to the computer with a commercially available LAN
cable. (
page 127)
2.Setting฀Alert฀Mail฀(ALERT฀MAIL)
When฀the฀projector฀is฀connected฀to฀a฀wired/wireless฀network,฀lamp฀replace฀time฀or฀error฀messages฀will฀be฀sent฀via฀
e-mail.
3.Operating฀the฀projector
Power on/off, selecting input, volume control and picture adjustments are possible.
4.Setting฀PJLink฀PASSWORD฀and฀AMX฀BEACON
5.Allowing฀Image฀Express฀Utility฀Lite฀to฀be฀downloaded฀and฀copied฀to฀your฀USB฀memory
This฀device฀uses฀“JavaScript”and฀“Cookies”and฀the฀browser฀should฀be฀set฀to฀accept฀these฀functions.The฀setting฀
method฀will฀vary฀depending฀on฀the฀version฀of฀browser.Please฀refer฀to฀the฀help฀les฀and฀the฀other฀information฀provided฀
in฀your฀software.
Two฀ways฀of฀access฀to฀the฀HTTP฀server฀function฀are฀available:
•฀Start฀the฀Web฀browser฀on฀the฀computer฀via฀the฀network฀connected฀to฀the฀projector฀and฀enter฀the฀following฀
URL :
http://<the฀projector’s฀IP฀address>฀/index.html
•฀Use฀Image฀Express฀Utility฀Lite฀contained฀on฀the฀supplied฀NEC฀Projector฀CD-ROM.
TIP:ThefactorysettingIPaddressis[DHCPON].
NOTE:
•Tousetheprojectorinanetwork,consultwithyournetworkadministratoraboutnetworksettings.
•Thedisplay’sorbutton’sresponsecanbesloweddownoroperationmaynotbeaccepteddependingthesettingsofyournet-
work.
Shouldthishappen,consultyournetworkadministrator.Theprojectormaynotrespondifitsbuttonsarerepeatedlypressedin
rapidintervals.Shouldthishappen,waitamomentandrepeat.Ifyoustillcan’tgetanyresponse,turnoffandbackontheprojec-
tor.
•IfthePROJECTORNETWORKSETTINGSscreendoesnotappearinthewebbrowser,presstheCtrl+F5keystorefreshyourweb
browser(orclearthecache).
Preparation before Use
Connect฀the฀projector฀to฀a฀commercially฀available฀LAN฀cable฀before฀engaging฀in฀browser฀operations.฀(฀page฀127)
Operation฀with฀a฀browser฀that฀uses฀a฀proxy฀server฀may฀not฀be฀possible฀depending฀on฀the฀type฀of฀proxy฀server฀and฀the฀
setting฀method.฀Although฀the฀type฀of฀proxy฀server฀will฀be฀a฀factor,฀it฀is฀possible฀that฀items฀that฀have฀actually฀been฀set฀
will฀not฀be฀displayed฀depending฀on฀the฀effectiveness฀of฀the฀cache,฀and฀the฀contents฀set฀from฀the฀browser฀may฀not฀be฀
reected฀in฀operation.฀It฀is฀recommended฀that฀a฀proxy฀server฀not฀be฀used฀unless฀it฀is฀unavoidable.
background
48
3. Convenient Features
Handling of the Address for Operation via a Browser
Regarding฀the฀actual฀address฀that฀is฀entered฀for฀the฀address฀or฀entered฀to฀the฀URL฀column฀when฀operation฀of฀the฀pro-
jector฀is฀via฀a฀browser,฀the฀host฀name฀can฀be฀used฀as฀it฀is฀when฀the฀host฀name฀corresponding฀to฀the฀IP฀address฀of฀the฀
projector฀has฀been฀registered฀to฀the฀domain฀name฀server฀by฀a฀network฀administrator,฀or฀the฀host฀name฀corresponding฀
to฀the฀IP฀address฀of฀the฀projector฀has฀been฀set฀in฀the฀“HOSTS”฀le฀of฀the฀computer฀being฀used.
Example฀1:฀฀When฀the฀host฀name฀of฀the฀projector฀has฀been฀set฀to฀“pj.nec.co.jp”,฀access฀is฀gained฀to฀the฀network฀
setting฀by฀specifying
http://pj.nec.co.jp/index.html
for฀the฀address฀or฀the฀entry฀column฀of฀the฀URL.
Example฀2:฀฀When฀the฀IP฀address฀of฀the฀projector฀is฀“192.168.73.1”,฀access฀is฀gained฀to฀the฀network฀setting฀by฀
specifying
http://192.168.73.1/index.html
for฀the฀address฀or฀the฀entry฀column฀of฀the฀URL.
PROJECTOR ADJUSTMENT
POWER:This฀controls฀the฀power฀of฀the฀projector.
ON ......................... Power is switched on.
OFF ........................ Power is switched off.
VOLUME:฀This฀controls฀the฀volume฀of฀the฀projector.
........................... Increases the volume adjustment value.
........................... Decreases the volume adjustment value.
AV-MUTE:This฀controls฀the฀mute฀function฀of฀the฀projector.
PICTURE ON .......... Mutes the video.
PICTURE OFF ......... Cancels the video muting.
SOUND ON ............ Mutes the audio.
SOUND OFF ........... Cancels the audio muting.
ALL ON .................. Mutes each of the video, and audio functions.
ALL OFF ................. Cancels the muting of each of the video, and audio functions.
background
49
3. Convenient Features
PICTURE:฀Controls฀the฀video฀adjustment฀of฀the฀projector.
BRIGHTNESS .... Increases the brightness adjustment value.
BRIGHTNESS .... Decreases the brightness adjustment value.
CONTRAST ........ Increases the contrast adjustment value.
CONTRAST ........ Decreases the contrast adjustment value.
COLOR .............. Increases the color adjustment value.
COLOR .............. Decreases the color adjustment value.
HUE ................... Increases the hue adjustment value.
HUE ................... Decreases the hue adjustment value.
SHARPNESS ..... Increases the sharpness adjustment value.
SHARPNESS ..... Decreases the sharpness adjustment value.
•฀The฀functions฀that฀can฀be฀controlled฀will฀vary฀depending฀on฀the฀signal฀being฀input฀to฀the฀projector.(page฀
88)
SOURCE฀SELECT:This฀switches฀the฀input฀connector฀of฀the฀projector.
COMPUTER ........... Switches to the COMPUTER IN connector.
HDMI 1 .................. Switches to the HDMI 1 IN connector.
HDMI 2 .................. Switches to the HDMI 2 IN connector.
VIDEO .................... Switches to the VIDEO IN connector.
USB-A .................... Switches to the data on the USB memory device.
LAN ........................ Switches to a LAN signal.
USB-B .................... Switches to the USB-B Port.
PROJECTOR฀STATUS:฀This฀displays฀the฀condition฀of฀the฀projector.
LAMP LIFE REMAINING .....Displays the remaining life of the lamp as a percentage.
LAMP HOURS USED ...........Displays how many hours the lamp has been used.
ERROR STATUS ..................Displays the status of errors occurring within the projector.
LOG฀OFF:฀Logging฀off฀your฀projector฀and฀returning฀to฀the฀authentication฀screen฀(LOGON฀screen).
background
50
3. Convenient Features
NETWORK SETTINGS
•฀SETTINGS
WIRED or WIRELESS
SETTINGSet฀for฀wired฀LAN฀or฀for฀wireless฀LAN.
APPLYApply฀your฀settings฀to฀wired฀LAN฀or฀wireless฀LAN.
DHCP฀ONAutomatically฀assign฀IP฀address,฀subnet฀mask,฀and฀gateway฀to฀the฀projector฀from฀your฀
DHCP฀server.
DHCP฀OFFSet฀IP฀address,฀subnet฀mask,฀and฀gateway฀to฀the฀projector฀assigned฀by฀your฀network฀
administrator.
IP฀ADDRESSSet฀your฀IP฀address฀of฀the฀network฀connected฀to฀the฀projector.
SUBNET฀MASKSet฀your฀subnet฀mask฀number฀of฀the฀network฀connected฀to฀the฀projector.
GATEWAYSet฀the฀default฀gateway฀of฀the฀network฀connected฀to฀the฀projector.
AUTO฀DNS฀ONDHCP฀server฀will฀automatically฀assign฀IP฀address฀of฀DNS฀server฀connected฀to฀the฀
projector.
AUTO฀DNS฀OFFSet฀your฀IP฀address฀of฀DNS฀server฀connected฀to฀the฀projector.
Setting for WIRED LAN
ENABLETurn฀on฀wired฀LAN฀connection
DISABLETurn฀off฀wired฀LAN฀connection
Setting฀for฀WIRELESS฀LAN฀(with฀the฀optional฀USB฀Wireless฀LAN฀Unit฀equipped)฀
EASY฀CONNECTIONExecute฀a฀wireless฀LAN฀using฀EASY฀CONNECTION.
SIMPLE฀ACCESS฀POINTSet฀the฀projector฀for฀simple฀access฀point.
CHANNELSelect฀a฀channel.฀Available฀channels฀vary฀depending฀on฀the฀country฀and฀region.When฀
you฀select฀[INFRASTRUCTURE],฀make฀sure฀that฀the฀projector฀and฀your฀access฀point฀
are฀on฀the฀same฀channel;when฀you฀select฀[AD฀HOC],฀make฀sure฀that฀the฀projector฀and฀
your฀computer฀are฀on฀the฀same฀channel.
PROFILE฀1/PROFILE฀2Two฀settings฀can฀be฀set฀for฀wireless฀LAN฀connection.฀Select฀PROFILE฀1฀or฀PROFILE฀
2.
SSID
Enter฀an฀identier฀(SSID)฀for฀wireless฀LAN.Communication฀can฀be฀done฀only฀with฀
equipment฀whose฀SSID฀matches฀SSID฀for฀your฀wireless฀LAN.
SITE฀SURVEYDisplays฀a฀list฀of฀available฀SSIDs฀for฀wireless฀LAN฀on฀site.฀Select฀an฀SSID฀which฀you฀
can access.
background
51
3. Convenient Features
NETWORK฀TYPESelect฀communication฀method฀when฀using฀wireless฀LAN.
INFRASTRUCTURE:฀Select฀this฀option฀when฀communicating฀with฀one฀or฀more฀equip-
ment฀connected฀to฀the฀wireless฀LAN฀network฀via฀a฀wireless฀access฀point.
AD฀HOC:฀Select฀this฀option฀when฀using฀the฀wireless฀LAN฀to฀directly฀communicate฀with฀
a฀computer฀in฀peer-to-peer฀mode.
SECURITY฀TYPE
Turn฀on฀or฀off฀the฀encryption฀mode฀for฀secure฀transmission.When฀turn฀on฀the฀encryp-
tion฀mode,฀set฀WEP฀key฀or฀encrypted฀key.
DISABLEWill฀not฀turn฀on฀the฀encryption฀feature.฀Your฀communications฀
may฀be฀monitored฀by฀someone.
WEP฀64฀bitUses฀64-bit฀datalength฀for฀secure฀transmission.
WEP฀128฀bitUses128-bit฀datalength฀forsecuretransmission.This฀option฀will฀
increase฀privacy฀and฀security฀when฀compared฀to฀use฀of฀64-bit฀
datalength฀encryption.
WPA-PSK฀TKIP/
WPA-PSK฀AES/
WPA2-PSK฀TKIP/
WPA2-PSK฀AES/
These฀options฀provide฀stronger฀security฀
than฀WEP.
NOTE:
•TheWEPsettingsmustbethesameascommunicationdevicessuchasPCoraccesspointin
yourwirelessnetwork.
•WhenyouuseWEP,yourimagetransmissionspeedwillslowdown.
•[WPAPSK-TKIP],[WPAPSK-AES],[WPA2PSK-TKIP]and[WPA2PSK-AES]arenotavailable
when[ADHOC]isselectedfrom[NETWORKTYPE].
INDEXSelect฀encryption฀key฀when฀selecting฀[WEP฀64฀bit]฀or฀[WEP฀128฀bit]฀in฀[SECURITY฀
TYPE].When฀[WEP฀64bit]฀or฀[WEP฀128bit]฀is฀selected฀for฀[SECURITY฀TYPE],฀the฀WEP฀
key฀is฀xed฀to฀“1”฀and฀cannot฀be฀changed.
KEYWhen฀selecting฀[WEP฀64฀bit]฀or฀[WEP฀128฀bit]฀in฀[SECURITY฀TYPE]:
Enter฀WEP฀key.
Select Characters฀(ASCII)Hexadecimal฀digit฀(HEX)
WEP฀64฀bitUp฀to฀5฀charactersUp฀to฀10฀characters
WEP฀128฀bitUp฀to฀13฀charactersUp฀to฀26฀characters
Whenselecting฀[WPA฀PSK-TKIP],฀[WPA฀PSK-AES],[WPA2฀PSK-TKIP]or฀[WPA2฀
PSK-AES]:
Enter฀encryption฀key.฀Key฀length฀must฀be฀8฀or฀greater฀and฀63฀or฀less.
background
52
3. Convenient Features
•฀NAME
PROJECTOR฀NAMEEnter฀a฀name฀for฀your฀projector฀so฀that฀your฀computer฀can฀identify฀the฀projector.A฀
projector฀name฀must฀be฀16฀characters฀or฀less.
TIP:฀Projector฀name฀will฀not฀be฀affected฀even฀when฀[RESET]฀is฀done฀from฀the฀menu.
HOST฀NAMEEnter฀the฀hostname฀of฀the฀network฀connected฀to฀the฀projector.A฀host฀name฀must฀be฀
15 or less.
DOMAIN฀NAMEEnter฀the฀domain฀name฀of฀the฀network฀connected฀to฀the฀projector.A฀domain฀name฀
must be 60 characters or less.
•฀ALERT฀MAIL
ALERT฀MAIL฀(English฀
only)
This฀option฀will฀notify฀your฀computer฀of฀lamp฀replace฀time฀or฀error฀messages฀via฀e-mail฀
when฀using฀wireless฀or฀wired฀LAN.
Placing฀a฀checkmark฀will฀turn฀on฀the฀Alert฀Mail฀feature.
Clearing฀a฀checkmark฀will฀turn฀off฀the฀Alert฀Mail฀feature.
Sample฀of฀a฀message฀to฀be฀sent฀from฀the฀projector:
The฀lamp฀is฀at฀the฀end฀of฀its฀usable฀life.฀Please฀replace฀the฀lamp.
Projector฀Name:฀NEC฀Projector
Lamp฀Hours฀Used:฀100฀[H]
SENDER’S฀ADDRESSEnter฀sender’s฀address.
SMTP฀SERVER฀NAMEEnter฀the฀SMTP฀server฀name฀to฀be฀connected฀to฀the฀projector.
RECIPIENT’S฀ADDRESS฀
1,2,3
Enter฀your฀recipient’s฀address.฀Up฀to฀three฀addresses฀can฀be฀entered.
TEST฀MAIL
Send฀a฀test฀mail฀to฀check฀whether฀your฀settings฀are฀correct฀or฀not
NOTE:
•Ifyouexecuteatest,youmaynotreceiveanAlertmail.Shouldthishappen,checkifnetwork
settingsarecorrect.
•Ifyouenteredanincorrectaddressinatest,youmaynotreceiveanAlertmail.Shouldthis
happen,checkiftheRecipient’sAddressiscorrect.
SAVEClick฀this฀button฀to฀reect฀the฀above฀settings.
•฀NETWORK฀SERVICE
PJLink฀PASSWORDSet฀a฀password฀for฀PJLink*.฀A฀password฀must฀be฀32฀characters฀or฀less.฀Do฀not฀forget฀
your฀password.฀However,฀if฀you฀forget฀your฀password,฀consult฀with฀your฀dealer.
HTTP฀PASSWORDSet฀a฀password฀for฀HTTP฀server.฀A฀password฀must฀be฀10฀characters฀or฀less.
AMX฀BEACONTurn฀on฀or฀off฀for฀detection฀from฀AMX฀Device฀Discovery฀when฀connecting฀to฀the฀network฀
supported฀by฀AMX’s฀NetLinx฀control฀system.
TIP:
WhenusingadevicethatsupportsAMXDeviceDiscovery,allAMXNetLinxcontrolsystemwillrec-
ognizethedeviceanddownloadtheappropriateDeviceDiscoveryModulefromanAMXserver.
PlacingacheckmarkwillenabledetectingtheprojectorfromAMXDeviceDiscovery.
ClearingacheckmarkwilldisabledetectingtheprojectorfromAMXDeviceDiscovery.
Image฀Express฀Utility฀LiteClick฀“DOWNLOAD”to฀display฀the฀download฀page฀from฀which฀the฀EXE฀le฀of฀Image฀
Express฀Utility฀Lite฀can฀be฀downloaded฀to฀your฀USB฀memory฀connected฀to฀your฀com-
puter.฀(฀page฀
62)
SAVE
Click฀this฀button฀to฀reect฀the฀above฀settings.
*฀What฀is฀PJLink?
PJLink฀is฀a฀standardization฀of฀protocol฀used฀for฀controlling฀projectors฀of฀different฀manufacturers.This฀standard฀protocol฀is฀estab-
lished฀by฀Japan฀Business฀Machine฀and฀Information฀System฀Industries฀Association฀(JBMIA)฀in฀2005.
The฀projector฀supports฀all฀the฀commands฀of฀PJLink฀Class฀1.
Setting฀of฀PJLink฀will฀not฀be฀affected฀even฀when฀[RESET]฀is฀done฀from฀the฀menu.
background
53
3. Convenient Features
CRESTRON฀ROOMVIEW฀compatibility
The฀projector฀supports฀CRESTRON฀ROOMVIEW,฀allowing฀multiple฀devices฀connected฀in฀the฀network฀to฀be฀managed฀
and฀controlled฀from฀a฀computer฀or฀a฀controller.
For฀more฀information,฀visit฀http://www.crestron.com
<Setting Procedure>
Access฀to฀the฀HTTP฀server฀function,฀and฀make฀necessary฀settings฀for฀[CRESTRON]฀in฀[NETWORK฀SETTINGS].
•฀ROOMVIEW฀for฀managing฀from฀the฀computer.
DISABLEDisables฀ROOMVIEW.
ENABLEEnables฀ROOMVIEW.
•฀CRESTRON฀CONTROL฀for฀managing฀from฀the฀controller.
DISABLEDisables฀CRESTRON฀CONTROL.
ENABLEEnables฀CRESTRON฀CONTROL.
IP฀ADDRESSSet฀your฀IP฀address฀of฀CRESTRON฀SERVER.
IP฀IDSet฀your฀IP฀ID฀of฀CRESTRON฀SERVER.
TIP:TheCRESTRONsettingsarerequiredonlyforusewithCRESTRONROOMVIEW.
Formoreinformation,visithttp://www.crestron.com
•฀INFORMATION
WIRED฀LANDisplay฀a฀list฀of฀settings฀of฀wired฀LAN฀connection.
WIRELESS฀LANDisplay฀a฀list฀of฀settings฀of฀wireless฀LAN฀connection.
UPDATEReect฀settings฀when฀they฀are฀changed.
background
54
3. Convenient Features
Controlling the Projector over a LAN (PC Control Utility Pro 4/
Pro 5)
Using฀the฀utility฀software฀“PC฀Control฀Utility฀Pro฀4”฀and฀“PC฀Control฀Utility฀Pro฀5”฀included฀on฀the฀companion฀NEC฀
Projector฀CD-ROM,฀the฀projector฀can฀be฀controlled฀from฀a฀computer฀over฀a฀LAN.
PC฀Control฀Utility฀Pro฀4฀is฀a฀program฀compatible฀with฀Windows.฀(฀this฀page)
PC฀Control฀Utility฀Pro฀5฀is฀a฀program฀compatible฀with฀Mac฀OS.฀(฀page฀57)
Control Functions
Power฀On/Off,฀signal฀selection,฀picture฀freeze,฀picture฀mute,฀audio฀mute,฀adjusting,฀error฀message฀notication,฀event฀
schedule.
Screen฀of฀PC฀Control฀Utility฀Pro฀4
This฀section฀provides฀an฀outline฀of฀preparation฀for฀use฀of฀PC฀Control฀Utility฀Pro฀4/Pro฀5.For฀information฀on฀how฀to฀use฀
PC฀Control฀Utility฀Pro฀4/Pro฀5,฀see฀Help฀of฀PC฀Control฀Utility฀Pro฀4/Pro฀5.฀(฀page฀
56, 57)
Step฀1:฀Install฀PC฀Control฀Utility฀Pro฀4/Pro฀5฀on฀the฀computer.
Step฀2:฀Connect฀the฀projector฀to฀a฀LAN.
Step฀3:฀Start฀PC฀Control฀Utility฀Pro฀4/Pro฀5.
•฀To฀run฀PC฀Control฀Utility฀Pro฀4฀on฀Windows฀8฀and฀Windows฀XP,฀“Microsoft฀.NET฀Framework฀Version฀2.0”฀is฀required.
The฀Microsoft฀.NET฀Framework฀Version฀2.0,฀3.0฀or฀3.5฀is฀available฀from฀Microsoft’s฀web฀page.฀Download฀and฀install฀
the฀it฀on฀your฀computer.
TIP:
•PCControlUtilityPro4canbeusedwithaserialconnection.
Using on Windows
Step 1: Install PC Control Utility Pro 4 on the computer
NOTE:
•Toinstalloruninstalltheprogram,theWindowsuseraccountmusthave[Administrator]privilege(Windows8,Windows7,
WindowsVistaandWindowsXP)
•Exitallrunningprogramsbeforeinstallation.Ifanotherprogramisrunning,theinstallationmaynotbecompleted.
1฀Insert฀the฀accompanying฀NEC฀Projector฀CD-ROM฀into฀your฀CD-ROM฀drive.
The menu window will be displayed.
background
55
3. Convenient Features
TIP:
Ifthemenuwindowwillnotbedisplayed,trythefollowingprocedure.
ForWindows7:
1.Click฀“start”฀on฀Windows.
2.Click฀“All฀Programs”“Accessories”“Run”.
3.TypeyourCD-ROMdrivename฀(example:฀Q:\”)฀and฀“LAUNCHER.EXE”in฀“Name”.฀(example:฀Q:\
LAUNCHER.EXE)
4.Click฀“OK”.
the menu window will be displayed.
2฀Click฀“PC฀Control฀Utility฀Pro฀4”฀on฀the฀menu฀window.
The installation will start.
When the installation is complete, the Welcome window will be displayed.
3฀Click฀“Next”.
“END฀USER฀LICENSE฀AGREEMENT”฀screen฀will฀be฀displayed.
Read฀“END฀USER฀LICENSE฀AGREEMENT”฀carefully.
4฀If฀you฀agree,฀click฀“I฀accept฀the฀terms฀in฀the฀license฀agreement”฀and฀then฀click฀“Next”.
•฀Follow฀the฀instructions฀on฀the฀installer฀screens฀to฀complete฀the฀installation.
•฀When฀the฀installation฀is฀complete,฀you฀will฀return฀to฀the฀menu฀window.
TIP:
•UninstallingPCControlUtilityPro4
TouninstallPCControlUtilityPro4,dothesameproceduresstatedasin“UninstallingVirtualRemoteTool”.Read“VirtualRemote
Tool”as“PCControlUtilityPro4”(page
41)
background
56
3. Convenient Features
Step 2: Connect the projector to a LAN.
Connect฀the฀projector฀to฀the฀LAN฀by฀following฀the฀instructions฀in฀“Connecting฀to฀a฀Wired฀LAN”(page฀
127),฀“Con-
necting฀to฀a฀Wireless฀LAN฀(Optional:NP02LM฀series)”฀(page฀128)฀and฀“9.Controlling฀the฀Projector฀by฀Using฀an฀
HTTP฀Browser”฀(฀page฀47)
Step 3: Start PC Control Utility Pro 4
Click฀“Start”฀“All฀programs”or฀“Programs”“NEC฀Projector฀User฀Supportware”“PC฀Control฀Utility฀Pro฀4”
“PC฀Control฀Utility฀Pro฀4”.
NOTE:
•FortheSchedulefunctionofthePCControlutilityPro4towork,youmusthaveyourcomputerrunningandnotinstandby/
sleepmode.Select“PowerOptions”fromthe“ControlPanel”inWindowsanddisableitsstandby/sleepmodebeforerunningthe
scheduler.
[Example]ForWindows7:
Select“ControlPanel”“SystemandSecurity”“PowerOptions”“Changewhenthecomputersleeps”“Putthecomputer
tosleep”“Never”.
NOTE:
•When[NORMAL]isselectedfor[STANDBYMODE]fromthemenu,theprojectorcannotbeturnedonviathenetwork(wiredLAN/
wirelessLAN)connection.
TIP:
Viewing฀the฀Help฀of฀PC฀Control฀Utility฀Pro฀4
•฀Displaying฀the฀Help฀le฀of฀PC฀Control฀Utility฀Pro฀4฀while฀it฀is฀running.
Click฀“Help฀(H)”฀“Help฀(H)฀…”฀of฀window฀of฀PC฀Control฀Utility฀Pro฀4฀in฀this฀order.
The pop-up menu will be displayed.
•฀Displaying฀the฀help฀le฀using฀the฀Start฀Menu.
Click฀“Start”฀“All฀programs”฀or฀“Programs”“NEC฀Projector฀User฀Supportware”“PC฀Control฀Utility฀Pro฀4”
“PC฀Control฀Utility฀Pro฀4฀Help”.
The Help screen will be displayed.
background
57
3. Convenient Features
Using on Mac OS
Step 1: Install PC Control Utility Pro 5 on the computer
1.Insert฀the฀accompanying฀NEC฀Projector฀CD-ROM฀in฀your฀Mac฀CD-ROM฀drive.
The฀CD-ROM฀icon฀will฀be฀displayed฀on฀the฀desktop.
2.Double-click฀the฀CD-ROM฀icon.
The CD-ROM window will be displayed.
3.Double-click฀the฀“Mac฀OS฀X”฀folder.
4.Double-click฀“PC฀Control฀Utility฀Pro฀5.pkg”.
The installer will start.
5.Click฀“Next”.
“END฀USER฀LICENSE฀AGREEMENT”฀screen฀will฀be฀displayed.
6.Read฀“END฀USER฀LICENSE฀AGREEMENT”฀and฀click฀“Next”.
The confirmation window will be displayed
7.Click฀“I฀accept฀the฀terms฀in฀the฀license฀agreement”.
Follow the instructions on the installer screens to complete the installation.
Step 2: Connect the projector to a LAN
Connect฀the฀projector฀to฀the฀LAN฀by฀following฀the฀instructions฀in฀“Connecting฀to฀a฀Wired฀LAN”(page฀
127),฀“Con-
necting฀to฀a฀Wireless฀LAN฀(Optional:NP02LM฀series)”฀(page฀128)฀and฀“Controlling฀the฀Projector฀by฀Using฀an฀
HTTP฀Browser”฀(฀page฀47)
Step 3: Start PC Control Utility Pro 5
1.Open฀your฀Applications฀folder฀in฀Mac฀OS.
2.Click฀the฀“PC฀Control฀Utility฀Pro฀5”฀folder.
3.Click฀the฀“PC฀Control฀Utility฀Pro฀5”฀icon.
PC Control Utility Pro 5 will start.
NOTE:
•FortheSchedulefunctionofthePCControlutilityPro5towork,youmusthaveyourcomputerrunningandnotinsleepmode.
Select“EnergySaver”fromthe“SystemPreferences”inMacanddisableitssleepmodebeforerunningthescheduler.
•When[NORMAL]isselectedfor[STANDBYMODE]fromthemenu,theprojectorcannotbeturnedonviathenetwork(wiredLAN/
wirelessLAN)connection.
TIP:
Viewing฀the฀Help฀of฀PC฀Control฀Utility฀Pro฀5
•฀Displaying฀the฀Help฀le฀of฀PC฀Control฀Utility฀Pro฀5฀while฀it฀is฀running.
•฀From฀the฀menu฀bar,฀click฀“Help”“Help”฀in฀this฀order.
The Help screen will be displayed.
•฀Displaying฀the฀Help฀using฀the฀Dock฀
1.Open฀“Application฀Folder”฀in฀Mac฀OS.
2.Click฀the฀“PC฀Control฀Utility฀Pro฀5”฀folder.
3.Click฀the฀“PC฀Control฀Utility฀Pro฀5฀Help”฀icon.
The Help screen will be displayed.
background
58
3. Convenient Features
Projecting Your Computer’s Screen Image from the
Projector over a LAN (Image Express Utility Lite)
Using฀Image฀Express฀Utility฀Lite฀contained฀on฀the฀supplied฀NEC฀Projector฀CD-ROM฀allows฀you฀to฀send฀the฀computer’s฀
screen฀image฀and฀sound฀to฀the฀projector฀over฀a฀USB฀cable฀or฀a฀wired฀or฀wireless฀LAN.
Image฀Express฀Utility฀Lite฀is฀a฀program฀compatible฀with฀Windows.
Image฀Express฀Utility฀Lite฀for฀Mac฀OS฀is฀a฀program฀compatible฀with฀Mac฀OS.฀(฀page฀
63)
This฀section฀will฀show฀you฀an฀outline฀about฀how฀to฀connect฀the฀projector฀to฀a฀LAN฀and฀to฀use฀Image฀Express฀Utility฀
Lite.฀For฀the฀operation฀of฀Image฀Express฀Utility฀Lite,฀see฀the฀help฀of฀Image฀Express฀Utility฀Lite.
Step฀1:฀install฀Image฀Express฀Utility฀Lite฀on฀the฀computer.
Step฀2:฀Connect฀the฀projector฀to฀a฀LAN.
Step฀3:฀Start฀Image฀Express฀Utility฀Lite.
TIP:
•ImageExpressUtilityLite(forWindows)canbestartedfrommostcommerciallyavailableremovablemediasuchasUSBmemory
devicesorSDcardswithouttheneedtoinstallonyourcomputer.(page61)
What You can Do with Image Express Utility Lite
•฀Image฀transmission฀(for฀Windows฀and฀Mac฀OS)
•฀The฀screen฀of฀your฀computer฀can฀be฀sent฀to฀the฀projector฀via฀a฀wired฀or฀wireless฀network฀without฀a฀computer฀cable฀
(VGA).
•฀By฀using฀“EASY฀CONNECTION”function,฀the฀complicated฀network฀settings฀can฀be฀simplied฀and฀the฀computer฀
will฀automatically฀connect฀to฀the฀projector.
•฀The฀screen฀of฀your฀computer฀can฀be฀sent฀to฀up฀to฀four฀projectors฀at฀the฀same฀time.
•฀Audio฀transfer฀capability฀(for฀Windows฀only)
•฀Image฀Express฀Utility฀Lite฀allows฀you฀to฀send฀the฀computer’s฀screen฀image฀and฀audio฀to฀the฀projector฀over฀wired/
wireless฀LAN฀or฀USB฀connection.
•฀Audio฀transfer฀capability฀is฀available฀only฀when฀the฀computer฀connects฀with฀the฀projector฀in฀peer-to-peer฀net-
work.
•฀USB฀Display฀(for฀Windows฀only)
•฀Computer’s฀screen฀image฀and฀audio฀can฀be฀projected฀via฀a฀USB฀cable,฀without฀connecting฀a฀computer฀cable฀
(VGA).
•฀Just฀connecting฀the฀computer฀and฀the฀projector฀over฀a฀USB฀cable฀will฀make฀the฀USB฀Display฀function฀available฀
(Plug฀&฀Play)฀even฀without฀installing฀Image฀Express฀Utility฀Lite฀on฀the฀computer.฀(฀page฀
45)
•฀Geometric฀Correction฀Tool฀[GCT]฀(for฀Windows฀only)
See฀฀Projecting฀an฀Image฀from฀an฀Angle฀(Geometric฀Correction฀Tool฀in฀Image฀Express฀Utility฀Lite)”.
background
59
3. Convenient Features
Using on Windows
Step 1: install Image Express Utility Lite on the computer.
NOTE:
•Toinstalloruninstalltheprogram,theWindowsuseraccountmusthave“Administrator”privilege(Windows8,Windows7,
WindowsVistaandWindowsXP).
•Exitallrunningprogramsbeforeinstallation.Ifanotherprogramisrunning,theinstallationmaynotbecompleted.
•ImageExpressUtilityLitewillbeinstalledtothesystemdriveofyourcomputer.
Ifthemessage“Thereisnotenoughfreespaceondestination”isdisplayed,freeupenoughspace(about100MB)toinstallthe
program.
1.Insert฀the฀accompanying฀NEC฀Projector฀CD-ROM฀into฀your฀CD-ROM฀drive.
The menu window will be displayed.
TIP:
Ifthemenuwindowwillnotbedisplayed,trythefollowingprocedure.
ForWindows7:
1.฀Click฀“start”฀on฀Windows.
2.฀Click฀“All฀Programs”“Accessories”“Run”.
3.Type฀your฀CD-ROM฀drive฀name฀(example:฀Q:\”)฀and“LAUNCHER.EXE”inName”.฀(example:฀Q:\
LAUNCHER.EXE)
4.Click฀“OK”.
The menu window will be displayed.
2.Click฀“Installing฀Image฀Express฀Utility฀Lite”฀on฀the฀menu฀window.
The installation will start.
“END฀USER฀LICENSE฀AGREEMENT”฀screen฀will฀be฀displayed.
Read฀“END฀USER฀LICENSE฀AGREEMENT”฀carefully฀
3.If฀you฀agree,฀click฀“I฀agree.฀and฀then฀click฀“Next”.
•฀Follow฀the฀instructions฀on฀the฀installer฀screens฀to฀complete฀the฀installation.
•฀When฀the฀installation฀is฀complete,฀you฀will฀return฀to฀the฀menu฀window.
When the installation is complete, a completion message will be displayed.
4.Click฀“OK”.
This completes the installation.
TIP:
•UninstallingImageExpressUtilityLite
TouninstallImageExpressUtilityLite,dothesameproceduresstatedasin“UninstallingVirtualRemoteTool”.Read“VirtualRemote
Tool”as“ImageExpressUtilityLite”(page41)
Step 2: Connect the projector to a LAN.
Connect฀the฀projector฀to฀the฀LAN฀by฀following฀the฀instructions฀in฀“Connecting฀to฀a฀Wired฀LAN”(page฀
127),฀“Con-
necting฀to฀a฀Wireless฀LAN฀(Optional:NP02LM฀series)”฀(page฀128)฀and฀“9.Controlling฀the฀Projector฀by฀Using฀an฀
HTTP฀Browser”฀(฀page฀47)
background
60
3. Convenient Features
Step 3: Start Image Express Utility Lite.
1.On฀Windows,click฀“Start”“All฀programs”“NEC฀Projector฀UserSupportware”“Image฀Express฀Utility฀
Lite”“Image฀Express฀Utility฀Lite”.
Image฀Express฀Utility฀Lite฀will฀start.
The฀select฀window฀for฀network฀connection฀will฀be฀displayed
2.Select฀Network฀and฀click฀“OK”.
The select window for destination will show a list of connectable projectors.
•฀When฀connecting฀the฀computer฀directly฀to฀the฀projector฀by฀one-to-one,฀“Easy฀Connection”฀is฀recommended.
•฀When฀one฀or฀more฀networks฀for฀“EASY฀CONNECTION”are฀found,the฀“Easy฀Connection฀Selection฀Screen”
window฀will฀be฀displayed.
•฀To฀check฀for฀the฀network฀available฀for฀connected฀projectors,฀from฀the฀menu,฀select฀[INFO.]฀฀[WIRELESS฀
LAN]฀฀[SSID].
3.Select฀the฀network฀you฀wish฀to฀connect,฀and฀click฀“Select”.
The target selection window will be displayed.
4.Place฀a฀check฀mark฀for฀projectors฀to฀be฀connected,฀and฀then฀click฀“Connect”.
•฀When฀one฀or฀more฀projectors฀are฀displayed,฀from฀the฀menu฀on฀the฀projector,฀select฀[INFO.]฀[WIRELESS฀LAN]฀
฀[IP฀ADDRESS].
When connecting with the projector is established, you can operate the control window to control the projector. (
page 46)
NOTE:
•When[NORMAL]isselectedfor[STANDBYMODE]fromthemenu,theprojectorthatisturnedoffwillnotbedisplayedinthe
selectwindowfordestination
TIP:
Viewing฀the฀“Help”฀le฀of฀Image฀Express฀Utility฀Lite
•฀Displaying฀the฀Help฀le฀of฀Image฀Express฀Utility฀Lite฀while฀it฀is฀running.
Click฀the฀[?]฀(help)฀icon฀on฀the฀control฀window.
The Help screen will be displayed.
•฀Displaying฀the฀Help฀le฀of฀GCT฀while฀it฀is฀running.
Click฀“Help”฀“Help”฀on฀the฀edit฀window.
The Help screen will be displayed.
•฀Displaying฀the฀help฀le฀using฀the฀Start฀Menu.
Click฀“Start”฀“All฀programs”฀or฀“Programs”฀“NEC฀Projector฀User฀Supportware”฀“Image฀Express฀Utility฀Lite”฀
“Image฀Express฀Utility฀Lite฀Help”.
The Help screen will be displayed.
background
61
3. Convenient Features
Starting Image Express Utility Lite from a USB Memory or SD Card
Image฀Express฀Utility฀Lite฀can฀be฀started฀from฀commerciallyavailable฀removable฀media฀such฀USB฀memory฀or฀SD฀cards฀
if฀it฀is฀copied฀beforehand.This฀will฀eliminate฀the฀trouble฀of฀installing฀Image฀Express฀Utility฀Lite฀to฀your฀computer.
1.Copy฀Image฀Express฀Utility฀Lite฀to฀removable฀media.
Copy฀all฀the฀folders฀and฀les฀(total฀size฀approx.฀6MB)฀from฀the฀“IEU_Lite฀(removable-media)”฀folder฀in฀the฀supplied฀
NEC Projector CD-ROM to the root directory of your removable media.
2.Insert฀your฀removable฀media฀into฀your฀computer.
The฀“AutoPlay”฀screen฀will฀be฀displayed฀on฀your฀computer.
TIP:
•Ifthe“AutoPlay”screenisnotdisplayed,openthefolderfrom“Computer”(“MyComputer”forWindowsXP).
3.Click฀“Open฀folder฀to฀view฀les”
The฀IEU_Lite.exe,฀other฀folder,฀and฀les฀will฀be฀displayed.
4.Double-click฀the฀“IEU_Lite.exe”฀(฀
) icon.
Image฀Express฀Utility฀Lite฀will฀start.
NOTE:
•The“EASYCONNECTION”functionisnotsupportedwhenImageExpressUtilityLiteisstartedfromremovablemedia.
background
62
3. Convenient Features
Downloading Image Express Utility Lite via the HTTP server
Downloading฀procedure฀when฀the฀projector฀is฀connected฀to฀the฀Internet.
1.Access฀the฀HTTP฀server.฀(฀page฀
47)
2.Select฀the฀“NETWORK฀SETTINGS”฀tab฀and฀then฀the฀“NETWORK฀SERVICE”฀tab.
3.Click฀“DOWNLOAD”฀for฀“Image฀Express฀Utility฀Lite”.
The download page will be displayed.
4.Place฀a฀checkmark฀for฀IEU_Lite฀(removable-media).zip฀and/or฀gct.ngm.
5.Click฀“DOWNLOAD”.
6.Choose฀a฀folder฀where฀you฀want฀to฀download฀the฀le฀and฀click฀“SAVE”.฀
(A folder in your computer is recommeded.)
The downloading will start.
After฀the฀downloading฀is฀completed,฀make฀sure฀that฀the฀le฀is฀placed฀in฀the฀destination฀folder.
Supported OS:
•฀Windows฀8฀(32-bit/64-bit)
•฀Windows฀8฀Pro฀(32-bit/64-bit)
•฀Windows฀8฀Enterprise฀(32-bit/64-bit)
•฀Windows฀7฀Home฀Basic฀(32-bit/64-bit)
•฀Windows฀7฀Home฀Premium฀(32-bit/64-bit)
•฀Windows฀7฀Professional฀(32-bit/64-bit)
•฀Windows฀7฀Ultimate฀(32-bit/64-bit)
•฀Windows฀7฀Enterprise฀(32-bit/64-bit)
•฀Windows฀Vista฀Home฀Basic฀(32-bit/64-bit)
•฀Windows฀Vista฀Home฀Premium฀(32-bit/64-bit)
•฀Windows฀Vista฀Business฀(32-bit/64-bit)
•฀Windows฀Vista฀Ultimate฀(32-bit/64-bit)
•฀Windows฀Vista฀Enterprise฀(32-bit/64-bit)
•฀Windows฀XP฀Home฀Edition฀Service฀Pack฀3฀or฀later฀(32-bit)
•฀Windows฀XP฀Professional฀Service฀Pack฀3฀or฀later฀(32-bit)
Starting฀IEU฀Lite฀(removable-media).zip฀and฀gct.ngm
1.Extract฀the฀downloaded฀IEU฀Lite฀(removable-media)฀zip฀le฀into฀your฀removable฀media.
2.Double-click฀the฀IEU฀Lite.exe฀icon฀in฀the฀IEU฀Lite฀(removable-media)฀folder.
•฀If฀you฀downloaded฀gct.ngm฀too,฀move฀gct.ngm฀to฀the฀same฀folder฀where฀IEU_Lite_GCT.exe฀is฀placed.
•฀To฀use฀the฀Geometric฀Correction฀Tool฀function฀(GCT)฀of฀Image฀Express฀Utility฀lite฀together฀with฀a฀video฀cable,฀
double-click฀the฀“IEU_Lite_GCT.exe”฀icon.When฀GCT฀correction฀data฀(*.ngm)฀is฀saved฀in฀the฀same฀folder฀where฀
IEU_Lite_GCT.exe฀is฀placed,฀the฀data฀will฀be฀automatically฀used฀without฀the฀need฀of฀LAN฀connection.
NOTE:
The“EASYCONNECTION”functionisnotsupportedwhenImageExpressUtilityLiteisstartedfromremovablemedia.
background
63
3. Convenient Features
Using on Mac OS
Step 1: Install Image Express Utility Lite for Mac OS on the computer
1.Insert฀the฀accompanying฀NEC฀Projector฀CD-ROM฀in฀your฀Mac฀CD-ROM฀drive.
The฀CD-ROM฀icon฀will฀be฀displayed฀on฀the฀desktop.
2.Double-click฀the฀CD-ROM฀icon.
The CD-ROM window will be displayed.
3.Double-click฀the฀“Mac฀OS฀X”฀folder.
4.Double-click฀“Image฀Express฀Utility฀Lite.dmg”.฀in฀the฀"Image฀Express฀Utility฀Lite"฀folder.
The฀“Image฀Express฀Utility฀Lite”฀window฀will฀be฀displayed.
5.Drag฀and฀drop฀the฀“Image฀Express฀Utility฀Lite”฀folder฀to฀your฀Applications฀folder฀in฀Mac฀OS.
Step 2: Connect the projector to a LAN
Connect฀the฀projector฀to฀the฀LAN฀by฀following฀the฀instructions฀in฀“Connecting฀to฀a฀Wired฀LAN”(page฀
127),฀“Con-
necting฀to฀a฀Wireless฀LAN฀(Optional:NP02LM฀series)”฀(page฀128)฀and฀“Controlling฀the฀Projector฀by฀Using฀an฀
HTTP฀Browser”฀(฀page฀47)
Step 3: Start Image Express Utility Lite for Mac OS
1.Open฀your฀Applications฀folder฀in฀Mac฀OS.
2.Double-click฀the฀“Image฀Express฀Utility฀Lite”฀folder.
3.Double-click฀the฀“Image฀Express฀Utility฀Lite”฀icon.
When฀Image฀Express฀Utility฀Lite฀for฀Mac฀OS฀starts,฀the฀select฀window฀for฀destination฀will฀be฀displayed.
•฀At฀the฀rst฀time฀of฀startup,฀“END฀USER฀LICENSE฀AGREEMENT”screen฀will฀be฀displayed฀before฀the฀select฀
window for destination is displayed.
Read฀“END฀USER฀LICENSE฀AGREEMENT”฀and฀select฀“I฀accept฀the฀terms฀in฀the฀license฀agreement”,฀and฀click฀
“OK”.
4.Select฀a฀projector฀to฀be฀connected,฀and฀then฀click฀“Connect”.
Your฀desktop฀screen฀will฀be฀displayed฀on฀the฀projector.
background
64
3. Convenient Features
TIP:
ViewingtheHelpofImageExpressUtilityLiteforMacOS
•฀From฀the฀menu฀bar,click฀“Help”฀“Image฀Express฀Utility฀Lite฀Help”while฀Image฀Express฀Utility฀is฀run-
ning.
The Help screen will be displayed
background
65
3. Convenient Features
Projecting an Image from an Angle (Geometric Correction
Tool in Image Express Utility Lite)
The฀Geometric฀Correction฀Tool฀(GCT)฀function฀allows฀you฀to฀correct฀distortion฀of฀images฀projected฀even฀from฀an฀
angle.
What you can do with GCT
•฀The฀GCT฀feature฀includes฀the฀following฀three฀functions
•฀4-point฀Correction:You฀can฀t฀a฀projected฀image฀within฀the฀border฀of฀the฀screen฀easily฀by฀align฀the฀four฀corners฀
of฀an฀image฀to฀the฀ones฀of฀the฀screen.
•฀Multi-point฀Correction:You฀can฀correct฀a฀distorted฀image฀on฀the฀corner฀of฀a฀wall฀or฀irregular฀shaped฀screen฀
by฀using฀many฀separated฀screens฀to฀correct฀the฀image฀as฀well฀as฀4-point฀Correction.
•฀Parameters Correction:You฀can฀correct฀a฀distorted฀image฀by฀using฀a฀combination฀of฀transformational฀rules฀
prepared฀in฀advance.
This฀section฀will฀show฀an฀example฀for฀use฀with฀4-point฀Correction.
For฀information฀about฀“Multi-point฀Correction”฀and฀“Parameters฀Correction”,฀see฀the฀help฀le฀of฀Image฀Express฀
Utility฀Lite.฀(฀page฀
60)฀
•฀Your฀correction฀data฀can฀be฀stored฀in฀the฀projector฀or฀your฀computer฀which฀can฀be฀restored฀when฀necessary.
•฀The฀GCT฀function฀is฀available฀with฀a฀USB฀cable,฀wired฀or฀wireless฀LAN฀connection,฀and฀video฀cable.
Projecting an Image from an Angle (GCT)
This฀section฀will฀show฀an฀example฀for฀use฀with฀USB฀Display฀(using฀a฀USB฀cable฀to฀connect฀a฀computer฀and฀the฀pro-
jector).
•฀The฀USB฀Display฀function฀will฀automatically฀display฀the฀control฀window฀
•฀For฀a฀video฀cable฀or฀LAN฀connection,฀install฀and฀start฀Image฀Express฀Utility฀Lite฀in฀your฀computer฀beforehand.฀(
page฀
58)
Preparation:฀Adjust฀the฀projector฀position฀or฀the฀zoom฀so฀that฀the฀projected฀image฀can฀cover฀the฀whole฀screen฀area.
1.Click฀the฀“฀
฀”฀(Picture)฀icon฀and฀then฀the฀“฀฀”฀button.
The฀“4-point฀Correction”฀window฀will฀be฀displayed.
2.Click฀the฀“Start฀Correction”฀button฀and฀then฀“Start฀4-point฀Correction”฀button.
A green frame and a mouse pointer ( ) will be displayed.
•฀Four฀[฀฀]฀marks฀will฀be฀appeared฀at฀four฀corners฀of฀the฀green฀frame
background
66
3. Convenient Features
3.Use฀the฀mouse฀to฀click฀the฀[฀฀]฀mark฀of฀which฀corner฀you฀wish฀to฀move.
The currently selected [ ฀]฀mark฀will฀turn฀red.
(In฀the฀above฀example,฀Windows฀screens฀are฀omitted฀for฀clarication.)
4.Drag฀the฀selected฀[฀฀]฀mark฀to฀the฀point฀you฀wish฀to฀correct฀and฀drop฀it.
•฀When฀you฀click฀somewhere฀within฀the฀project฀image฀area,฀the฀nearest฀[฀฀]฀mark฀will฀go฀to฀the฀position฀where฀
the mouse cursor is.
5.Repeat฀Step฀3฀and฀4฀to฀correct฀the฀distortion฀of฀the฀projected฀image.
6.After฀completing,฀right-click฀the฀mouse.
The green frame and the mouse pointer will disappear from the projected image area. This will complete the cor-
rection.
7.Click฀the฀“X”฀(close)฀button฀on฀the฀“4-point฀Correction”฀window.
The฀“4-point฀Correction”฀window฀will฀disappear฀and฀the฀4-point฀correction฀will฀take฀effect.
8.Click฀the฀“฀
฀”฀button฀on฀the฀control฀window฀to฀exit฀the฀GCT.
TIP:
•Afterperformingthe4-pointcorrection,youcansavethe4-pointcorrectiondatatotheprojectorbyclicking“File”“Exportto
theprojector…”onthe“4-pointCorrection”window.
•SeetheHelpofImageExpressUtilityLiteforoperating“4-pointCorrection”windowandotherfunctionsthanGCT.(page
60)
background
67
3. Convenient Features
Viewing 3D Images
The฀projector฀provides฀3D฀images฀to฀a฀user฀wearing฀commercially฀available฀LCD฀shutter฀eyeglasses.
CAUTION
Health precautions
Before฀viewing,฀be฀sure฀to฀read฀healthcare฀precautions฀that฀may฀be฀found฀in฀the฀user’s฀manual฀includedwith฀your฀LCD฀
shutter฀eyeglasses฀or฀your฀3D฀compatible฀content฀such฀as฀DVDs,฀video฀games,฀computer’s฀video฀les฀and฀the฀like.
To฀avoid฀any฀adverse฀symptoms,฀heed฀the฀following:
•฀Do฀not฀use฀LCD฀shutter฀eyeglasses฀for฀viewing฀any฀material฀other฀than฀3D฀images.
•฀Allow฀a฀distance฀of฀2฀m/7฀feet฀or฀greater฀between฀the฀screen฀and฀a฀user.฀Viewing฀3D฀images฀from฀too฀close฀a฀
distance฀can฀strain฀your฀eyes.
•฀Avoid฀viewing฀3D฀images฀for฀a฀prolonged฀period฀of฀time.฀Take฀a฀break฀of฀15฀minutes฀or฀longer฀after฀every฀hour฀
of฀viewing.
•฀If฀you฀or฀any฀member฀of฀your฀family฀has฀a฀history฀of฀light-sensitive฀seizures,฀consult฀a฀doctor฀before฀viewing฀3D฀
images.
•฀While฀viewing฀3D฀images,฀if฀you฀get฀sick฀such฀as฀nausea,฀dizziness,฀queasiness,฀headache,฀eyestrain,฀blurry฀
vision,฀convulsions,฀and฀numbness,฀stop฀viewing฀them.฀If฀symptoms฀still฀persist,฀consult฀a฀doctor.
•View3Dimagesfromthefrontofthescreen.Viewingfromananglemaycausefatigueoreyestrain.
LCD฀shutter฀eyeglasses฀(recommended)
•฀Use฀commercially฀available฀DLP
®
฀Link฀or฀other฀method฀compatible฀LCD฀shutter฀eyeglasses.
Steps฀for฀viewing฀3D฀images฀on฀the฀projector
1.Connect฀the฀projector฀to฀your฀video฀equipment.฀
2.Turn฀on฀the฀projector,฀display฀the฀on-screen฀menu,฀and฀then฀select฀[ON]฀for฀the฀3D฀mode.
For฀the฀operating฀procedure฀to฀turn฀on฀the฀3D฀mode,฀refer฀to฀“On-screen฀menu฀for฀3D฀images”฀on฀the฀following฀
page.
3.Play฀your฀3D฀compatible฀content฀and฀use฀the฀projector฀to฀display฀the฀image.
4.Put฀on฀your฀LCD฀shutter฀eyeglasses฀to฀view฀3D฀images.
Also refer to the user’s manual accompanied with your LCD shutter eyeglasses for more information.
On-screen฀menu฀for฀3D฀images
Follow฀the฀steps฀to฀display฀the฀3D฀menu.
1. Press the MENU button.
The on-screen menu will be displayed.
2. Press the
฀button฀twice.
The [SETUP] menu will be displayed.
[M402W/M362W/M322W/M402X/M362X/M322X/
M282X/M402H]
[M352WS/M302WS/M332XS]
background
68
3. Convenient Features
3. Press the ฀button฀once,฀and฀then฀press฀the฀฀button฀ve฀times.
The [3D] menu will be displayed
4. Press the ฀button฀to฀select฀a฀signal฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.
The฀3D฀(DETAIL฀SETTINGS)฀screen฀will฀be฀displayed.
5. Press the ฀button฀to฀select฀[3D]฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.
6. Press the ฀button฀to฀select฀[ON].
The selected signal will be displayed in 3D.
7. Press the
฀button฀to฀[GLASSES]฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.
The [GLASSES] setting screen will be displayed.
8. Press the
฀button฀to฀select฀a฀compatible฀eyeglass฀method฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.
Set฀other฀3D-related฀menu฀options฀such฀as฀[FORMAT]฀and฀[L/R฀INVERT]฀as฀necessary.
9. Press the MENU button once.
The menu will disappear.
Selecting฀input฀connected฀to฀a฀source฀of฀3D฀images฀[COMPUTER/HDMI1/HDMI2/VIDEO]
This฀function฀switches฀the฀3D฀mode฀between฀ON฀and฀OFF฀for฀each฀input.
NOTE:
Toconrmthatthesupported3Dsignalisaccepted,useeitherwayofthefollowing:
•Makesurethat[3D]isdisplayedinthetoprightofthescreenafterthesourceisselected.
•Display[INFO.][SOURCE][3DSIGNAL]andmakesurethat“SUPPORTED”isdisplayed.
background
69
3. Convenient Features
To฀view฀3D฀images,฀see฀page฀67.
Select฀[COMPUTER],฀[HDMI1],฀[HDMI2],฀or฀[VIDEO].
NOTE:
•Themaximumdistanceforviewing3Dimagesis10m/394inchesfromthescreensurfaceunderthefollowingrestrictions:
-Brightnessontheprojector:2000lumensorgreater
-Screengain:1
-Viewingposition:Facingstraighttowardsthescreencenter
-Outsidelight:None
-LCDshuttereyeglasses:DLP
®
Linkcompatible3Deyeglasses
•If3DcontentisplayedbackonyourcomputerandtheperformanceispooritmaybecausedbytheCPUorgraphicschip.Inthis
caseyoumayhavedifcultyseeingthe3Dimagesastheywereintended.Checktoseeifyourcomputermeetstherequirements
providedinyouruser’smanualincludedwithyour3Dcontent.
•TheDLP
®
LinkcompatibleLCDshuttereyeglassesallowyoutoview3Dimagesbyreceivingsynchsignals,whichareincluded
inlefteyeandrighteyeimages,reectedfromthescreen.Dependingonenvironmentsorconditionssuchastheambientbright-
ness,screensizeorviewingdistance,theLCDshuttereyeglassesmayfailtoreceivesynchsignals,causingpoor3Dimages.
•Whenthe3Dmodeisenabled,theKeystonecorrectionrangewillbenarrower.
•Whenthe3Dmodeisenabled,thefollowingsettingsareinvalid.
[WALLCOLOR],[PRESET],[REFERENCE],[COLORTEMPERATURE]
•Refertothe[SOURCE]screenunderthe[INFO.]menuforinformationonwhethertheinputsignalis3Dcompatible.
•Signalsotherthanthoselistedin“CompatibleInputSignalList”onpage148willbeoutofrangeorwillbedisplayedin2D.
Using a 3D emitter
This฀projector฀can฀be฀used฀to฀watch฀videos฀in฀3D฀using฀commercially-available฀active฀shutter-type฀3D฀eyewear.In฀
order฀to฀synchronize฀the฀3D฀video฀and฀eyewear,฀a฀commercially-available฀3D฀emitter฀needs฀to฀be฀connected฀to฀the฀
projector฀(on฀the฀projector฀side).
The฀3D฀eyewear฀receives฀information฀from฀the฀3D฀emitter฀and฀performs฀opening฀and฀closing฀on฀the฀left฀and฀right.
3D฀eyewear฀and฀3D฀emitter฀preparations
Please฀use฀an฀active฀shutter-type฀3D฀eyewear฀that฀conforms฀with฀the฀VESA฀standard.
A฀commercially-available฀RF฀type฀made฀by฀Xpand฀is฀recommended.
3D eyewear ............ Xpand X105-RF-X2
3D emitter .............. Xpand AD025-RF-X1
Connect฀your฀3D฀emitter฀to฀the฀3D฀SYNC฀connector฀of฀the฀projector.
NOTE:
•Useanactiveshutter3Deyewear(compliancewithVESA)
•ChecktheoperatingconditionsdescribedintheusermanualoftheBlu-rayplayer.
•PleaseconnecttheDINterminalofthe3Demittertothe3DSYNCoftheprojector.
•The3Deyewearallowsvideostobeviewedin3Dbyreceivingsynchronizedopticalsignalsoutputfromthe3Demitter.Asaresult,
the3Dimagequalitymaybeaffectedbyconditionssuchasthebrightnessofthesurroundings,screensize,viewingdistance,
etc.
•Whenplayinga3Dvideosoftwareonacomputer,the3DimagequalitymaybeaffectedifthecomputerCPUandgraphicschip
performancearelow.Pleasechecktherequiredoperatingenvironmentofthecomputerthatisstatedintheoperatingmanual
attachedtothe3Dvideosoftware.
background
70
3. Convenient Features
Troubleshooting฀on฀viewing฀3D฀images
If฀images฀will฀not฀be฀displayed฀in฀3D฀or฀3D฀images฀appear฀as฀2D,฀check฀the฀following฀table.Also฀refer฀to฀the฀user’s฀
manual฀accompanied฀with฀your฀3D฀content฀or฀LCD฀shutter฀eyeglasses.
Possible฀causesSolutions
•฀The฀content฀you฀are฀playing฀back฀is฀not฀compatible฀with฀3D.•฀Play฀back฀a฀content฀compatible฀with฀3D.
•฀The฀3D฀mode฀was฀turned฀off฀for฀the฀selected฀source.
•฀Use฀the฀projector’s฀menu฀to฀turn฀on฀3D฀mode฀for฀the฀selected฀
source.฀(฀page฀
106)
•฀You฀are฀not฀using฀our฀recommended฀LCD฀shutter฀eyeglasses.•฀Use฀our฀recommended฀LCD฀shutter฀eyeglasses.฀(฀page฀
67)
•฀If฀the฀shutter฀of฀yourLCD฀shutter฀eyeglasses฀cannot฀synchronize฀
with฀the฀currently฀projected฀source,฀the฀following฀are฀possible฀
causes:
-฀Your฀LCD฀shutter฀eyeglasses฀are฀not฀switched฀on.
•฀Switch฀on฀your฀LCD฀shutter฀eyeglasses.
For฀using฀a฀3D฀emitter:
•฀Use฀an฀active฀shutter-type฀3D฀eyewear฀and฀3D฀emitter฀recom-
mended.
-฀The฀battery฀in฀the฀LCD฀shutter฀eyeglasses฀ran฀down.•฀Recharge฀the฀battery฀or฀replace฀it.
-฀The฀correct฀eyeglass฀method฀is฀not฀selected.
•฀Change฀the฀eyeglass฀method฀for฀3D฀by฀using฀the฀menu..(
page฀
106)
-฀The฀viewing฀distance฀between฀the฀viewer฀and฀the฀screen฀is฀
too฀far.
•฀Move฀closer฀to฀the฀screen฀until฀the฀viewer฀gets฀3D฀images.
•฀Or฀use฀the฀projector’s฀menu฀to฀select฀[NON-INVERT]฀for฀[L/R฀
INVERT].
-฀There฀are฀bright฀light฀sources฀or฀other฀projectors฀near฀the฀
viewer.
•฀Keep฀light฀sources฀or฀other฀projectors฀away฀from฀the฀viewer.
•฀Do฀not฀look฀toward฀a฀bright฀light฀source.
•฀Or฀use฀the฀projector’s฀menu฀to฀select฀[NON-INVERT]฀for฀[L/R฀
INVERT].
•฀If฀your฀computer฀is฀not฀set฀for฀3D฀viewing,฀the฀following฀are฀
possible฀causes:
-฀Your฀computer฀does฀not฀meet฀the฀requirements฀for฀3D฀view-
ing.
•฀Check฀to฀see฀if฀your฀computermeets฀the฀requirements฀provided฀
in฀your฀user’s฀manual฀included฀with฀your฀3D฀content.
-฀Your฀computer฀is฀not฀set฀for฀3D฀output.•฀Set฀your฀computer฀for฀3D฀output.
For฀using฀a฀3D฀emitter:
-฀There฀is฀an฀obstacle฀between฀the฀optical฀receiver฀of฀the฀3D฀
eyewear฀and฀the฀3D฀emitter.
•฀Please฀remove฀the฀obstacle.
-฀The฀3D฀format฀of฀the฀3D฀video฀contents฀is฀not฀supported.•฀Please฀check฀with฀the฀company฀selling฀the฀3D฀video฀contents.
background
71
3. Convenient Features
Connecting Your Microphone
Connecting฀a฀commercially฀available฀dynamic฀or฀condenser฀microphone฀to฀the฀MIC฀input฀jack฀allows฀you฀to฀output฀
your฀mic฀sound฀from฀the฀built-in฀speaker.
Sound฀from฀COMPUTER,฀HDMI฀1,฀HDMI฀2,฀and฀VIDEO฀audio฀inputs฀or฀sound฀of฀USB-A/LAN฀input฀will฀be฀heard฀from฀
the฀speaker฀with฀your฀microphone฀voice.
Type฀of฀microphone฀can฀be฀selected.From฀the฀menu,฀select฀[SETUP]฀฀[INSTALLATION]฀[MIC฀SELECT]฀(page฀
101)
Microphone฀sensitivity฀can฀be฀adjusted.From฀the฀menu,฀select฀[SETUP]฀[INSTALLATION]฀[MIC฀GAIN].฀(page฀
101)
NOTE:
•DonotconnectanaudiosignaltotheMICinputjack.Doingsomaycauseexcessivelyloudsound,resultinginadamagetothe
speaker.
•IfthereisnosignalwheneitherHDMIinputisselected,soundoutputmaynotwork.
•WiththeHDMI1,HDMI2,USBDisplay(USB-B),ornetwork(LAN)portselected,thesoundofthemicrophonewillnotbeoutput
ifthereisnodigitalaudiosignalpresent.Inthiscase,fromtheon-screenmenu,select[SETUP][OPTIONS(1)][AUDIO
SELECT][COMPUTER].Thiswilloutputsoundofyourmicrophone.
MIC
Dynamic mic or condenser mic
background
72
4. Using the Viewer
What you can do with the Viewer
The฀Viewer฀has฀the฀following฀features.
•฀When฀a฀commercially฀available฀USB฀memory฀that฀stores฀image฀les฀is฀inserted฀into฀the฀USB-A฀port฀(Type฀A)฀of฀
the฀projector,฀the฀Viewer฀allows฀you฀to฀view฀the฀image฀les฀on฀the฀USB฀memory.
Even฀if฀no฀computer฀is฀available,฀presentations฀can฀be฀conducted฀simply฀with฀the฀projector.
•฀Supported฀graphic฀format฀is฀JPEG.
•฀The฀Viewer฀displays฀the฀thumbnail฀screen฀(JPEG฀Exif฀only)฀on฀which฀you฀can฀jump฀to฀any฀specic฀image฀you฀wish฀
to฀project.
•฀There฀are฀two฀ways฀of฀playback฀for฀slideshow:manual฀playback฀and฀auto฀playback.The฀interval฀time฀can฀be฀
changed฀in฀auto฀playback.
•฀The฀order฀of฀displaying฀images฀can฀be฀set฀by฀name,฀date฀or฀size.Ascending฀or฀descending฀order฀can฀be฀se-
lected.
•฀Images฀can฀be฀rotated฀by฀90฀degrees฀during฀playback.
background
73
4. Using the Viewer
NOTE
•TheUSB-AportoftheprojectordoesnotsupportUSBhub.
•ThefollowingoperationsbyusingthebuttonsontheprojectorarenotpossiblewhentheVIEWERscreensuchastheslidescreen
andthethumbnailscreenisdisplayed.
-Keystonecorrectionbyusingthe/button
-AutoAdjustmentbyusingtheAUTOADJ.button
-Volumecontrolwiththeorbutton
ToperformKeystonecorrectionorSourceselectionduringdisplayoftheViewer,presstheMENUbuttontwicetodisplaythe
menuandoperateViewerfromthemenu.
•FreezingpicturebyusingtheFREEZEbuttonontheremotecontrolisnotpossiblewhentheVIEWERscreensuchastheslide
screenandthethumbnailscreenisdisplayed.
•Executing[RESET][ALLDATA]fromthemenuwillreturnthesettingsfortheViewertoolbartothefactorydefault.
•USBmemory
-BesuretouseaUSBmemorydeviceformattedwiththeFAT32orFAT16lesystem.
TheprojectordoesnotsupportNTFSformattedUSBmemory.
IftheprojectordoesnotrecognizeyourUSBmemory,checkiftheformatissupported.
ToformatyourUSBmemoryinyourcomputer,refertothedocumentorhelplethatcomeswithyourWindows.
-WedonotwarrantthattheUSB-AportoftheprojectorwillsupportallUSBmemoriesinthemarket.
•Supportedimages
-SupportedleformatforViewerareasfollows.
WedonotwarrantalltheimagesaresupportedforViewer.
Imagesotherthanmentionedinthetablemaynotbesupported.
Image฀typeExtensionDescription
JPEGJPG/JPEG
Baseline/Exif฀are฀supported
-Slideshow,effect,andsoundeffectsetwithPowerPointcannotbeplayedback.
-Imagecanbedisplayedataresolutionupto10000×10000pixels.
-Evenifimagesaremetbytheaboveconditions,theremaybesomeimageswhichcannotbeplayedback.
-Morethan200icons(totalnumberofimageleiconsandfoldericons)cannotbedisplayedinathumbnailscreen.
-Longle/foldernamewillbelimitedtothespeciedlength.Thiscanbeshownbybracketadded.
-Ifonefolderhasmanyles,ittakessometimetoplayback.
•Ifasinglefoldercontainstoomanyles,switchingimageswilltaketime.Toshortenswitchingtime,reducethenumberofimages
containedinasinglefolder.
TIP:Exchangeableimageleformat(Exif)isastandardimageleformatusedbydigitalcameraswiththeadditionofspecic
shootingdata.
background
74
4. Using the Viewer
Projecting images stored in a USB memory device
This฀section฀explains฀the฀basic฀operation฀of฀the฀Viewer.
The฀explanation฀provides฀the฀operational฀procedure฀when฀the฀Viewer฀toolbar฀(page฀78)฀is฀set฀to฀the฀factory฀de-
fault.
•฀Starting฀the฀Viewer .......................................................................below
•฀Removing฀the฀USB฀memory฀from฀the฀projector ....................... page฀76
•฀Exiting฀the฀Viewer .................................................................... page฀76
Preparation:฀Before฀starting฀the฀Viewer,฀store฀images฀to฀the฀USB฀memory฀using฀your฀computer.
Starting the Viewer
1. Turn on the projector. (฀page฀17)
2.Insert฀the฀USB฀memory฀into฀the฀USB-A฀port฀of฀the฀pro-
jector.
•฀Do฀not฀remove฀the฀USB฀memory฀from฀the฀projector฀while฀
it’s LED flashes. Doing so may corrupt the data.
3.Press฀the฀SOURCE฀button฀on฀the฀projector฀cabinet.
The Viewer start screen will be displayed.
•฀Press฀the฀USB-A฀button฀on฀the฀remote฀control.
background
75
4. Using the Viewer
4. Press the ENTER button.
The thumbnail screen will be displayed. (
page 77)
5. Use the
▲▼◀ or button to select an icon.
•฀The฀ (arrow) symbol on the right indicates there are more
pages. pressing the PAGE (page down) button will show
the next page: pressing the PAGE (page up) will show
the previous page.
6. Press the ENTER button.
The selected slide will be displayed.
•฀When฀a฀folder฀icon฀is฀selected,฀icons฀contained฀in฀the฀folder฀
will be displayed.
7. Press the
฀button฀to฀select฀the฀next฀slide.
The slide on the right will be displayed.
•฀The฀ or button can be used to select the next (right)
slide or the previous (left) slide in the thumbnail screen.
•฀Pressing฀the฀MENU฀button฀during฀display฀of฀the฀thumbnail฀
screen, the slide screen, or the slideshow screen will display
the toolbar. The toolbar is used to select or rotate an slide.
( page 78)
8.PresstheEXITbuttonwhen฀thetoolbar฀is฀notdis-
played.
The฀thumbnail฀screen฀will฀be฀displayed.
•฀Another฀way฀to฀display฀the฀thumbnail฀screen฀is฀to฀press฀the฀
ENTER button.
•฀To฀close฀the฀toolbar,฀press฀the฀MENU฀button฀to฀return฀to฀the฀
SOURCE list, and press the MENU button again to close
the SOURCE list.
background
76
4. Using the Viewer
Removing the USB memory from the projector
1.Select฀the฀VIEWER฀start฀screen.
Press฀the฀EXIT฀button฀with฀no฀menu฀displayed.
2.Remove฀the฀USB฀memory฀from฀the฀projector.
Make฀sure฀that฀the฀LED฀on฀the฀USB฀memory฀is฀not฀ashing฀
before removing the USB memory.
NOTE:IfyouremovetheUSBmemoryfromtheprojectorwithaslide
displayed,theprojectormaynotoperatecorrectly.Ifthishappens,
turnofftheprojectorandunplugthepowercord.Wait3minutes,then
connectthepowercord,andturnontheprojector.
Exiting the Viewer
1.Press฀the฀MENU฀button฀with฀the฀slide฀screen฀or฀the฀
thumbnail฀screen฀displayed.
The control bar or the pop-up menu will be displayed.
2.฀Press฀the฀MENU฀button฀again.
The on-screen menu will be displayed.
3.Select฀a฀source฀other฀than฀[USB-A]฀and฀press฀the฀EN-
TER button.
The Viewer will be exited.
TIP:
ToexittheViewerusingtheremotecontrol,selectasourceother
than[USB-A].
background
77
4. Using the Viewer
Parts of each screen
The฀Viewer฀has฀four฀screens.
(1) Viewer start screen (3) Thumbnail screen (9) Slide screen/
(11) Slideshow screen
Name Description
(1)฀Viewer฀start฀screenThis฀screen฀will฀be฀displayed฀rst฀when฀you฀select฀the฀Viewer.
(2)฀USB฀iconThis฀icon฀indicates฀that฀the฀USB฀memory฀is฀inserted฀into฀the฀projector.
(3)฀Thumbnail฀screenThis฀screen฀will฀show฀a฀list฀of฀folders฀and฀image฀les฀stored฀in฀the฀USB฀memory.฀The฀
JPEG฀Exif฀les฀will฀be฀displayed฀in฀thumbnail฀screen฀only.
•฀The฀maximum฀number฀of฀image฀les฀or฀folders฀within฀one฀page฀is฀different฀depending฀
on the model.
M402X/M362X/M322X/M282X/M332XS฀are฀5฀by฀4
M402W/M362W/M322W/M352WS/M302WS฀are฀6฀by฀4
M402H฀is฀8฀by฀5
(4)฀CursorThe฀cursor฀is฀used฀to฀select฀(highlight)฀the฀folder฀or฀image฀le฀by฀using฀▲▼◀▶ but-
ton.
(5)฀Back฀iconThis฀icon฀is฀used฀to฀return฀to฀the฀upper฀(parent)฀folder.
(6)฀Folder฀iconThis฀icon฀shows฀that฀the฀USB฀memory฀has฀folders.
(7)฀฀Page฀up฀(Page฀down)฀
icon
This฀icon฀shows฀further฀folders฀or฀image฀les฀are฀available฀in฀the฀next฀(previous)฀page.
Use฀the฀button฀to฀go฀to฀the฀next฀(previous)฀row.The฀PAGE฀or฀PAGE฀ on the
remote฀control฀is฀used฀to฀go฀to฀the฀next฀or฀previous฀page฀directly.
(8)฀Thumbnail฀toolbarThis฀toolbar฀is฀used฀in฀the฀thumbnail฀screen.Pressing฀the฀MENU฀button฀will฀display฀
this฀toolbar.฀(฀page฀
78)
(9)฀Slide฀screenThis฀screen฀is฀used฀for฀manual฀playback.฀The฀selected฀image฀will฀be฀displayed฀in฀full฀
screen.
(10)฀Slide฀toolbarThis฀toolbar฀is฀used฀in฀the฀slide฀screen.Pressing฀the฀MENU฀button฀will฀display฀this฀
toolbar.฀(฀page฀
79)
(11)฀Slideshow฀screenThis฀screen฀is฀used฀for฀auto฀playback.฀The฀slides฀will฀be฀changed฀automatically.
(12)฀Slideshow฀toolbarThis฀toolbar฀is฀used฀in฀the฀slideshow฀screen.Pressing฀the฀MENU฀button฀will฀display฀
this฀toolbar.฀(฀page฀
79)
(5) (6) (4) (7)
(8)(2) (10) (12)
background
78
4. Using the Viewer
Using the toolbar
1. Press the MENU button.
The toolbar will be displayed.
The SOURCE screen will be displayed as Viewer connection screen.
2. Use the
or ฀button฀to฀select฀an฀item฀and฀use฀the฀ or ฀button฀to฀select฀its฀available฀option.
When the cursor is placed, the selected item will be changed to yellow.
The
or shows more available choices.
3. Press the ENTER button.
The selected item will be displayed.
4.Press฀the฀MENU฀button฀two฀times.
The toolbar will be closed and the SOURCE list will be displayed. Press the MENU button again to close the
SOURCE list.
Thumbnail฀toolbar
Menu OptionsDescription
(1)฀Back฀
Goes฀back฀to฀the฀previous฀image.฀When฀the฀cursor฀reaches฀the฀top฀left฀of฀
the฀screen,฀it฀will฀go฀to฀the฀previous฀page.
(2)฀Forward฀
Goes฀to฀the฀next฀image.When฀the฀cursor฀reaches฀the฀bottom฀right฀of฀the฀
screen,฀it฀will฀go฀to฀the฀next฀page.
(3)฀Display
Closes฀the฀menu฀and฀returns฀to฀the฀thumbnail฀screen.
Closes฀the฀menu฀and฀starts฀the฀slideshow฀from฀the฀highlighted฀item.
Closes฀the฀menu฀and฀displays฀the฀slide฀screen.
(4)฀Order
Displays฀the฀icons฀alphabetically฀by฀name.฀(number฀before฀alphabet)
Displays฀the฀icons฀in฀descending฀order฀of฀le฀size.
Displays฀the฀icons฀in฀the฀order฀of฀creation฀date
(1) (2) (3) (4)
background
79
4. Using the Viewer
Slide฀toolbar
Menu OptionsDescription
(1)฀Display
Closes฀the฀menu฀and฀switches฀to฀the฀slide฀screen.
Closes฀the฀menu฀and฀displays฀the฀thumbnail฀screen.
Closes฀the฀menu฀and฀starts฀the฀slideshow฀from฀the฀highlighted฀item.
(2)฀฀Image฀
display
Closes฀the฀menu฀and฀displays฀the฀image฀in฀its฀actual฀size.
Closes฀the฀menu฀and฀displays฀the฀image฀in฀the฀projector’s฀maximum฀reso-
lution.
(3)฀฀Clockwise฀
rotation
Close฀the฀menu฀and฀rotate฀the฀image฀90°clockwise
(4)฀฀Counter-
clockwise฀
rotation
Close฀the฀menu฀and฀rotate฀the฀image฀90°counter฀clockwise
Slideshow฀toolbar
Menu OptionsDescription
(1)฀Stop
Closes฀the฀menu฀and฀changes฀to฀the฀slide฀screen.
(2)฀Back
Goes฀back฀to฀the฀previous฀image.
(3)฀Forward
Goes฀to฀the฀next฀image.
(4)฀Interval
Species฀interval฀time฀when฀playing฀back฀the฀slides.
(5)฀Repeat
Repeats฀to฀play฀back฀the฀images฀in฀the฀folder.
Returns฀to฀the฀thumbnail฀screen.
TIP:
•Apictureiconatthecenterofthescreenshowsthatthelecannotbedisplayedintheslidescreenorthumbnailscreen.
•Slidetoolbarsettingforrotationwillbecancelledifthefolderismovedfromoneplacetoanother.
(1) (2) (3) (4)
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5)
background
80
5. Using On-Screen Menu
Using the Menus
NOTE:Theon-screenmenumaynotbedisplayedcorrectlywhileinterlacedmotionvideoimageisprojected.
1.Press฀the฀MENU฀button฀on฀the฀remote฀control฀or฀the฀projector฀cabinet฀to฀display฀the฀menu.
NOTE:ThecommandssuchasENTER,EXIT,▲▼,◀▶inthebottomshowavailablebuttonsforyouroperation.
2. Press the ◀▶฀buttons฀on฀the฀remote฀control฀or฀the฀projector฀cabinet฀to฀display฀the฀submenu.
3.Press฀the฀ENTER฀button฀on฀the฀remote฀control฀or฀the฀projector฀cabinet฀to฀highlight฀the฀top฀item฀or฀the฀rst฀
tab.
4. Use the
▲▼฀buttons฀on฀the฀remote฀control฀or฀the฀projector฀cabinet฀to฀select฀the฀item฀you฀want฀to฀adjust฀or฀
set.
You can use the
◀▶฀buttons฀on฀the฀remote฀control฀or฀the฀projector฀cabinet฀to฀select฀the฀tab฀you฀want.
5.Press฀the฀ENTER฀button฀on฀the฀remote฀control฀or฀the฀projector฀cabinet฀to฀display฀the฀submenu฀window.
6.Adjust฀the฀level฀or฀turn฀the฀selected฀item฀on฀or฀off฀by฀using฀the฀▲▼◀▶
buttons on the remote control or
the projector cabinet.
Changes฀are฀stored฀until฀adjusted฀again.
7.Repeat฀steps฀2฀-6฀to฀adjust฀an฀additional฀item,฀or฀press฀the฀EXIT฀button฀on฀the฀remote฀control฀or฀the฀projec
-
tor฀cabinet฀to฀quit฀the฀menu฀display.
NOTE:Whenamenuormessageisdisplayed,severallinesofinformationmaybelost,dependingonthesignalorsettings.
8. Press the MENU button to close the menu.
To฀return฀to฀the฀previous฀menu,฀press฀the฀EXIT฀button.
background
81
5. Using On-Screen Menu
Menu Elements
Slide bar
Solid triangle
Tab
Radio button
High Altitude symbol
ECO mode symbol
Wireless symbol
Menu฀windows฀or฀dialog฀boxes฀typically฀have฀the฀following฀elements:
Highlight .............................Indicates the selected menu or item.
Solid triangle ......................Indicates further choices are available. A highlighted triangle indicates the item is active.
Tab ......................................Indicates a group of features in a dialog box. Selecting on any tab brings its page to the front.
Radio button .......................Use this round button to select an option in a dialog box.
Source ................................Indicates the currently selected source.
Off Timer remaining time ....Indicates the remaining countdown time when the [OFF TIMER] is preset.
Slide bar .............................Indicates settings or the direction of adjustment.
ECO mode symbol ..............Indicates ECO MODE is set.
Key Lock symbol ................Indicates the [CONTROL PANEL LOCK] is enabled.
Thermometer symbol .........Indicates the [ECO MODE] is forcibly set to [ON] mode because the internal temperature is too
high.
High Altitude symbol ..........Indicates the [FAN MODE] is set to [HIGH ALTITUDE] mode.
Wireless symbol .................Indicate the wireless LAN connection is enabled.
Source
Available buttons
Thermometer symbol
Key฀Lock฀symbol
Off Timer remaining
time
Highlight
background
82
5. Using On-Screen Menu
List of Menu Items
Some฀menu฀items฀are฀not฀available฀depending฀on฀the฀input฀source.
Menu฀ItemDefaultOptions
SOURCE
COMPUTER*
HDMI1*
HDMI2*
VIDEO*
USB-A*
LAN*
USB-B*
ADJUST
PICTURE
PRESET*1–7
DETAIL฀
SETTINGS
REFERENCE*
HIGH-BRIGHT,฀PRESENTATION,฀VIDEO,฀MOVIE,฀GRAPHIC,฀
sRGB,฀DICOM฀SIM.
GAMMA฀
CORRECTION*
1
DYNAMIC,฀NATURAL,฀BLACK฀DETAIL
SCREEN฀SIZE*
2
*LARGE,฀MEDIUM,฀SMALL
COLOR฀
TEMPERATURE
*
5000,฀6500,฀7800,฀9300
COLOR฀
ENHANCEMENT
*OFF,฀LOW,฀MEDIUM,฀HIGH
DYNAMIC฀
CONTRAST
*
OFF,฀ON
CONTRAST64
BRIGHTNESS64
SHARPNESS8
COLOR64
HUE32
RESET
IMAGE฀
OPTIONS
CLOCK*
PHASE*
HORIZONTAL*
VERTICAL*
OVERSCANAUTO
AUTO,฀OFF,฀ON
ASPECT฀RATIO
*
M402X/M362X/M322X/M282X/M332XS:฀AUTO,฀4:3,฀16:9,฀
15:9,฀16:10,฀WIDE฀ZOOM,฀NATIVE
*
M402W/M362W/M322W/M352WS/M302WS/M402H:฀AUTO,฀
4:3,฀16:9,฀15:9,฀16:10,฀LETTERBOX,฀NATIVE
POSITION฀(Not฀available฀on฀M402W/
M362W/M322W/M352WS/M302WS/
M402H)
0 −16฀to฀16
NOISE฀REDUCTIONOFFOFF,฀LOW,฀MEDIUM,฀HIGH
TELECINE2-2/2-3฀AUTOOFF,฀2-2/2-3฀AUTO,฀2-2฀ON,฀2-3฀ON
SETUPGENERAL
DIGITAL฀ZOOM฀(M352WS/M302WS/
M332XS)
100 80 to 100
AUTO฀KEYSTONE฀(VERTICAL฀only)ONOFF,฀ON
KEYSTONE0
HORIZONTAL*
3
VERTICAL
KEYSTONE฀SAVEOFFOFF,฀ON
WALL฀COLOROFF
OFF,฀WHITEBOARD,฀BLACKBOARD,฀BLACKBOARD฀
(GRAY),฀LIGHT฀YELLOW,฀LIGHT฀BLUE,฀LIGHT฀ROSE
ECO฀SETTINGS
ECO฀MODEAUTO฀ECOOFF,฀AUTO฀ECO,฀NORMAL,฀ECO
AUTO฀ECO฀
OPTIONS
AUTO฀DIMOFFOFF,฀0:01,฀0:03,฀0:10,฀0:20
ROOM฀LIGHT฀
SENSING
OFF
OFF,฀ON
NORMAL฀OPTION
CONSTANT฀
BRIGHTNESS
OFFOFF,฀ON
ECO฀OPTION
CONSTANT฀
BRIGHTNESS
OFFOFF,฀ON
CLOSED฀CAPTIONOFF
OFF,฀CAPTION1,฀CAPTION2,฀CAPTION3,฀CAPTION4,฀
TEXT1,฀TEXT2,฀TEXT3,฀TEXT4
OFF฀TIMEROFFOFF,฀0:30,฀1:00,฀2:00,฀4:00,฀8:00,฀12:00,฀16:00
*฀The฀asterisk฀(*)฀indicates฀that฀the฀default฀setting฀varies฀depending฀on฀the฀signal.
*1฀The฀[GAMMA฀CORRECTION]฀item฀is฀available฀when฀an฀item฀other฀than฀[DICOM฀SIM.]฀is฀selected฀for฀[REFERENCE].
*2฀The฀[SCREEN฀SIZE]฀item฀is฀available฀when฀[DICOM฀SIM.]฀is฀selected฀for฀[REFERENCE].
*3฀The฀[HORIZONTAL]฀item฀is฀not฀available฀on฀M352WS,฀M302WS,฀and฀M332XS.
background
83
5. Using On-Screen Menu
Menu฀ItemDefaultOptions
SETUP
GENERALLANGUAGEENGLISH
ENGLISH,฀DEUTSCH,฀FRANÇAIS,฀ITALIANO,฀ESPAÑOL,฀
SVENSKA,฀日本語
DANSK,฀PORTUGUÊS,฀ČEŠTINA,฀MAGYAR,฀POLSKI,฀
NEDERLANDS,฀SUOMI
NORSK,฀TÜRKÇE,฀РУССКИЙ,
, Ελληνικά, 中文, 한국어
ROMÂNĂ, HRVATSKI, БЪЛГАРСКИ, INDONESIA, ,
ไทย,
, 繁體中文
MENU
COLOR฀SELECTCOLORCOLOR,฀MONOCHROME
SOURCE฀DISPLAYONOFF,฀ON
ID฀DISPLAYONOFF,฀ON
ECO฀MESSAGEOFFOFF,฀ON
DISPLAY฀TIMEAUTO฀45฀SECMANUAL,฀AUTO฀5฀SEC,฀AUTO฀15฀SEC,฀AUTO฀45฀SEC
BACKGROUNDBLUEBLUE,฀BLACK,฀LOGO
3D฀CAUTION฀MESSAGEONOFF,฀ON
INSTALLATION
ORIENTATION
DESKTOP฀
FRONT
DESKTOP฀FRONT,฀CEILING฀REAR,฀DESKTOP฀REAR,฀
CEILING฀FRONT
CONTROL฀PANEL฀LOCKOFFOFF,฀ON
SECURITYOFFOFF,฀ON
COMMUNICATION฀SPEED38400bps4800bps,฀9600bps,฀19200bps,฀38400bps
CONTROL฀ID
CONTROL฀ID฀
NUMBER
1 1 to 254
CONTROL฀IDOFFOFF,฀ON
TEST฀PATTERNCROSS฀HATCH
MIC฀SELECTDYNAMIC฀MICDYNAMIC฀MIC,฀CONDENSER฀MIC
MIC฀GAIN2 0 to 15
OPTIONS(1)
FAN฀MODEAUTOAUTO,฀HIGH,฀HIGH฀ALTITUDE
COLOR฀SYSTEMVIDEOAUTO
AUTO,฀NTSC3.58,฀NTSC4.43,฀PAL,฀PAL-M,฀PAL-N,฀PAL60,฀
SECAM
WXGA฀MODE
M402X/M362X/
M322X/M282X/
M332XS/M402H:
OFF฀
M402W/M362W/
M322W/M352WS/
M302WS:฀ON
OFF,฀ON
HDMI฀SETTINGS
HDMI1
VIDEO฀LEVELNORMALAUTO,฀NORMAL,฀ENHANCED
HDMI2
VIDEO฀LEVELNORMALAUTO,฀NORMAL,฀ENHANCED
AUDIO฀SELECT
HDMI1HDMI1HDMI1,฀COMPUTER
HDMI2HDMI2HDMI2,฀COMPUTER
LANLANLAN,฀COMPUTER
USB฀BUSB฀BUSB฀B,฀COMPUTER
BEEPONOFF,฀ON
OPTIONS(2)
STANDBY฀MODENORMALNORMAL,฀NETWORK฀STANDBY
DIRECT฀POWER฀ONOFFOFF,฀ON
AUTO฀POWER฀ON(COMP.)OFFOFF,฀ON
AUTO฀POWER฀OFF*1:00OFF,฀0:05,฀0:10,฀0:15,฀0:20,฀0:30,฀1:00
DEFAULT฀SOURCE฀SELECTLAST
LAST,฀AUTO,฀COMPUTER,฀HDMI1,฀HDMI2,฀VIDEO,฀USB-A,฀
LAN,฀USB-B
CARBON฀CONVERT0.505
CURRENCY$ $,
,฀JP¥,฀RMB¥
CURRENCY฀CONVERT
3D
COMPUTER
3DOFF
OFF,฀ON
GLASSESDLP
®
฀LinkDLP
®
฀Link,฀OTHERS
FORMATSIDE฀BY฀SIDESIDE฀BY฀SIDE,฀TOP฀AND฀BOTTOM,฀FRAME฀SEQUENTIAL
L/R฀INVERTNON-INVERTNON-INVERT,฀INVERT
HDMI1
3DOFF
OFF,฀ON
GLASSESDLP
®
฀LinkDLP
®
฀Link,฀OTHERS
FORMATAUTO
AUTO,฀FRAME฀PACKING,฀SIDE฀BY฀SIDE,฀TOP฀AND฀
BOTTOM
L/R฀INVERTNON-INVERTNON-INVERT,฀INVERT
HDMI2
3DOFF
OFF,฀ON
GLASSESDLP
®
฀LinkDLP
®
฀Link,฀OTHERS
FORMATAUTO
AUTO,฀FRAME฀PACKING,฀SIDE฀BY฀SIDE,฀TOP฀AND฀
BOTTOM
L/R฀INVERTNON-INVERTNON-INVERT,฀INVERT
VIDEO
3DOFF
OFF,฀ON
GLASSESDLP
®
฀LinkDLP
®
฀Link,฀OTHERS
L/R฀INVERTNON-INVERTNON-INVERT,฀INVERT
WIRED฀LAN
WIRED฀LANENABLEDISABLE,฀ENABLE
SETTINGS
DHCP:฀ON
AUTO฀DNS:฀OFF
DHCP,฀IP฀ADDRESS,฀SUBNET฀MASK,฀GATEWAY,฀
AUTO฀DNS,฀DNS
RECONNECT
WIRELESS฀LAN
PROFILEDISABLE
DISABLE,฀EASY฀CONNECTION,฀SIMPLE฀ACCESS฀POINT,฀
PROFILE1,฀PROFILE2
RECONNECT
*AUTO฀POWER฀OFF:This฀item฀can฀be฀selected฀only฀when฀[NORMAL]฀is฀selected฀for฀[STANDBY฀MODE].
background
84
5. Using On-Screen Menu
Menu฀ItemDefaultOptions
INFO.
USAGE฀TIME
LAMP฀LIFE฀REMAINING
LAMP฀HOURS฀USED
TOTAL฀CARBON฀SAVINGS
TOTAL฀COST฀SAVINGS
SOURCE(1)
RESOLUTION
HORIZONTAL฀FREQUENCY
VERTICAL฀FREQUENCY
SYNC฀TYPE
SYNC฀POLARITY
SCAN฀TYPE
SOURCE(2)
SIGNAL฀TYPE
VIDEO฀TYPE
BIT฀DEPTH
VIDEO฀LEVEL
3D฀SIGNAL
WIRED฀LAN
IP฀ADDRESS
SUBNET฀MASK
GATEWAY
MAC฀ADDRESS
WIRELESS฀LAN
IP฀ADDRESS
SUBNET฀MASK
GATEWAY
MAC฀ADDRESS
SSID
NETWORK฀TYPE
WEP/WPA
CHANNEL
SIGNAL฀LEVEL
VERSION(1)
FIRMWARE
DATA
VERSION(2)FIRMWARE2
OTHERS
PROJECTOR฀NAME
MODEL฀NO.
SERIAL฀NUMBER
LAN฀UNIT฀TYPE
CONTROL฀ID฀(when฀[CONTROL฀ID]฀
is฀set)
RESET
CURRENT฀SIGNAL
ALL฀DATA
CLEAR฀LAMP฀HOURS
background
85
5. Using On-Screen Menu
Menu Descriptions & Functions [SOURCE]
COMPUTER
Selects฀the฀computer฀connected฀to฀your฀COMPUTER฀input฀connector฀signal.
NOTE:WhenthecomponentinputsignalisconnectedtotheCOMPUTERINconnector,select[COMPUTER]respectively.
HDMI1 and 2
Selects฀the฀HDMI฀compatible฀equipment฀connected฀to฀your฀HDMI฀1฀or฀HDMI฀2฀IN฀connector.
VIDEO
Selects฀what฀is฀connected฀to฀your฀VIDEO฀input-VCR,฀DVD฀player฀or฀document฀camera.
USB-A (Viewer)
This฀feature฀enables฀you฀to฀make฀presentations฀using฀a฀USB฀memory฀that฀contains฀slides.
(฀page฀
72“4.฀Using฀the฀Viewer”)
LAN
Selects฀a฀signal฀from฀the฀LAN฀port฀(RJ-45)฀or฀the฀installed฀USB฀wireless฀LAN฀unit฀(optional).
USB-B (USB Display)
Selects฀the฀computer฀connected฀to฀the฀USB-B฀port฀(type฀B)฀by฀using฀a฀commercially฀available฀USB฀cable.
(฀page฀
45)
background
86
5. Using On-Screen Menu
Menu Descriptions & Functions [ADJUST]
[PICTURE]
[PRESET]
This฀function฀allows฀you฀to฀select฀optimized฀settings฀for฀your฀projected฀image.
You฀can฀adjust฀neutral฀tint฀for฀yellow,฀cyan฀or฀magenta.
There฀are฀seven฀factory฀presets฀optimized฀for฀various฀types฀of฀images.You฀can฀also฀use฀[DETAIL฀SETTINGS]฀to฀set฀
user฀adjustable฀settings฀to฀customize฀each฀gamma฀or฀color.
Your฀settings฀can฀be฀stored฀in฀[PRESET฀1]฀to฀[PRESET฀7].
HIGH-BRIGHT ........ Recommended for use in a brightly lit room.
PRESENTATION ..... Recommended for making a presentation using a PowerPoint file.
VIDEO .................... Recommended for typical TV program viewing.
MOVIE ................... Recommended for movies.
GRAPHIC ............... Recommended for graphics.
sRGB ..................... Standard color values
DICOM SIM. .......... Recommended for DICOM simulation format.
NOTE:
•The[DICOMSIM.]optionisfortraining/referenceonlyandshouldnotbeusedforactualdiagnosis.
•DICOMstandsforDigitalImagingandCommunicationsinMedicine.ItisastandarddevelopedbytheAmericanCollegeofRadiol-
ogy(ACR)andtheNationalElectricalManufacturersAssociation(NEMA).
Thestandardspecieshowdigitalimagedatacanbemovedfromsystemtosystem.
•Screenickermayhappendependingontheprojectedimage.Toavoidthis,fromtheon-screenmenuselect[ADJUST][PIC-
TURE][PRESET]andsettooneoftheitemsotherthan[HIGH-BRIGHT]and[PRESENTATION].
[DETAIL SETTINGS]
background
87
5. Using On-Screen Menu
Storing฀Your฀Customized฀Settings฀[REFERENCE]
This฀function฀allows฀you฀to฀store฀your฀customized฀settings฀in฀[PRESET฀1]฀to฀[PRESET฀7].
First,฀select฀a฀base฀preset฀mode฀from฀[REFERENCE],฀then฀set฀[GAMMA฀CORRECTION],฀[SCREEN฀SIZE],฀[COLOR฀
TEMPERATURE],฀[COLOR฀ENHANCEMENT],฀and฀[DYNAMIC฀CONTRAST].
HIGH-BRIGHT ........ Recommended for use in a brightly lit room.
PRESENTATION ..... Recommended for making a presentation using a PowerPoint file.
VIDEO .................... Recommended for typical TV program viewing.
MOVIE ................... Recommended for movies.
GRAPHIC ............... Recommended for graphics.
sRGB ..................... Standard color values.
DICOM SIM. .......... Recommended for DICOM simulation format.
Selecting Gamma Correction Mode [GAMMA CORRECTION]
Each฀mode฀is฀recommended฀for:
DYNAMIC .............. Creates a high-contrast picture.
NATURAL ............... Natural reproduction of the picture.
BLACK DETAIL ....... Emphasizes detail in dark areas of the picture.
NOTE:Thisfunctionisnotavailablewhen[DICOMSIM.]isselectedfor[DETAILSETTINGS].
Selecting฀Screen฀Size฀for฀DICOM฀SIM฀[SCREEN฀SIZE]
This฀function฀will฀perform฀gamma฀correction฀appropriate฀for฀the฀screen฀size.
LARGE ................... For screen size of 150"
MEDIUM ................ For screen size of 100"
SMALL ................... For screen size of 50"
NOTE:Thisfunctionisavailableonlywhen[DICOMSIM.]isselectedfor[DETAILSETTINGS].
Adjusting฀Color฀Temperature฀[COLOR฀TEMPERATURE]
This฀option฀allows฀you฀to฀select฀the฀color฀temperature฀of฀your฀choice.
NOTE:When[PRESENTATION]or[HIGH-BRIGHT]isselectedin[REFERENCE],thisfunctionisnotavailable.
Enhancing the Color [COLOR ENHANCEMENT]
This฀function฀allows฀you฀to฀adjust฀the฀color฀density฀of฀the฀image.
The฀color฀of฀the฀image฀will฀become฀deeper฀in฀the฀order฀of฀“LOW”,฀“MEDIUM”and฀“HIGH”฀as฀the฀image฀will฀become฀
darker.
With฀[OFF]฀selected,฀the฀COLOR฀ENHANCEMENT฀function฀will฀not฀work.
Adjusting฀Brightness฀and฀Contrast฀[DYNAMIC฀CONTRAST]
This฀function฀allows฀you฀to฀adjust฀the฀contrast฀ratio฀optically฀using฀the฀built-in฀iris.
To฀increase฀the฀contrast฀ratio,฀select฀[ON].
NOTE:
•The[DYNMICCONTRAST]itemcannotbeselectedinthefollowingcases:
-When[CONSTANTBRIGHTNESS]isenabledwith[ON]selectedfor[ECOMODE]from[ECOSETTINGS].
-When[ON]isselectedfor[3D]whileimagesareprojected.
•TheECOMODEandDYNAMICCONTRASTfeaturescontrolthelamppower.Somepicturesmaybecomeextremelybrightwhen
usingbothECOMODEandDYNAMICCONTRASTfeaturestocontrolthelamppower.Toavoidthisphenomena,turnofftheECO
MODEandDYNAMICCONTRAST.
background
88
5. Using On-Screen Menu
[CONTRAST]
Adjusts฀the฀intensity฀of฀the฀image฀according฀to฀the฀incoming฀signal.
[BRIGHTNESS]
Adjusts฀the฀brightness฀level฀or฀the฀back฀raster฀intensity.
[SHARPNESS]
Controls฀the฀detail฀of฀the฀image.
[COLOR]
Increases฀or฀decreases฀the฀color฀saturation฀level.
[HUE]
Varies฀the฀color฀level฀from฀+/−฀green฀to฀+/−฀blue.The฀red฀level฀is฀used฀as฀reference.
Input฀signalCONTRASTBRIGHTNESSSHARPNESSCOLORHUE
COMPUTER/HDMI฀(RGB)YesYesYesNo No
COMPUTER/HDMI฀(COMPONENT)YesYesYesYesYes
VIDEO/COMPONENTYesYesYesYesYes
USB-A/LAN/USB-BYesYesYesNo No
Yes฀=฀Adjustable,฀No฀=฀Not฀adjustable
[RESET]
The฀settings฀and฀adjustments฀for฀[PICTURE]฀will฀be฀returned฀to฀the฀factory฀settings฀with฀the฀exception฀of฀the฀following;฀
Preset฀numbers฀and฀[REFERENCE]฀within฀the฀[PRESET]฀screen.
The฀settings฀and฀adjustments฀under฀[DETAIL฀SETTINGS]฀within฀the฀[PRESET]฀screen฀that฀are฀not฀currently฀selected฀
will฀not฀be฀reset.
background
89
5. Using On-Screen Menu
[IMAGE OPTIONS]
Adjusting฀Clock฀and฀Phase฀[CLOCK/PHASE]
This฀allows฀you฀to฀manually฀adjust฀CLOCK฀and฀PHASE.
CLOCK ................... Use this item to fine tune the computer image or to remove any vertical banding that might appear. This
function adjusts the clock frequencies that eliminate the horizontal banding in the image.
This adjustment may be necessary when you connect your computer for the first time.
PHASE ................... Use this item to adjust the clock phase or to reduce video noise, dot interference or cross talk. (This is
evident when part of your image appears to be shimmering.)
Use [PHASE] only after the [CLOCK] is complete.
NOTE:The[CLOCK]and[PHASE]itemsareavailableforRGBsignalsonly.
background
90
5. Using On-Screen Menu
Adjusting฀Horizontal/Vertical฀Position฀[HORIZONTAL/VERTICAL]
Adjusts฀the฀image฀location฀horizontally฀and฀vertically.
NOTE:The[HORIZONTAL]and[VERTICAL]itemsarenotavailableforVIDEO,HDMI1,HDMI2,USB-A,LAN,andUSB-B.
-฀An฀image฀can฀be฀distorted฀during฀the฀adjustment฀of฀[CLOCK]฀and฀[PHASE].This฀is฀not฀malfunction.
-฀The฀adjustments฀for฀[CLOCK],฀[PHASE],฀[HORIZONTAL],฀and฀[VERTICAL]฀will฀be฀stored฀in฀memory฀for฀the฀
current฀signal.The฀next฀time฀you฀project฀the฀signal฀with฀the฀same฀resolution,฀horizontal฀and฀vertical฀frequency,฀
its฀adjustments฀will฀be฀called฀up฀and฀applied.
To฀delete฀adjustments฀stored฀in฀memory,฀from฀the฀menu,฀you฀select฀[RESET]฀฀[CURRENT฀SIGNAL]฀or฀[ALL฀
DATA]฀and฀reset฀the฀adjustments.
Selecting฀Overscan฀Percentage฀[OVERSCAN]
This฀allows฀you฀to฀set฀the฀appropriate฀overscan฀for฀an฀incoming฀signal.
AUTO ..................... Display an appropriately overscanned image (factory setting).
OFF ........................ Does not overscan the image.
ON ......................... Overscans the image.
NOTE:
•The[OVERSCAN]itemcannotbeselectedwhenVIDEOsignalsareusedorwhen[NATIVE]isselectedfor[ASPECTRATIO].
background
91
5. Using On-Screen Menu
Selecting Aspect Ratio [ASPECT RATIO]
The฀term฀“aspect฀ratio”฀refers฀to฀the฀ratio฀of฀width฀to฀height฀of฀a฀projected฀image.
The฀projector฀automatically฀determines฀the฀incoming฀signal฀and฀displays฀it฀in฀its฀appropriate฀aspect฀ratio.
•฀This฀table฀shows฀typical฀resolutions฀and฀aspect฀ratios฀that฀most฀computers฀support.
ResolutionAspect฀Ratio
VGA640฀×฀4804:3
SVGA800฀×฀6004:3
XGA1024฀×฀7684:3
WXGA1280฀×฀76815:9
WXGA1280฀×฀80016:10
WXGA+
1440฀×฀90016:10
SXGA1280฀×฀10245:4
SXGA+
1400฀×฀10504:3
UXGA1600฀×฀12004:3
WUXGA1920฀×฀120016:10
OptionsFunction
AUTO
The฀projector฀will฀automatically฀determine฀the฀incoming฀signal฀and฀display฀it฀in฀its฀aspect฀
ratio.฀(
next฀page)
The฀projector฀may฀erroneously฀determine฀the฀aspect฀ratio฀depending฀on฀its฀signal.If฀this฀
occurs,฀select฀the฀appropriate฀aspect฀ratio฀from฀the฀following.
4:3The฀image฀is฀displayed฀in฀4:3฀aspect฀ratio.
16:9The฀image฀is฀displayed฀in฀16:9฀aspect฀ratio.
15:9The฀image฀is฀displayed฀in฀15:9฀aspect฀ratio.
16:10The฀image฀is฀displayed฀in฀16:10฀aspect฀ratio.
WIDE฀ZOOM
(M402X/M362X/M322X/
M282X/M332XS)
The฀image฀is฀stretched฀left฀and฀right.
Parts฀of฀the฀displayed฀image฀are฀cropped฀at฀the฀left฀and฀right฀edges฀and฀therefore฀not฀
visible.
LETTERBOX
(M402W/M362W/
M322W/M352WS/
M302WS/M402H)
The฀image฀of฀a฀letterbox฀signal฀is฀stretched฀equally฀in฀the฀horizontal฀and฀vertical฀direc-
tions฀to฀t฀the฀screen.Parts฀of฀the฀displayed฀image฀are฀cropped฀at฀the฀top฀and฀bottom฀
edges฀and฀therefore฀not฀visible.
NATIVEThe฀projector฀displays฀the฀current฀image฀in฀its฀true฀resolution฀when฀the฀incoming฀computer฀
signal฀has฀a฀lower฀resolution฀than฀the฀projector’s฀native฀resolution.
[Example 1]Whenthe฀incoming฀
signalwith฀theresolutionof฀800฀
×฀600฀is฀displayed฀on฀the฀M402X/
M362X/M322X/M282X/M332XS:
[Example 2] When the incom-
ing฀signal฀with฀the฀resolution฀of฀
800×600isdisplayedonthe฀
M402W/M362W/M322W/M352WS/
M302WS/M402H:
NOTE:
•Whenanon-computersignalisdisplayed,the[NATIVE]isnotavailable.
•Whenasignalwithahigherresolutionthantheprojector’snativeresolutionisdisplayed,[NA-
TIVE]isnotavailable.
background
92
5. Using On-Screen Menu
Sample฀image฀when฀the฀appropriate฀aspect฀ratio฀is฀automatically฀determined
M402X/M362X/M322X/M282X/M332XS
[Computer฀signal]
Aspect฀ratio฀of฀incoming฀signal4:35:416:915:916:10
Sample฀image฀when฀the฀appro-
priate฀aspect฀ratio฀is฀automati-
cally฀determined
[Video฀signal]
Aspect฀ratio฀of฀incoming฀signal4:3LetterboxSqueeze
Sample฀image฀when฀the฀as-
pect฀ratio฀is฀automatically฀de-
termined
NOTE:Todisplayasqueezedsignalprop-
erly,select[16:9]or[WIDEZOOM].
M402W/M362W/M322W/M352WS/M302WS/M402H
[Computer฀signal]
Aspect฀ratio฀of฀incoming฀signal4:35:416:915:916:10
Sample฀image฀when฀the฀appro-
priate฀aspect฀ratio฀is฀automati-
cally฀determined
M402W/M362W/M322W/M352WS/M302WS
M402H
[Video฀signal]
Aspect฀ratio฀of฀incoming฀signal4:3LetterboxSqueeze
Sample฀image฀when฀the฀as-
pect฀ratio฀is฀automatically฀de-
termined
NOTE:Todisplayaletterboxsignalprop-
erly,select[LETTERBOX].
NOTE:Todisplayasqueezedsignalprop-
erly,select[16:9].
TIP:
•Imagepositioncanbeadjustedverticallyusing[POSITION]whenthe[16:9],[15:9],or[16:10]aspectratiosareselected.
•Theterm“letterbox”referstoamorelandscape-orientedimagewhencomparedtoa4:3image,whichisthestandardaspect
ratioforavideosource.
Theletterboxsignalhasaspectratioswiththevistasize“1.85:1”orcinemascopesize“2.35:1”formovielm.
•Theterm“squeeze”referstothecompressedimageofwhichaspectratioisconvertedfrom16:9to4:3.
background
93
5. Using On-Screen Menu
Adjusting฀the฀Vertical฀Position฀of฀Image฀[POSITION]฀(not฀available฀on฀M402W/M362W/M322W/
M352WS/M302WS/M402H)
(only฀when฀[16:9],฀[15:9],฀or฀[16:10]฀is฀selected฀for฀[ASPECT฀RATIO])
When฀[16:9],฀[15:9],฀or฀[16:10]฀is฀selected฀in฀[ASPECT฀RATIO],฀the฀image฀is฀displayed฀with฀black฀borders฀on฀the฀top฀
and bottom.
You฀can฀adjust฀the฀vertical฀position฀from฀the฀top฀to฀the฀bottom฀of฀the฀black฀area.
Turning on Noise Reduction [NOISE REDUCTION]
This฀function฀allows฀you฀to฀select฀the฀level฀of฀noise฀reduction.
The฀projector฀is฀set฀to฀the฀optimized฀level฀for฀each฀signal฀at฀the฀factory.
Select฀your฀preference฀item฀for฀your฀signal฀when฀video฀noise฀is฀noticeable.
The฀options฀are฀[OFF],฀[LOW],฀[MEDIUM],฀and฀[HIGH].
NOTE:ThisfeatureisnotavailablefortheRGBsignal.Noisereductionsettooffgivesbestimagequalitybywayofhigherbandwidth.
Noisereductionsettoonsoftenstheimage.
Setting Telecine Mode [TELECINE]
This฀function฀allows฀you฀to฀convert฀motion฀picture฀lm฀images฀into฀video.฀The฀process฀adds฀additional฀frames฀to฀the฀
picture฀in฀order฀to฀increase฀the฀frame฀rate.
NOTE:ThisfeatureisavailableonlywhenanSDTVsignalisselected.
OFF ........................ Turns off the TELECINE mode.
2-2/2-3 AUTO ........ Detects pull-down correction method.
2-2 ON ................... Uses 2-2 pull-down correction method
2-3 ON ................... Uses 2-3 pull-down correction method
background
94
5. Using On-Screen Menu
Menu Descriptions & Functions [SETUP]
[GENERAL]
[M402W/M362W/M322W/M402X/M362X/M322X/
M282X/M402H]
[M352WS/M302WS/M332XS]
Using฀Digital฀Zoom฀[DIGITAL฀ZOOM]฀(M352WS/M302WS/M332XS)฀
This฀feature฀allows฀you฀to฀electronically฀ne฀adjust฀the฀image฀size฀on฀the฀screen.Use฀the฀ or button฀to฀large฀or฀
reduce฀the฀projected฀image.
TIP:Toadjusttheprojectedimagesizeroughly,movetheprojectorawayorclosertothescreen.Toneadjustthezoom,usethe
[DIGITALZOOM]function.(page
22)
Enabling฀Auto฀Keystone฀[AUTO฀KEYSTONE]
This฀feature฀allows฀the฀projector฀to฀detect฀its฀tilt฀and฀correct฀vertical฀distortion฀automatically.
To฀turn฀on฀the฀AUTO฀KEYSTONE฀feature,฀select฀[ON].฀To฀adjust฀the฀KEYSTONE฀feature฀manually,฀select฀[OFF].
Correcting฀Horizontal฀and฀Vertical฀Keystone฀Distortion฀Manually฀[KEYSTONE]
You฀can฀correct฀horizontal฀and฀vertical฀distortion฀manually.฀(฀page฀
24)
NOTE:
•The[HORIZONTAL]keystoneitemisnotavailableonM352WS/M302WS/M322XS.
TIP:Whenthisoptionishighlighted,pressingtheENTERbuttonwilldisplayitsslidebarforadjustment.
Saving฀Keystone฀Correction฀[KEYSTONE฀SAVE]
This฀option฀enables฀you฀to฀save฀your฀current฀keystone฀settings.
OFF ........................ Does not save current keystone correction settings. It will return your keystone correction settings to
“zero”.
ON ......................... Saves current keystone correction settings
Saving฀your฀change฀once฀affects฀all฀sources.The฀changes฀are฀saved฀when฀the฀projector฀is฀turned฀off.
NOTE:When[AUTOKEYSTONE]issetto[ON],[KEYSTONESAVE]isnotavailable.Nexttimeyouturnonthepower,theAUTO
KEYSTONEfunctionwillworkandthedatastoredwith[KEYSTONESAVE]willbeinvalid.
background
95
5. Using On-Screen Menu
Using the Wall Color Correction [WALL COLOR]
This฀function฀allows฀for฀quick฀adaptive฀color฀correction฀in฀applications฀where฀the฀screen฀material฀is฀not฀white.
NOTE:
•Selecting[WHITEBOARD]reduceslampbrightness.
•The[WALLCOLOR]itemcannotbeselectedwhen[ON]isselectedfor[3D]whileimagesareprojected.
Setting฀various฀items฀related฀to฀lamp฀brightness฀[ECO฀SETTINGS]
This฀option฀allows฀you฀to฀decrease฀the฀power฀consumption฀or฀to฀prolong฀the฀lamp฀life฀by฀controlling฀the฀lamp฀bright-
ness.
ECO MODE
The฀ECO฀MODE฀increases฀lamp฀life,฀while฀lowering฀power฀consumption฀and฀cutting฀down฀on฀CO2฀emissions.Four฀
brightness฀modes฀of฀the฀lamp฀can฀be฀selected:฀[OFF],฀[AUTO฀ECO],฀[NORMAL]฀and฀[ECO]฀modes.฀(฀page฀
33)
NOTE:The[OFF]itemisautomaticallyselectedfor[ECOMODE]when[ON]isselected[3D]whileimagesareprojected.
AUTO ECO OPTIONS
Set฀options฀when฀[AUTO฀ECO]฀is฀selected฀for฀[ECO฀MODE].
AUTO฀DIMOFFThe฀AUTO฀DIM฀feature฀will฀not฀work.
0:01,฀0:03,฀0:10,฀0:20฀
(min.)
This฀option฀will฀automaticallydim฀the฀lamp฀light฀when฀
no฀input฀signal฀is฀present฀for฀a฀certain฀period฀time:฀0:01,฀
0:03,฀0:10,฀and฀0:20฀(minutes).฀When฀it฀reaches฀the฀pre-
set฀time,฀the฀lamp฀brightness฀will฀decrease฀to฀about฀30%฀
immediately฀after฀the฀screen฀becomes฀dim฀for฀a฀moment.
Changing฀images฀will฀return฀to฀its฀original฀brightness.
ROOM฀LIGHT฀SENSINGOFFThe฀sensor฀will฀not฀work.
ON
The฀sensor฀will฀detect฀ambient฀brightness฀and฀control฀the฀
lamp฀brightness.฀If฀the฀projector฀is฀placed฀in฀a฀dark฀room,฀
the฀lamp฀brightness฀will฀automatically฀decrease.
NOTE:Thebrightnesscannotbechangedwhen[CEILINGREAR]
or[CEILINGFRONT]isselectedfor[ORIENTATION].
NORMAL OPTION
Set฀the฀option฀when฀[NORMAL]฀is฀selected฀for฀[ECO฀MODE].
CONSTANT฀BRIGHTNESS:
OFF ........................ The CONSTANT BRIGHTNESS feature will not work. The lamp brightness will gradually decrease over long
periods of time.
ON ......................... The lamp brightness will increase according to the lamp use of time and will be kept at the lamp brightness
equivalent to the brightness at NORMAL. After the lamp brightness reaches the maximum, the lamp bright-
ness will gradually decrease over long periods of time.
background
96
5. Using On-Screen Menu
ECO OPTION
Set฀the฀option฀when฀[ECO]฀is฀selected฀for฀[ECO฀MODE].
CONSTANT฀BRIGHTNESS:
OFF ........................ The CONSTANT BRIGHTNESS feature will not work. The lamp brightness will gradually decrease over long
periods of time.
ON ......................... The lamp brightness will increase according to the lamp use of time and will be kept at the lamp brightness
equivalent to the brightness at ECO. After the lamp brightness reaches the maximum, the lamp brightness will
gradually decrease over long periods of time. The lamp brightness will be kept longer than at NORMAL.
Setting Closed Caption [CLOSED CAPTION]
This฀option฀sets฀several฀closed฀caption฀modes฀that฀allow฀text฀to฀be฀superimposed฀on฀the฀projected฀image฀of฀Video.
OFF ........................ This exits the closed caption mode.
CAPTION 1-4 ......... Text is superimposed.
TEXT 1-4 ................ Text is displayed.
NOTE:
•Theclosedcaptionisnotavailableunderthefollowingconditions:
-whenmessagesormenusaredisplayed.
-whenanimageismagnied,frozen,ormuted.
•Portionsofsuperimposedtextorclosedcaptionmaybetruncated.Ifthathappens,trytoplacethesuperimposedtextor
closedcaptionwithinthescreen.
•Theprojectordoesnotsupportoptionalextendedcharactersforclosedcaptioning.
Using Off Timer [OFF TIMER]
1.Select฀your฀desired฀time฀between฀30฀minutes฀and฀16฀hours:฀OFF,฀0:30,฀1:00,฀2:00,฀4:00,฀8:00,฀12:00,฀16:00.
2. Press the ENTER button on the remote control.
3.The฀remaining฀time฀starts฀counting฀down.
4.The฀projector฀will฀turn฀off฀after฀the฀countdown฀is฀complete.
NOTE:
•Tocancelthepresettime,set[OFF]forthepresettimeorturnoffthepower.
•Whentheremainingtimereaches3minutesbeforetheprojectoristurnedoff,the[THEPROJECTORWILLTURNOFFWITHIN3
MINUTES]messagewillbedisplayedonthebottomofthescreen.
Selecting Menu Language [LANGUAGE]
You฀can฀choose฀one฀of฀29฀languages฀for฀on-screen฀instructions.
NOTE:Yoursettingwillnotbeaffectedevenwhen[RESET]isdonefromthemenu.
background
97
5. Using On-Screen Menu
[MENU]
Selecting Menu Color [COLOR SELECT]
You฀can฀choose฀between฀two฀options฀for฀menu฀color:฀COLOR฀and฀MONOCHROME.
Turning฀On฀/฀Off฀Source฀Display฀[SOURCE฀DISPLAY]
This฀option฀turns฀on฀or฀off฀input฀name฀display฀such฀as฀COMPUTER,฀HDMI1,฀HDMI2,฀VIDEO,฀USB-A,฀LAN,฀USB-B,฀
to฀be฀displayed฀on฀the฀top฀right฀of฀the฀screen.
When฀no฀input฀signal฀is฀present,฀the฀no-signal฀guidance฀prompting฀you฀to฀check฀for฀an฀available฀input฀will฀be฀displayed฀
at฀the฀center฀of฀the฀screen.฀When฀the฀[USB-A]฀or฀[LAN]฀item฀is฀selected฀for฀[SOURCE],฀the฀no-signal฀guidance฀will฀
not฀be฀displayed.
Turning฀ON/OFF฀Control฀ID฀[ID฀DISPLAY]
ID DISPLAY ........... This option turns on or off the ID number which is displayed when the ID SET button on the remote control
is pressed.
Turning฀On฀/฀Off฀Eco฀Message฀[ECO฀MESSAGE]
This฀option฀turns฀on฀or฀off฀the฀following฀messages฀when฀the฀projector฀is฀turned฀on.
The฀Eco฀Message฀prompts฀the฀user฀to฀save฀energy.When฀[OFF]฀is฀selected฀for฀[ECO฀MODE],฀you฀will฀get฀a฀message฀
to฀prompt฀you฀to฀select฀[AUTO฀ECO],฀[NORMAL],฀or฀[ECO]฀for฀[ECO฀MODE].
When฀[AUTO฀ECO],฀[NORMAL],฀or฀[ECO]฀is฀selected฀for฀[ECO฀MODE]
To฀close฀the฀message,฀press฀any฀one฀of฀the฀buttons.฀The฀message฀will฀disappear฀if฀no฀button฀operation฀is฀done฀for฀
30 seconds.
When฀[OFF]฀is฀selected฀for฀[ECO฀MODE]
Pressing฀the฀ENTER฀button฀will฀display฀the฀[ECO฀MODE]฀screen.฀(฀page฀33)
To฀close฀the฀message,฀press฀the฀EXIT฀button.
background
98
5. Using On-Screen Menu
Selecting฀Menu฀Display฀Time฀[DISPLAY฀TIME]
This฀option฀allows฀you฀to฀select฀how฀long฀the฀projector฀waits฀after฀the฀last฀touch฀of฀a฀button฀to฀turn฀off฀the฀menu.The฀
preset฀choices฀are฀[MANUAL],฀[AUTO฀5฀SEC],฀[AUTO฀15฀SEC],฀and฀[AUTO฀45฀SEC].The฀[AUTO฀45฀SEC]฀is฀the฀fac-
tory฀preset.
Selecting฀a฀Color฀or฀Logo฀for฀Background฀[BACKGROUND]
Use฀thisfeature฀to฀display฀a฀blue/black฀screenor฀logo฀when฀no฀signalis฀available.Thedefaultbackground฀is฀
[BLUE].
NOTE:
•Ifthe[LOGO]itemisselectedfor[BACKGROUND]withthe[LAN]or[USB-B]sourceselected,the[LOGO]itemwillbeselected
regardlessofitsselection.
•When[SOURCEDISPLAY]isturnedon,theno-signalguidancepromptingyoutocheckforanavailableinputwillbedisplayed
atthecenterofthescreenregardlessofitsselection.
•Yoursettingwillnotbeaffectedevenwhen[RESET]isdonefromthemenu.
[3D CAUTION MESSAGE]
This฀selects฀whether฀to฀display฀a฀caution฀message฀or฀not฀when฀switching฀to฀a฀3D฀video.
The฀default฀condition฀when฀shipped฀from฀the฀factory฀is฀ON.
OFF ........................ The 3D caution message screen will not be displayed.
ON ......................... The 3D caution message screen will be displayed when switching to a 3D video.Press the ENTER button to
cancel the message.
•฀The฀message฀will฀disappear฀automatically฀after฀60฀seconds฀or฀when฀other฀buttons฀are฀pressed.If฀it฀disappears฀
automatically,฀the฀3D฀caution฀message฀will฀be฀displayed฀again฀when฀switching฀to฀a฀3D฀video.
background
99
5. Using On-Screen Menu
[INSTALLATION]
Selecting฀Projector฀Orientation฀[ORIENTATION]
This฀reorients฀your฀image฀for฀your฀type฀of฀projection.The฀options฀are:฀desktop฀front฀projection,฀ceiling฀rear฀projection,฀
desktop฀rear฀projection,฀and฀ceiling฀front฀projection.
DESKTOP฀FRONTCEILING฀REAR
DESKTOP฀REARCEILING฀FRONT
Disabling฀the฀Cabinet฀Buttons฀[CONTROL฀PANEL฀LOCK]
This฀option฀turns฀on฀or฀off฀the฀CONTROL฀PANEL฀LOCK฀function.
NOTE:
•ThisCONTROLPANELLOCKdoesnotaffecttheremotecontrolfunctions.
•Whenthecontrolpanelislocked,pressingandholdingtheSOURCEbuttonontheprojectorcabinetforabout10secondswill
changethesettingto[OFF].
TIP:Whenthe[CONTROLPANELLOCK]isturnedon,akeylockicon[]willbedisplayedatthebottomrightofthemenu.
Enabling฀Security฀[SECURITY]
This฀feature฀turns฀on฀or฀off฀the฀SECURITY฀function.
Unless฀the฀correct฀keyword฀is฀entered,฀the฀projector฀cannot฀project฀an฀image.฀(฀page฀
35)
NOTE:Yoursettingwillnotbeaffectedevenwhen[RESET]isdonefromthemenu.
background
100
5. Using On-Screen Menu
Selecting Communication Speed [COMMUNICATION SPEED]
This฀feature฀sets฀the฀baud฀rate฀of฀the฀PC฀Control฀port฀(D-Sub฀9P).฀It฀supports฀data฀rates฀from฀4800฀to฀38400฀bps.The฀
default฀is฀38400฀bps.฀Select฀the฀appropriate฀baud฀rate฀for฀your฀equipment฀to฀be฀connected฀(depending฀on฀the฀equip-
ment,฀a฀lower฀baud฀rate฀may฀be฀recommended฀for฀long฀cable฀runs).
NOTE:Yourselectedcommunicationspeedwillnotbeaffectedevenwhen[RESET]isdonefromthemenu.
Setting฀ID฀to฀the฀Projector฀[CONTROL฀ID]
You฀can฀operate฀multiple฀projectors฀separately฀and฀independently฀with฀the฀single฀remote฀control฀that฀has฀the฀CONTROL฀
ID฀function.If฀you฀assign฀the฀same฀ID฀to฀all฀the฀projectors,฀you฀can฀conveniently฀operate฀all฀the฀projectors฀together฀
using฀the฀single฀remote฀control.To฀do฀so,฀you฀have฀to฀assign฀an฀ID฀number฀to฀each฀projector.
CONTROL ID NUMBER .......Select a number from 1 to 254 you wish to assign to your projector.
CONTROL ID .......................Select [OFF] to turn off the CONTROL ID setting and select [ON] to turn on the CONTROL ID set-
ting.
NOTE:
•When[ON]isselectedfor[CONTROLID],theprojectorcannotbeoperatedbyusingtheremotecontrolthatdoesnotsupport
theCONTROLIDfunction.(Inthiscasethebuttonsontheprojectorcabinetcanbeused.)
•Yoursettingwillnotbeaffectedevenwhen[RESET]isdonefromthemenu.
•PressingandholdingtheENTERbuttonontheprojectorcabinetfor10secondswilldisplaythemenuforcancelingtheControl
ID.
Assigning or Changing the Control ID
1. Turn on the projector.
2.Press฀the฀ID฀SET฀button฀on฀the฀remote฀control.
The฀CONTROL฀ID฀screen฀will฀be฀displayed.
If฀the฀projector฀can฀be฀operated฀with฀the฀current฀remote฀control฀ID,฀the฀[ACTIVE]฀will฀be฀displayed.฀If฀the฀projector฀
cannot฀be฀operated฀with฀the฀current฀remote฀control฀ID,฀the฀[INACTIVE]฀will฀be฀displayed.฀To฀operate฀the฀inactive฀
projector,฀assign฀the฀control฀ID฀used฀for฀the฀projector฀by฀using฀the฀following฀procedure฀(Step฀3).
3.Press฀one฀of฀numeric฀keypad฀buttons฀while฀pressing฀and฀holding฀the฀ID฀SET฀button฀
on the remote control.
Example:
To฀assign฀“3”,฀press฀the฀“3”฀button฀on฀the฀remote฀control.
No฀ID฀means฀that฀all฀the฀projectors฀can฀be฀operated฀together฀with฀a฀single฀remote฀control.
To฀set฀“No฀ID”,฀enter฀“000”฀or฀press฀the฀CLEAR฀button.
TIP:TherangeofIDsisfrom1to254.
4.Release฀the฀ID฀SET฀button.
The฀updated฀CONTROL฀ID฀screen฀will฀be฀displayed.
NOTE:
•TheIDscanbeclearedinafewdaysafterthebatteriesarerundownorremoved.
•AccidentallypressinganyoneofthebuttonsoftheremotecontrolwillclearcurrentlyspeciedIDwith
batteriesremoved.
background
101
5. Using On-Screen Menu
Using Test Pattern [TEST PATTERN]
Displays฀the฀test฀pattern฀to฀check฀for฀image฀distortion฀at฀the฀time฀of฀the฀projector฀setup.Press฀the฀ENTER฀button฀to฀
display฀the฀test฀pattern;฀press฀the฀EXIT฀button฀to฀close฀the฀test฀pattern฀and฀return฀to฀the฀menu.฀Menu฀operation฀and฀
keystone฀correction฀are฀not฀possible฀when฀the฀test฀pattern฀is฀displayed.
Selecting฀Microphone฀Type฀[MIC฀SELECT]
This฀feature฀allows฀you฀to฀select฀dynamic฀or฀condenser฀type฀for฀your฀microphone.
Setting MIC Gain [MIC GAIN]
This฀feature฀allows฀you฀to฀adjust฀your฀microphone฀sensitivity฀when฀it฀is฀connected฀to฀the฀MIC฀input฀jack฀of฀the฀projec-
tor.Microphone฀volume฀can฀be฀adjusted฀with฀the฀VOL.(+)฀or฀(−)฀button฀on฀the฀remote฀control฀or฀the฀ or on the
projector฀cabinet.
[OPTIONS(1)]
Selecting Fan Mode [FAN MODE]
This฀option฀allows฀you฀to฀select฀three฀modes฀for฀fan฀speed:฀Auto฀mode,฀High฀speed฀mode,฀and฀High฀Altitude฀mode.
AUTO ..................... The built-in fans automatically run at a variable speed according to the internal temperature.
HIGH ...................... The built-in fans run at high speed.
HIGH ALTITUDE ..... The built-in fans run at a high speed. Select this option when using the projector at altitudes approximately
5500 feet/1700 meters or higher.
When฀you฀wish฀to฀cool฀down฀the฀temperature฀inside฀the฀projector฀quickly,฀select฀[HIGH].
NOTE:
•ItisrecommendedthatyouselectHighspeedmodeifyouusetheprojectornon-stopforconsecutivedays.
•Set[FANMODE]to[HIGHALTITUDE]whenusingtheprojectorataltitudesapproximately5500feet/1700metersorhigher.
•Usingtheprojectorataltitudesapproximately5500feet/1700metersorhigherwithoutsettingto[HIGHALTITUDE]cancause
theprojectortooverheatandtheprotectorcouldshutdown.Ifthishappens,waitacoupleminutesandturnontheprojector.
•Usingtheprojectorataltitudeslessthanapproximately5500feet/1700metersandsettingto[HIGHALTITUDE]cancausethe
lamptoovercool,causingtheimagetoicker.Switch[FANMODE]to[AUTO].
•Usingtheprojectorataltitudesapproximately5500feet/1700metersorhighercanshortenthelifeofopticalcomponentssuch
asthelamp.
•Yoursettingwillnotbeaffectedevenwhen[RESET]isdonefromthemenu.
background
102
5. Using On-Screen Menu
Selecting Signal Format [COLOR SYSTEM]
This฀feature฀allows฀you฀to฀select฀video฀standards฀manually.
Normally฀select฀[AUTO].฀Select฀the฀video฀standard฀from฀the฀pulldown฀menu.
Enabling฀or฀Disabling฀WXGA฀Mode฀[WXGA฀MODE]
Selecting฀[ON]฀will฀give฀priority฀to฀WXGA฀(1280฀×฀768)/WUXGA฀(1920฀×฀1080)฀signals฀in฀recognizing฀an฀input฀sig-
nal.
When฀[WXGA฀MODE]฀is฀set฀to฀[ON],฀XGA฀(1024฀×฀768)/UXGA฀(1600฀×฀1200)฀signals฀may฀not฀be฀recognized฀on฀
M402X/M362X/M322X/M282X/M332XS.฀In฀this฀case,฀select฀[OFF].
NOTE:
•The[OFF]isselectedatthetimeofshipmentofM402X/M362X/M322X/M282X/M332XS/M402H.
•The[ON]isselectedatthetimeofshipmentofM402W/M362W/M322W/M352WS/M302WS.
Setting฀HDMI1/2฀[HDMI฀SETTINGS]
Make฀the฀settings฀for฀each฀video฀level฀when฀connecting฀HDMI฀equipment฀such฀as฀a฀DVD฀player.
VIDEO LEVEL ......... Select [AUTO] to automatically detect video level. If automatic detection may not work well, select [NOR-
MAL] to disable the [ENHANCED] feature of your HDMI equipment or select [ENHANCED] to improve image
contrast and increase detail in the dark areas.
NOTE:
•IftheprojectordoesnotreectthesettingsforyourHDMIequipmentsuchasaDVDplayerconnectedtotheHDMI1INorHDMI
2INconnector,selecttheHDMI1orHDMI2inputsourceagainontheprojector.
Setting Audio [AUDIO SELECT]
Make฀the฀settings฀for฀each฀audio฀level฀when฀connecting฀HDMI฀equipment,฀your฀network,฀and฀USB-B฀port.Select฀
between฀each฀equipment฀and฀computer.
HDMI ..................... Select [HDMI1] or [HDMI2] to switch the HDMI 1 or HDMI 2 IN digital audio signal or select [COMPUTER]
to switch the COMPUTER input audio signal.
LAN ........................ Select [LAN] or [COMPUTER] to switch the source connected to the network.
USB-B .................... Select [USB-B] or [COMPUTER] to switch the source connected over the USB cable (USB-B).
Enabling฀Key฀Sound฀and฀Error฀Sound฀[BEEP]
This฀feature฀turns฀on฀or฀off฀the฀button฀sound฀or฀alarm฀when฀an฀error฀occurs฀or฀the฀following฀operations฀are฀per-
formed.
-฀Displaying฀the฀main฀menu฀
-฀Switching฀sources
-฀Resetting฀data฀by฀using฀[RESET]
-฀Pressing฀POWER฀ON฀or฀STANDBY฀button
background
103
5. Using On-Screen Menu
[OPTIONS(2)]
Selecting฀Standby฀condition฀in฀[STANDBY฀MODE]
The฀projector฀has฀two฀standby฀modes:฀[NORMAL]฀and฀[NETWORK฀STANDBY].
The฀[NORMAL]฀mode฀is฀the฀mode฀that฀allows฀you฀to฀put฀the฀projector฀in฀the฀power-saving฀condition฀which฀consumes฀
less฀power฀than฀the฀[NETWORK฀STANDBY]฀mode.The฀projector฀is฀preset฀for฀the฀[NORMAL]฀mode฀at฀the฀factory.
NORMAL .............................POWER indicator: Red light/STATUS indicator: Off
When [NORMAL] is selected, only the following buttons and feature will work:
POWER button on the projector cabinet and the remote control, and powering on from PC Control
command.
NETWORK STANDBY ..........POWER indicator: Orange light/STATUS indicator: Off
When [NETWORK STANDBY] is selected, the projector can be turned on over a wired LAN connec-
tion and only the following buttons, port, and features will work:
POWER button on the projector cabinet and the remote control, powering on from PC Control
command, AUTO POWER ON(COMP.), LAN port, wireless LAN unit (optional), Virtual Remote Tool,
LAN feature, and Mail Alert feature.
Important:
-When[NETWORKSTANDBY]isselected,[AUTOPOWEROFF]willturngreyincolorandbedisabled,and[0:15]willbeselected
automatically.
NOTE:
•Evenwhen[NORMAL]or[NETWORKSTANDBY]isselectedfor[STANDBYMODE],poweronoroffcanbedonebyusingthePC
CONTROLport.
•ThepowerconsumptioninthestandbymodewillnotbeincludedincalculatingCO
2
emissionreduction.
•Yoursettingwillnotbeaffectedevenwhen[RESET]isdonefromthemenu.
Enabling฀Direct฀Power฀On฀[DIRECT฀POWER฀ON]
Turns฀the฀projector฀on฀automatically฀when฀the฀power฀cord฀is฀inserted฀into฀an฀active฀power฀outlet.฀This฀eliminates฀the฀
need฀to฀always฀use฀the฀POWER฀button฀on฀the฀remote฀control฀or฀projector฀cabinet.
background
104
5. Using On-Screen Menu
Turning฀On฀the฀Projector฀By฀Applying฀Computer฀Signal฀[AUTO฀POWER฀ON(COMP.)]
When฀the฀projector฀is฀in฀Standby฀mode,฀applying฀a฀computer฀signal฀from฀a฀computer฀connected฀to฀the฀COMPUTER฀
IN฀input฀will฀power฀on฀the฀projector฀and฀simultaneously฀project฀the฀computer’s฀image.
This฀functionality฀eliminates฀the฀need฀to฀always฀use฀the฀POWER฀button฀on฀the฀remote฀control฀or฀the฀projector฀cabinet฀
to฀power฀on฀the฀projector.
To฀use฀this฀function,฀rst฀connect฀a฀computer฀to฀the฀projector฀and฀the฀projector฀to฀an฀active฀AC฀input.
NOTE:
•Disconnectingacomputersignalfromthecomputerwillnotpowerofftheprojector.Werecommendusingthisfunctionincom-
binationoftheAUTOPOWEROFFfunction.
•Thisfunctionwillnotbeavailableunderthefollowingconditions:
-whenacomponentsignalisappliedtotheCOMPUTERINconnector
-whenaSynconGreenRGBsignalorcompositesyncsignalisapplied
-when[NORMAL]isselectedfor[STANDBYMODE].
•ToenabletheAUTOPOWERON(COMP.)afterturningofftheprojector,wait3secondsandinputacomputersignal.
Ifacomputersignalisstillpresentwhentheprojectoristurnedoff,theAUTOPOWERON(COMP.)willnotworkandtheprojector
remainsinstandbymode.
Enabling฀Power฀Management฀[AUTO฀POWER฀OFF]
When฀this฀option฀is฀selected฀you฀can฀enable฀the฀projector฀to฀automatically฀turn฀off฀(at฀the฀selected฀time:฀5min.,฀10min.,฀
15min.,฀20min.,฀30min.,฀60min.)฀if฀there฀is฀no฀signal฀received฀by฀any฀input฀or฀if฀no฀operation฀is฀performed.
NOTE:
•Thisitemcanbeselectedonlywhen[NORMAL]isselectedfor[STANDBYMODE].
•When[NETWORKSTANDBY]isselected,[AUTOPOWEROFF]willturngreyincolorandbedisabledand[0:15]willbeselected
automatically.
Selecting Default Source [DEFAULT SOURCE SELECT]
You฀can฀set฀the฀projector฀to฀default฀to฀any฀one฀of฀its฀inputs฀each฀time฀the฀projector฀is฀turned฀on.
LAST ...................... Sets the projector to default to the previous or last active input each time the projector is turned on.
AUTO ..................... Searches for an active source in order of COMPUTER HDMI1 HDMI2 VIDEO USB-A USB-B
COMPUTER and displays the first found source.
COMPUTER ........... Displays the computer signal from the COMPUTER IN connector every time the projector is turned on.
HDMI1 ................... Displays the digital source from the HDMI 1 IN connector every time the projector is turned on.
HDMI2 ................... Displays the digital source from the HDMI 2 IN connector every time the projector is turned on.
VIDEO .................... Displays the Video source from the VIDEO IN connector every time the projector is turned on.
USB-A .................... Displays slides or plays back movie files from the USB memory device every time the projector is turned
on.
LAN ........................ Displays a signal from LAN port (RJ-45) or the USB Wireless LAN Unit.
USB-B .................... Displays the computer signal from the USB-B port every time the projector is turned on.
background
105
5. Using On-Screen Menu
Setting฀carbon฀footprint฀factor฀[CARBON฀CONVERT]
Adjusts฀the฀carbon฀footprint฀factor฀in฀the฀carbon฀saving฀calculation.The฀initial฀setting฀is฀0.505[kg-CO2/kWh]฀based฀on฀
the฀CO2฀Emissions฀from฀Fuel฀Combustion฀(2008฀Edition)฀published฀by฀OECD.
Selecting฀your฀currency฀[CURRENCY]
Displays฀electricity฀pricing฀(available฀in฀4฀currency฀units).
$ ............................ US Dollar
........................... EU Euro
JP¥ ........................ Japanese Yen
RMB¥ .................... Chinese Yuan
Changing฀currency฀setting฀and฀currency฀convert฀setting฀[CURRENCY฀CONVERT]
Changes฀currency฀setting฀and฀currency฀convert฀setting฀for฀CARBON฀METER.
The฀initial฀setting฀are฀as฀follows:
US Dollar ............... 0.11 [$/kWh]
EU Euro ................. 0.19 [/kWh]
Japanese Yen ......... 20 [¥/kWh]
Chinese Yuan
......... 0.48 [¥/kWh]
The฀initial฀settings฀for฀US฀dollar,฀EU฀Euro,฀and฀Japanese฀Yen฀are฀based฀on฀“Energy฀Prices฀and฀Taxes฀(second฀quarter฀
2010”฀published฀by฀OECD.
The฀initial฀setting฀for฀Chinese฀Yuan฀is฀based฀on฀“Chinese฀Data฀File฀(2010)”฀published฀by฀JETRO.
background
106
5. Using On-Screen Menu
[3D]
Selecting฀input฀connected฀to฀a฀source฀of฀3D฀images฀[COMPUTER/HDMI1/HDMI2/VIDEO]
[3D]
This฀function฀switches฀the฀3D฀mode฀between฀ON฀and฀OFF฀for฀each฀input.
ON ......................... Turns on the 3D mode for the selected input.
NOTE:
Toconrmthatthesupported3Dsignalisaccepted,useeitherwayofthefollowing:
•Makesurethat[3D]isdisplayedinthetoprightofthescreenafterthesourceisselected.
•Display[INFO.][SOURCE][3DSIGNAL]andmakesurethat“SUPPORTED”isdisplayed.
OFF ........................ Turns off the 3D mode for the selected input.
[GLASSES]
Select฀3D฀glasses฀method.
DLP
®
Link .............. For 3D eyeglasses (ones manufactured by XPAND are recommended) or DLP
®
Link compatible LCD shutter
eyeglasses.
Others .................... For other LCD shutter eyeglasses such as IR or wired LCD shutter types.
[FORMAT]
Sets฀3D฀format.
NOTE:ThisoptionwillnotworkforVIDEOsource.
AUTO ..................................Automatically selects the appropriate format. The supported format is HDMI 3D only.
SIDE BY SIDE .....................Selects this format for the SIDE BY SIDE 3D image. SIDE BY SIDE is a format that stores the left
and right eye images displayed horizontally. Only the half of the horizontal resolution is supported
TOP AND BOTTOM .............Selects this format for the TOP AND BOTTOM 3D image. TOP AND BOTTOM is a format that stores the
left and right eye images displayed vertically. Only the half of the vertical resolution is supported.
FRAME PACKING ................Selects this format for the FRAME PACKING 3D image. FRAM PACKING is a format that stores the
left and right eye images without compression.
FRAME SEQUENTIAL ..........Selects this format for the FRAME SEQUENTIAL 3D image. FRAME SEQUENTIAL is a format that
displays the left and right eye images alternately. This format is available only for COMPUTER
input.
NOTE:
ThisfunctionwillnotworkforVIDEOsource.
background
107
5. Using On-Screen Menu
[L/R฀INVERT]
Change฀the฀setting฀if฀you฀have฀difculty฀seeing฀3D฀images.
NON-INVERT ......... Normal setting.
INVERT .................. Changes the order of displaying the images for left eye and right eye.
background
108
5. Using On-Screen Menu
Setting up the Projector for a Wired LAN Connection [WIRED LAN]
Important
•฀Consult฀with฀your฀network฀administrator฀about฀these฀settings.
•฀When฀using฀a฀wired฀LAN฀connection,฀connect฀a฀LAN฀cable฀(Ethernet฀cable)฀to฀the฀LAN฀port฀(RJ-45)฀of฀the฀projec-
tor.฀(฀page฀
127)
TIP:Thenetworksettingsyoumakewillnotbeaffectedevenwhen[RESET]isdonefromthemenu.
[WIRED฀LAN][DISABLE]Wired฀LAN฀connection฀will฀be฀turned฀off.
[ENABLE]Wired฀LAN฀connection฀will฀be฀turned฀on.
[SETTINGS][DHCP]
ON
.......................... IP address, subnet mask, and gateway will
be automatically assigned to the projector
from your DHCP server.
OFF ......................... Specify IP address, subnet mask, and gate-
way assigned by your network administra-
tor.
[IP฀ADDRESS]Set฀your฀IP฀address฀of฀thenetworkconnectedtothe฀
projector.
[SUBNET฀MASK]Set฀your฀subnet฀mask฀number฀of฀the฀network฀connected฀
to฀the฀projector.
[GATEWAY]Set฀the฀default฀gateway฀of฀the฀network฀connected฀to฀the฀
projector.
[AUTO฀DNS]
ON .......................... DHCP server will automatically assign IP
address of DNS server connected to the
projector.
OFF ......................... Set your IP address of DNS server connected
to the projector.
[RECONNECT]Retry฀to฀connect฀the฀projector฀to฀a฀network.
background
109
5. Using On-Screen Menu
Setting up the Projector for a Wireless LAN Connection (with the optional USB Wireless
LAN Unit equipped) [WIRLESS LAN]
Important
•฀Consult฀with฀your฀network฀administrator฀about฀these฀settings.
•฀When฀using฀a฀wireless฀LAN฀connection,฀attach฀the฀optional฀USB฀Wireless฀LAN฀to฀the฀projector.฀(฀page฀
128)
[PROFILE][DISABLE]Wireless฀LAN฀connection฀will฀be฀turned฀off
[EASY฀CONNECTION]Select฀[EASY฀CONNECTION]฀to฀execute฀a฀wireless฀LAN฀
easily฀using฀Image฀Express฀Utility฀Lite฀on฀the฀supplied฀
NEC฀Projector฀CD-ROM.
[SIMPLE฀ACCESS฀
POINT]
Set฀the฀projector฀for฀simple฀access฀point.
Selecting฀[SIMPLE฀ACCESS฀POINT]฀will฀allow฀the฀projec-
tor฀to฀create฀an฀infrastructure฀network.The฀IP฀address฀of฀
the฀projector฀will฀be฀set฀automatically.
Select฀"Obtain฀an฀IP฀Address฀Automatically"฀to฀set฀the฀IP฀
address฀of฀a฀connected฀computer.฀฀
It฀takes฀a฀few฀seconds฀for฀a฀change฀of฀your฀computer's฀IP฀
address฀to฀come฀into฀effect฀in฀Windows฀7/Windows฀Vista฀
while฀it฀takes฀one฀or฀two฀minutes฀in฀Window฀XP.
When฀you฀connect฀with฀your฀computer฀to฀save฀your฀prole฀
and฀select"Automatically฀connect฀when฀within฀range"฀from฀
the฀Propertiestab฀of฀Wireless฀Network฀in฀Windows฀for฀your฀
selected฀prole,฀your฀wireless฀LAN฀will฀be฀accessed฀under฀
the฀following฀conditions:
•฀at฀the฀time฀of฀turning฀on฀the฀computer฀or฀the฀projec-
tor
•฀when฀the฀notebook฀type฀is฀within฀the฀range฀of฀the฀
projector's฀wireless฀LAN฀can฀be฀achieved.
Data฀transmission฀between฀wireless฀LAN฀and฀wired฀LAN฀
is฀not฀possible.
When฀the฀[SIMPLE฀ACCESS฀POINT]฀mode฀is฀used฀to฀
send฀images,฀it฀is฀recommended฀to฀connect฀to฀only฀one฀
computer.
[PROFILE฀1]Up฀to฀two฀settings฀for฀the฀USB฀wireless฀LAN฀unit฀can฀be฀
stored฀in฀memory฀of฀the฀projector.฀(฀page฀
50)
To฀recall฀the฀settings฀from฀memory,฀select฀[PROFILE฀1]฀or฀
[PROFILE฀2]฀from฀[PROFILE].
[PROFILE฀2]
[RECONNECT]Retry฀to฀connect฀the฀projector฀to฀a฀network.Try฀this฀if฀you฀have฀changed฀[PROFILE].
NOTE:Afterselecting[EASYCONNECTION]from[PROFILE],youcannotmakesettingsto[DHCP],[IPADDRESS],[SUBNETMASK],
[GATEWAY],and[AUTODNS]except[CHANNEL].
background
110
5. Using On-Screen Menu
Hints on How to Set Up LAN Connection
To฀set฀up฀the฀projector฀for฀a฀LAN฀connection:
Access฀the฀HTTP฀server฀function฀to฀display฀the฀web฀browser฀(฀page฀47)฀and฀select฀[NETWORK฀SETTINGS]฀
[SETTINGS]฀฀[WIRELESS฀LAN]฀฀[PROFILE฀1]฀or฀[PROFILE฀2].
Two฀settings฀can฀be฀set฀for฀the฀USB฀Wireless฀LAN฀Unit.
Next฀select฀[SETTINGS]฀for฀your฀selected฀prole,฀and฀set฀[ENABLE]฀or฀[DISABLE]฀for฀[DHCP],฀[IP฀ADDRESS],฀
[SUBNET฀MASK],฀and฀[GATEWAY].Last฀click฀[SAVE].฀To฀reect฀changes,฀click฀the฀[SETTING]฀tab฀and฀then฀click฀
[APPLY].฀(฀page฀50)
To฀recall฀LAN฀settings฀stored฀in฀the฀prole฀number:
To฀use฀[PROFILE฀1]฀or฀[PROFILE฀2]฀set฀on฀the฀HTTP฀server,฀from฀the฀projector’฀menu,฀select฀[SETUP]฀฀[WIRE-
LESS฀LAN]฀[PROFILE]฀[PROFILE฀1]฀or฀[PROFILE฀2].Last฀select฀[YES]฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀button.(
page฀
109)
To connect a DHCP server:
From฀the฀projector฀menu,฀select฀[SETUP]฀[WIRED฀LAN]฀[SETTINGS]฀[DHCP]฀[ON]฀and฀press฀the฀ENTER฀
button.To฀specify฀IP฀address฀without฀using฀the฀DHCP฀server,฀use฀the฀HTTP฀server฀function.฀(฀page฀
47)
To฀set฀only฀for฀wireless฀LAN฀(NETWORK฀TYPE฀and฀WEP/WPA):
Access฀the฀HTTP฀server฀function฀to฀display฀the฀web฀browser฀(฀page฀
47)฀and฀select฀[NETWORK฀SETTINGS]฀
[SETTINGS]฀฀[WIRELESS฀LAN]฀฀[PROFILE฀1]฀or฀[PROFILE฀2].
Make฀necessary฀settings฀for฀[SETTINGS]฀and฀click฀[SAVE].
From฀the฀projector฀menu,฀select฀[SETUP]฀฀[WIRELESS฀LAN]฀฀[PROFILE]฀฀[PROFILE฀1]฀or฀[PROFILE฀2].
To select an SSID:
Access฀the฀HTTP฀server฀function฀to฀display฀the฀web฀browser฀(฀page฀
47)฀and฀select฀[NETWORK฀SETTINGS]฀
[SETTINGS]฀฀[WIRELESS฀LAN]฀฀[CONNECTION]฀฀[SITE฀SURVEY]฀and฀select฀the฀ID.
If฀you฀do฀not฀use฀[SITE฀SURVEY],฀type฀the฀SSID฀in฀[CONNECTION]฀and฀select฀[INFRASTRUCTURE]฀or฀[AD฀HOC].
(฀page฀50)
To฀receive฀lamp฀replacement฀time฀or฀error฀messages฀via฀e-mail:
Access฀the฀HTTP฀server฀function฀to฀display฀the฀web฀browser฀(฀page฀
47)฀and฀select฀[NETWORK฀SETTINGS]฀
[ALERT฀MAIL],฀and฀set฀[SENDER’S฀ADDRESS],฀[SMTP฀SERVER฀NAME],฀and฀[RECIPIENT’S฀ADDRESS].Last,฀
click฀[SAVE].฀(฀page฀52)
To฀execute฀[EASY฀CONNECTION]฀using฀Image฀Express฀Utility฀Lite:
The฀[EASY฀CONNECTION]฀is฀a฀mode฀that฀can฀abbreviate฀the฀troublesome฀LAN฀settings฀when฀using฀the฀Image฀
Express฀Utility฀Lite฀and฀connecting฀the฀PC฀and฀projector฀via฀a฀wireless฀LAN.
The฀Image฀Express฀Utility฀Lite฀is฀contained฀on฀the฀supplied฀NEC฀Projector฀CD-ROM.
To฀use฀[EASY฀CONNECTION],฀access฀the฀HTTP฀server฀function฀to฀display฀the฀web฀browser฀(page฀
47)฀and฀select฀
[NETWORK฀SETTINGS]฀฀[SETTINGS]฀฀[WIRELESS฀LAN]฀[EASY฀CONNECTION].฀Next฀select฀[SETTINGS]฀
฀[CHANNEL].฀Last฀click฀[SAVE].
From฀the฀projector฀menu,฀select฀[SETUP]฀฀[WIRELESS฀LAN]฀฀[PROFILE]฀฀[EASY฀CONNECTION].
background
111
5. Using On-Screen Menu
Menu Descriptions & Functions [INFO.]
Displays฀the฀status฀of฀the฀current฀signal฀and฀lamp฀usage.This฀item฀has฀six฀pages.The฀information฀included฀is฀as฀
follows:
TIP:PressingtheHELPbuttonontheremotecontrolwillshowthe[INFO.]menuitems.
[USAGE TIME]
[LAMP฀LIFE฀REMAINING]฀(%)*
[LAMP฀HOURS฀USED]฀(H)
[TOTAL฀CARBON฀SAVINGS]฀(kg-CO2)
[TOTAL฀COST฀SAVINGS]($)
*฀The฀progress฀indicator฀shows฀the฀percentage฀of฀remaining฀bulb฀life.
The฀value฀informs฀you฀of฀the฀amount฀of฀lamp฀usage.฀When฀the฀remaining฀lamp฀time฀reaches฀0,฀the฀LAMP฀LIFE฀
REMAINING฀bar฀indicator฀changes฀from฀0%฀to฀100฀Hours฀and฀starts฀counting฀down.
If฀the฀remaining฀lamp฀time฀reaches฀0฀hours,฀the฀projector฀will฀not฀turn฀on.
•฀The฀message฀to฀the฀effect฀that฀the฀lamp฀should฀be฀replaced฀will฀be฀displayed฀for฀one฀minute฀when฀the฀projec-
tor฀is฀turned฀on฀and฀when฀the฀POWER฀button฀on฀the฀projector฀or฀the฀STANDBY฀button฀on฀the฀remote฀control฀is฀
pressed.
To฀dismiss฀this฀message,฀press฀any฀button฀on฀the฀projector฀or฀the฀remote฀control.
Lamp฀life฀(H)Brightness฀by฀mode
OFF AUTO ECO NORMAL ECO OFF AUTO ECO NORMAL ECO
M402W 3500H 3500H to
6000H
5000H 8000H 100%
OFF฀thru฀
ECO
Approx.฀81%Approx.฀60%
M402X
M352WS
M332XS
M402H
M362W 3500H 3500H to
6500H
5000H 8000H
Approx.฀74%
M362X
M322W 3500H 3500H to
7000H
5500H 8000H
Approx.฀76%
M322X
M302WS
M282X 4500H 4500H to
8000H
6000H 10000H
Approx.฀78%
•฀[TOTAL฀CARBON฀SAVINGS]
This฀displays฀the฀estimated฀carbon฀saving฀information฀in฀kg.The฀carbon฀footprint฀factor฀in฀the฀carbon฀saving฀cal-
culation฀is฀based฀on฀the฀OECD฀(2008฀Edition).฀(฀page฀
34)
background
112
5. Using On-Screen Menu
[SOURCE(1)]
[RESOLUTION]฀[HORIZONTAL฀FREQUENCY]฀
[VERTICAL฀FREQUENCY]฀[SYNC฀TYPE]฀
[SYNC฀POLARITY]฀[SCAN฀TYPE]
[SOURCE(2)]
[SIGNAL฀TYPE]฀[VIDEO฀TYPE]฀
[BIT฀DEPTH]฀[VIDEO฀LEVEL]฀
[3D฀SIGNAL]
[WIRED LAN]
[IP฀ADDRESS]฀[SUBNET฀MASK]฀
[GATEWAY]฀[MAC฀ADDRESS]
background
113
5. Using On-Screen Menu
[WIRELESS LAN]
[IP฀ADDRESS]฀[SUBNET฀MASK]฀
[GATEWAY]฀[MAC฀ADDRESS]฀
[SSID]฀[NETWORK฀TYPE]฀
[WEP/WPA]฀[CHANNEL]฀
[SIGNAL฀LEVEL]
[VERSION(1)]
[FIRMWARE]฀Version
[DATA]฀Version
[VERSION(2)]
[FIRMWARE2]฀Version
background
114
5. Using On-Screen Menu
[OTHERS]
[PROJECTOR฀NAME]
[MODEL฀NO.]
[SERIAL฀NUMBER]
[LAN฀UNIT฀TYPE]
[CONTROL฀ID]฀(when฀[CONTROL฀ID]฀is฀set)
background
115
5. Using On-Screen Menu
Menu Descriptions & Functions [RESET]
Returning to Factory Default [RESET]
The฀RESET฀feature฀allows฀you฀to฀change฀adjustments฀and฀settings฀to฀the฀factory฀preset฀for฀a฀(all)฀source฀(s)฀except฀
the฀following:
[CURRENT฀SIGNAL]
Resets฀the฀adjustments฀for฀the฀current฀signal฀to฀the฀factory฀preset฀levels.
The฀items฀that฀can฀be฀reset฀are:฀[PRESET],฀[CONTRAST],฀[BRIGHTNESS],฀[COLOR],฀[HUE],฀[SHARPNESS],฀
[ASPECT฀RATIO],฀[HORIZONTAL],฀[VERTICAL],฀[CLOCK],฀[PHASE],฀[OVERSCAN],฀[NOISE฀REDUCTION],฀and฀
[TELECINE].
[ALL฀DATA]
Reset฀all฀the฀adjustments฀and฀settings฀for฀all฀the฀signals฀to฀the฀factory฀preset.
All items can be reset EXCEPT[LANGUAGE],฀[BACKGROUND],฀[SECURITY],฀[COMMUNICATION฀SPEED],฀
[CONTROL฀ID],฀[STANDBY฀MODE],฀[FAN฀MODE],฀[CARBON฀CONVERT],฀[CURRENCY],฀[CURRENCY฀CON-
VERT],฀[LAMP฀LIFE฀REMAINING],฀[LAMP฀HOURS฀USED],฀[TOTAL฀CARBON฀SAVINGS],฀[WIRED฀LAN],฀and฀
[WIRELESS฀LAN].
To฀reset฀the฀lamp฀usage฀time,฀see฀“Clearing฀Lamp฀Hour฀Meter฀[CLEAR฀LAMP฀HOURS]”฀below.
Clearing Lamp Hour Meter [CLEAR LAMP HOURS]
Resets฀the฀lamp฀clock฀back฀to฀zero.Selecting฀this฀option฀displays฀submenu฀for฀a฀conrmation.Select฀[YES]฀and฀press฀
the฀ENTER฀button.
NOTE:Elapsedtimeofthelampusewillnotbeaffectedevenwhen[RESET]isdonefromthemenu.
NOTE:Theprojectorwillturnoffandgointostandbymodewhenyoucontinuetousetheprojectorforanother100hoursafterthe
lamphasreachedtheendofitslife.Inthisconditionyoucannotclearthelamphourmeteronthemenu.Ifthishappens,pressthe
HELPbuttonontheremotecontrolfor10secondstoresetthelampclockbacktozero.Dothisonlyafterreplacingthelamp.
background
116
6. Installation and Connections
3
2
1
This฀section฀describes฀how฀to฀set฀up฀your฀projector฀and฀how฀to฀connect฀video฀and฀audio฀sources.
Your฀projector฀is฀simple฀to฀set฀up฀and฀use.฀But฀before฀you฀get฀started,฀you฀must฀rst:
Set฀up฀a฀screen฀and฀the฀projector.
Connect฀your฀computer฀or฀video฀equip-
ment฀to฀the฀projector.
฀(page฀121, 123, 124, 125, 126,
127)
Connect฀the฀supplied฀power฀cord.
(฀page฀
16)
NOTE:Ensurethatthepowercordandanyother
cablesaredisconnectedbeforemovingthepro-
jector.Whenmovingtheprojectororwhenitis
notinuse,coverthelenswiththeslidinglens
cover.
Setting Up the Screen and the Projector
Selecting a Location
[M402X/M362X/M322X/M282X]
The฀further฀your฀projector฀is฀from฀the฀screen฀or฀wall,฀the฀larger฀the฀image.฀The฀minimum฀size฀the฀image฀can฀be฀is฀
approximately฀30"฀(0.76฀m)฀measured฀diagonally฀when฀the฀projector฀is฀roughly฀48฀inches฀(1.2฀m)฀from฀the฀wall฀or฀
screen.฀The฀largest฀the฀image฀can฀be฀is฀300"฀(7.6฀m)฀when฀the฀projector฀is฀about฀499฀inches฀(12.7฀m)฀from฀the฀wall฀
or screen.
300"
Distance
(Unit: m/inch)
Lens center
Screen Size
Screen Size (Unit: cm/inch)
200"
150"
120"
100"
80"
12.7/498
"
6.3/248
"
5.0/198
"
4.2/164
"
3.3/131
"
2.5/97
"
1.6/64
"
40"
8.4/331
"
60"
30"
1.2/47"
609.6(W)457.2(H) / 240(W)180(H)
406.4(W)304.8(H) / 160(W)120(H)
304.8(W)228.6(H) / 120(W)90(H)
243.8(W)182.9(H) / 96(W)72(H)
203.2(W)152.4(H) / 80(W)60(H)
162.6(W)121.9(H) / 64(W)48(H)
121.9(W)91.4(H) / 48(W)36(H)
81.3(W)61.0(H) / 32(W)24(H)
61.0(W)45.7(H) / 24(W)18(H)
TIP:
•Thedistancesareindicatedbyintermediatevaluesbetweenteleandwide.Useasaruleofthumb.
•Formoredetailsonthrowdistance,seepage
119.
To the wall outlet.
background
117
6. Installation and Connections
[M402W/M362W/M322W]
The฀further฀your฀projector฀is฀from฀the฀screen฀or฀wall,฀the฀larger฀the฀image.฀The฀minimum฀size฀the฀image฀can฀be฀is฀
approximately฀30"฀(0.76฀m)฀measured฀diagonally฀when฀the฀projector฀is฀roughly฀41฀inches฀(1.0฀m)฀from฀the฀wall฀or฀
screen.฀The฀largest฀the฀image฀can฀be฀is฀300"฀(7.6฀m)฀when฀the฀projector฀is฀about฀423฀inches฀(10.7฀m)฀from฀the฀wall฀
or screen.
300"
Distance
(Unit: m/inch)
Screen Size
Screen Size (Unit: cm/inch)
200"
150"
120"
100"
80"
10.7/422
"
5.3/210
"
4.2/167
"
3.5/139
"
2.8/111
"
2.1/82
"
1.4/54
"
40"
7.1/280
"
60"
30"
1.0/40
"
646.2(W)403.9(H) / 254(W)159(H)
430.8(W)269.2(H) / 170(W)106(H)
323.1(W)201.9(H) / 127(W)79(H)
258.5(W)161.5(H) / 102(W)64(H)
215.4(W)134.6(H) / 85(W)53(H)
172.3(W)107.7(H) / 68(W)42(H)
129.2(W)80.8(H) / 51(W)32(H)
86.2(W)53.8(H) / 34(W)21(H)
64.6(W)40.4(H) / 25(W)16(H)
Lens center
TIP:
•Thedistancesareindicatedbyintermediatevaluesbetweenteleandwide.Useasaruleofthumb.
•Formoredetailsonthrowdistance,seepage119.
[M332XS]
The฀further฀your฀projector฀is฀from฀the฀screen฀or฀wall,฀the฀larger฀the฀image.The฀minimum฀size฀the฀image฀can฀be฀is฀ap-
proximately฀60"฀(1.52฀m)฀measured฀diagonally฀when฀the฀projector฀is฀roughly฀27฀inches฀(0.68฀m)฀from฀the฀wall฀or฀screen.
The฀largest฀the฀image฀can฀be฀is฀150"฀(3.8฀m)฀when฀the฀projector฀is฀about฀69฀inches฀(1.8฀m)฀from฀the฀wall฀or฀screen.
150"
120"
Distance
(Unit: m/inch)
Lens center
Screen Size
1.4/55"
1.8/69.2"
1.2/45.5"
0.9/36"
0.7/26.6"
203.2(W)152.4(H) / 80(W)60(H)
162.6(W)121.9(H) / 64(W)48(H)
121.9(W)91.4(H) / 48(W)36(H)
Screen Size (Unit: cm/inch)
304.8(W)228.6(H) / 120(W)90(H)
243.8(W)182.9(H) / 96(W)72(H)
100"
80"
60"
TIP:
•DigitalZoomcanresultinablurryimageduetotheelectroniczoom.
•Formoredetailsonthrowdistance,seepage119.
background
118
6. Installation and Connections
[M352WS/M302WS]
The฀further฀your฀projector฀is฀from฀the฀screen฀or฀wall,฀the฀larger฀the฀image.The฀minimum฀size฀the฀image฀can฀be฀is฀ap-
proximately฀60"฀(1.52฀m)฀measured฀diagonally฀when฀the฀projector฀is฀roughly฀22฀inches฀(0.6฀m)฀from฀the฀wall฀or฀screen.
The฀largest฀the฀image฀can฀be฀is฀150"฀(3.8฀m)฀when฀the฀projector฀is฀about฀58฀inches฀(1.5฀m)฀from฀the฀wall฀or฀screen.
150"
120"
Distance
(Unit: m/inch)
Lens center
Screen Size
1.2/46.3"
1.5/58.3"
1/38.3"
0.8/30.3"
0.6/22.2"
Screen Size (Unit: cm/inch)
323.1(W)201.9(H) / 127(W)79(H)
258.5(W)161.5(H) / 102(W)64(H)
100"
80"
60"
215.4(W)134.6(H) / 85(W)53(H)
172.3(W)107.7(H) / 68(W)42(H)
129.2(W)80.8(H) / 51(W)32(H)
TIP:
•DigitalZoomcanresultinablurryimageduetotheelectroniczoom.
•Formoredetailsonthrowdistance,seepage119.
[M402H]
The฀further฀your฀projector฀is฀from฀the฀screen฀or฀wall,฀the฀larger฀the฀image.฀฀The฀minimum฀size฀the฀image฀can฀be฀is฀ap-
proximately฀30"฀(0.76m)฀measured฀diagonally฀when฀projector฀is฀roughly฀41฀inches฀(1.0m)฀from฀the฀wall฀or฀screen.The฀
largest฀the฀image฀can฀be฀is฀300"฀(7.62m)฀when฀the฀projector฀is฀about฀436฀inches฀(11.1m)฀from฀the฀wall฀or฀screen.
300"
Distance
(Unit: m/inch)
Lens center
Screen Size
Screen Size (Unit: cm/inch)
200"
150"
120"
100"
90"
80"
11.1/436"
5.5/216"
4.4/173"
3.6/143"
3.3/129"
2.9/114"
2.2/86"
1.4/56"
40"
7.4/290"
60"
30"
1.0/41"
664(W)374(H) / 261(W)147(H)
443(W)249(H) / 174(W)98(H)
332(W)187(H) / 131(W)74(H)
266(W)149(H) / 105(W)59(H)
221(W)125(H) / 87(W)49(H)
199(W)112(H) / 78(W)44(H)
177(W)100(H) / 70(W)39(H)
133(W)75(H) / 52(W)29(H)
89(W)50(H) / 35(W)20(H)
66(W)37(H) / 26(W)15 (H)
background
119
6. Installation and Connections
B
D
C
α
Throw Distance and Screen Size
The฀following฀shows฀the฀proper฀relative฀positions฀of฀the฀projector฀and฀screen.Refer฀to฀the฀table฀to฀determine฀the฀
position฀of฀installation.
Distance Chart
B฀=฀Vertical฀distancebetween฀lenscenter฀and฀
screen center
C฀=฀Throw฀distance
D฀=฀Verticaldistance฀betweenlens฀centerand฀
screen฀bottom฀(top฀of฀screen฀for฀ceiling฀ap-
plication)
α฀=฀Throw฀angle
NOTE:Thevaluesinthetablesaredesignvaluesand
mayvary.
[M402X/M362X/M322X/M282X]
Screen Size
B
C
D
α
Diagonal Width Height wide tele wide tele
inch mm inch mm inch mm inch mm inch mm - inch mm inch mm degree
-
degree
30 762 24 610 18 457 12 297 35 892 - 60 1523 3 69
17.6
-
10.5
40 1016 32 813 24 610 16 396 47 1206 - 81 2056 4 91 17.5
-
10.5
60 1524 48 1219 36 914 23 594 72 1833 - 123 3123 5 137 17.5
-
10.5
80 2032 64 1626 48 1219 31 792 97 2461 - 165 4192 7 183 17.5
-
10.5
90 2286 72 1829 54 1372 35 892 109 2775 - 186 4725 8 206 17.5
-
10.5
100 2540 80 2032 60 1524 39 990 122 3088 - 207 5258 9 228 17.5
-
10.5
120 3048 96 2438 72 1829 47 1188 146 3716 - 249 6324 11 274 17.5
-
10.5
150 3810 120 3048 90 2286 59 1486 183 4658 - 312 7925 14 343 17.5
-
10.5
200 5080 160 4064 120 3048 78 1981 245 6228 - 417 10594 18 457 17.5
-
10.5
300 7620 240 6096 180 4572 117 2971 369 9367 - 627 15931 27 685 17.5
-
10.5
[M402W/M362W/M322W]
Screen Size
B
C
D
α
Diagonal Width Height wide tele wide tele
inch mm inch mm inch mm inch mm inch mm - inch mm inch mm degree
-
degree
30 762 25 646 16 404 10 252 29 749 - 50 1278 2 50
17.6
-
10.5
40 1016 34 862 21 538 13 336 40 1015 - 68 1731 3 67 17.6
-
10.5
60 1524 51 1292 32 808 20 504 61 1547 - 104 2636 4 100 17.5
-
10.5
80 2032 68 1723 42 1077 26 672 82 2080 - 139 3541 5 133 17.5
-
10.5
90 2286 76 1939 48 1212 30 756 92 2346 - 157 3995 6 151 17.5
-
10.5
100 2540 85 2154 53 1346 33 840 103 2611 - 175 4447 7 167 17.5
-
10.5
120 3048 102 2585 64 1615 40 1008 124 3144 - 211 5353 8 200 17.5
-
10.5
150 3810 127 3231 79 2019 50 1260 155 3942 - 264 6708 10 250 17.5
-
10.5
200 5080 170 4308 106 2692 66 1680 208 5273 - 353 8971 13 333 17.5
-
10.5
300 7620 254 6462 159 4039 99 2520 312 7936 - 531 13497 20 500 17.5
-
10.5
[M332XS]
Screen Size
B
C
D
α
Diagonal Width Height wide wide
inch mm inch mm inch mm inch mm inch mm inch mm degree
60 1524 48 1219 36 914 24 617
27
675 6 160
40.8
80 2032 64 1626 48 1219 32 823
36
915 8 214 40.8
100 2540 80 2032 60 1524 41 1029
46
1156 11 267 40.7
120 3048 96 2438 72 1829 49 1235
55
1396 13 320 40.7
150 3810 120 3048 90 2286 61 1543
69
1757 16 400 40.7
[M352WS/M302WS]
Screen Size
B
C
D
α
Diagonal Width Height wide wide
inch mm inch mm inch mm inch mm inch mm inch mm degree
60 1524 51 1292 32 808 21 524
22
565 5 120
40.9
80 2032 68 1723 42 1077 27 698
30
769 6 160 40.8
100 2540 85 2154 53 1346 34 873
38
973 8 199 40.8
120 3048 102 2585 64 1615 41 1047
46
1177 9 239 40.7
150 3810 127 3231 79 2019 52 1309
58
1482 12 299 40.7
Screen center
Lens center
Screen bottom
background
120
6. Installation and Connections
[M402H]
Screen Size
B
C
D
α
Diagonal Width Height wide tele wide tele
inch mm inch mm inch mm inch mm inch mm - inch mm inch mm degree
-
degree
30 762 26 664 15 374
9.7 246.4 29 744 52 1324 2.3 59.6 17.9 10.2
40 1016 35 886 20 498 12.9 328.6 40 1017 71 1796 3.1 79.5 17.6 10.1
60 1524 52 1328 29 747 19.4 492.9 61 1562 108 2742 4.7 119.3 17.3 10.0
80 2032 70 1771 39 996 25.9 657.2 83 2107 145 3687 6.3 159.1 17.2 10.0
90 2286 78 1992 44 1121 29.1 739.3 94 2379 164 4159 7.0 178.9 17.1 10.0
100 2540 87 2214 49 1245 32.3 821.5 104 2651 182 4632 7.8 198.8 17.1 10.0
120 3048 105 2657 59 1494 38.8 985.8 126 3196 220 5577 9.4 238.6 17.0 9.9
150 3810 131 3321 74 1868 48.5 1232.2 158 4014 275 6994 11.7 298.2 17.0 9.9
200 5080 174 4428 98 2491 64.7 1642.9 212 5376 368 9356 15.7 397.7 16.9 9.9
300 7620 261 6641 147 3736 97.0 2464.4 319 8101 554 14082 23.5 596.5 16.9 9.9
WARNING
*฀Installing฀your฀projector฀on฀the฀ceiling฀must฀be฀done฀by฀a฀qualied฀technician.Contact฀your฀NEC฀dealer฀for฀more฀
information.
*฀Do฀not฀attempt฀to฀install฀the฀projector฀yourself.
•฀Only฀use฀your฀projector฀on฀a฀solid,฀level฀surface.If฀the฀projector฀falls฀to฀the฀ground,฀you฀can฀be฀injured฀and฀the฀
projector฀severely฀damaged.
•฀Do฀not฀use฀the฀projector฀where฀temperatures฀vary฀greatly.The฀projector฀must฀be฀used฀at฀temperatures฀between฀
41°F฀(5°C)฀and฀104°F฀(40°C)฀(Eco฀mode฀selected฀automatically฀at฀95°F฀to฀104°F/35°C฀to฀40°C).
•฀Do฀not฀expose฀the฀projector฀to฀moisture,฀dust,฀or฀smoke.฀This฀will฀harm฀the฀screen฀image.
•฀Ensure฀that฀you฀have฀adequate฀ventilation฀around฀your฀projector฀so฀heat฀can฀dissipate.Do฀not฀cover฀the฀vents฀on฀
the฀side฀or฀the฀front฀of฀the฀projector.
Reflecting the Image
Using฀a฀mirror฀to฀reect฀your฀projector’s฀image฀enables฀you฀to฀enjoy฀a฀much฀larger฀image฀when฀a฀smaller฀space฀is฀
required.Contact฀your฀NEC฀dealer฀if฀you฀need฀a฀mirror฀system.If฀you’re฀using฀a฀mirror฀system฀and฀your฀image฀is฀
inverted,฀use฀the฀MENU฀and฀▲▼◀▶buttons฀on฀your฀projector฀cabinet฀or฀your฀remote฀control฀to฀correct฀the฀orienta-
tion.฀(฀page฀
99)
background
121
6. Installation and Connections
HDMI 2 IN
HDMI 1 IN
COMPUTER IN
USB-B
AUDIO IN
Computer cable (VGA) (supplied)
To mini D-Sub 15-pin connector
on฀the฀projector.฀It฀is฀recommend-
ed that you use a commercially
available distribution amplifier if
connecting a signal cable longer
than the cable supplied.
NOTE:ForMac,useacommercially
availablepinadapter(notsup-
plied)toconnecttoyourMac’s
videoport.
A commercially available USB cable
(compatible with USB 2.0 specifications)
Stereo mini-plug audio
cable (not supplied)
Making Connections
NOTE:WhenusingwithanotebookPC,besuretoconnecttheprojectorandnotebookPCwhiletheprojectorisinstandbymode
andbeforeturningonthepowertothenotebookPC.
InmostcasestheoutputsignalfromthenotebookPCisnotturnedonunlessconnectedtotheprojectorbeforebeingpoweredup.
*Ifthescreengoesblankwhileusingyourremotecontrol,itmaybetheresultofthecomputer’sscreen-saverorpowermanage-
mentsoftware.
Enabling the computer’s external display
Displaying฀an฀image฀on฀the฀notebook฀PC’s฀screen฀does฀not฀necessarily฀mean฀it฀outputs฀a฀signal฀to฀the฀projector.
When฀using฀a฀PC฀compatible฀laptop,฀a฀combination฀of฀function฀keys฀will฀enable/disable฀the฀external฀display.
Usually,฀the฀combination฀of฀the฀“Fn”key฀along฀with฀one฀of฀the฀12฀function฀keys฀gets฀the฀external฀display฀to฀come฀on฀
or฀off.For฀example,฀NEC฀laptops฀use฀Fn฀+฀F3,฀while฀Dell฀laptops฀use฀Fn฀+฀F8฀key฀combinations฀to฀toggle฀through฀
external฀display฀selections.
Connecting Your Computer
NOTE:SignalssupportedbyPlug&Play(DDC2)
INPUT
COMPUTER IN HDMI 1 IN HDMI 2 IN
analog digital digital
Yes Yes Yes
HDMI฀cable฀(not฀supplied)
Use฀High฀Speed฀HDMI
®
Cable.
background
122
6. Installation and Connections
•฀Select฀the฀source฀name฀for฀its฀appropriate฀input฀connector฀after฀turning฀on฀the฀projector.
Input฀connector
SOURCE฀button฀on฀the฀projector฀
cabinet
Button฀on฀the฀remote฀control
COMPUTER฀IN
฀COMPUTER(COMP1)
HDMI฀1฀IN
฀HDMI1HDMI1
HDMI฀2฀IN
฀HDMI2HDMI2
USB-B
฀USB-B(USB-B)
NOTE:TheprojectorisnotcompatiblewithvideodecodedoutputsoftheNECISS-6020switcher.
NOTE:AnimagemaynotbedisplayedcorrectlywhenaVideosourceisplayedbackviaacommerciallyavailablescanconverter.
Thisisbecausetheprojectorwillprocessavideosignalasacomputersignalatthedefaultsetting.Inthatcase,dothefollowing.
*Whenanimageisdisplayedwiththelowerandupperblackportionofthescreenoradarkimageisnotdisplayedcorrectly:
ProjectanimagetollthescreenandthenpresstheAUTOADJ.buttonontheremotecontrolortheprojectorcabinet.
background
123
6. Installation and Connections
Connecting an External Monitor
You฀can฀connect฀a฀separate,฀external฀monitor฀to฀your฀projector฀to฀simultaneously฀view฀on฀a฀monitor฀the฀computer฀
analog฀image฀you’re฀projecting.
NOTE:
•Daisychainconnectionisnotpossible.
•Whenaudioequipmentisconnected,theprojectorspeakerisdisabled.
Monitor฀out฀and฀sleep฀mode:
•฀The฀MONITOR฀OUT฀(COMP.)฀connector฀will฀not฀work฀when฀[NORMAL]฀is฀selected฀for฀[STANDBY฀MODE].
The฀MONITOR฀OUT฀(COMP.)฀connector฀will฀work฀only฀in฀the฀sleep฀mode.
Applying฀a฀signal฀from฀the฀COMPUTER฀IN฀connector฀will฀put฀the฀projector฀in฀the฀sleep฀mode,฀which฀allows฀you฀to฀
use฀the฀MONITOR฀OUT(COMP.)฀connector฀and฀the฀AUDIO฀OUT฀mini฀jack.Sound฀from฀the฀MIC฀input฀jack฀will฀be฀
output฀to฀the฀AUDIO฀OUT฀mini฀jack.
The฀sleep฀mode฀is฀one฀of฀the฀standby฀modes.The฀sleep฀mode฀cannot฀be฀selected฀from฀the฀menu.
•฀In฀the฀network฀standby฀mode,฀฀sound฀for฀the฀last฀viewed฀computer฀or฀video฀source฀will฀be฀heard.
฀฀BNC-to-฀D-SUB฀converted฀signal฀will฀not฀be฀output฀in฀the฀standby฀mode฀and฀sleep฀mode.
MONITOR OUT(COMP.)
AUDIO OUT
AUDIO IN
COMPUTER IN
Computer cable (VGA) (supplied)
Stereo mini-plug audio cable (not supplied)
Computer cable (VGA)
(not supplied)
background
124
6. Installation and Connections
Connecting Your DVD Player or Other AV Equipment
Connecting฀Video฀Input
•฀Select฀the฀source฀name฀for฀its฀appropriate฀input฀connector฀after฀turning฀on฀the฀projector.
Input฀connector
SOURCE฀button฀on฀the฀projector฀
cabinet
Button฀on฀the฀remote฀control
VIDEO฀IN
VIDEO
(VIDEO)
NOTE:TheAUDIOINLandRjacks(RCA)aresharedbetweentheVideoinputs.
NOTE:RefertoyourVCRowner’smanualformoreinformationaboutyourequipment’svideooutputrequirements.
NOTE:AnimagemaynotbedisplayedcorrectlywhenaVideosourceisplayedbackinfast-forwardorfast-rewindviaascan
converter.
VIDEO IN
AUDIO IN
Audio cable (not supplied)
Video cable (not supplied)
Audio equipment
Audio cable (not supplied)
background
125
6. Installation and Connections
Connecting Component Input
•฀Select฀the฀source฀name฀for฀its฀appropriate฀input฀connector฀after฀turning฀on฀the฀projector.
Input฀connector
SOURCE฀button฀on฀the฀projector฀
cabinet
Button฀on฀the฀remote฀control
COMPUTER฀IN
฀COMPUTER(COMP1)
NOTE:RefertoyourDVDplayer’sowner’smanualformoreinformationaboutyourDVDplayer’svideooutputrequirements.
COMPUTER IN
AUDIO IN
Audio cable (not supplied)
15-pin - to - RCA (fe-
male) × 3 cable adapter
(ADP-CV1E)
Stereo mini plug - to - RCA audio
cable (not supplied)
Component video RCA × 3
cable (not supplied)
DVD player
Audio Equipment
background
126
6. Installation and Connections
HDMI 2 IN
HDMI 1 IN
Connecting HDMI Input
You฀can฀connect฀the฀HDMI฀output฀of฀your฀DVD฀player,฀hard฀disk฀player,฀Blu-ray฀player,฀or฀notebook฀type฀PC฀to฀the฀
HDMI฀IN฀connector฀of฀your฀projector.
NOTE:TheHDMIINconnectorsupportsPlug&Play(DDC2B).
Audio cable (not supplied)
HDMI฀cable฀(not฀supplied)
Use฀High฀Speed฀HDMI
®
Cable.
Input฀connector
SOURCE฀button฀on฀the฀projector฀
cabinet
Button฀on฀the฀remote฀control
HDMI฀1฀IN
฀HDMI1HDMI1
HDMI฀2฀IN
฀HDMI2HDMI2
TIP:ForusersofaudiovideoequipmentwithanHDMIconnector:
Select“Enhanced”ratherthan“Normal”ifHDMIoutputisswitchablebetween“Enhanced”and“Normal”.
Thiswillprovideimprovedimagecontrastandmoredetaileddarkareas.
Formoreinformationonsettings,refertotheinstructionmanualoftheaudiovideoequipmenttobeconnected.
•฀When฀connecting฀the฀HDMI฀IN฀connector฀of฀the฀projector฀to฀the฀DVD฀player,฀the฀projector’s฀video฀level฀can฀be฀
made฀settings฀in฀accordance฀with฀the฀DVD฀player’s฀video฀level.฀In฀the฀menu฀select฀[HDMI฀SETTINGS]฀[VIDEO฀
LEVEL]฀and฀make฀necessary฀settings.
•฀If฀the฀HDMI฀input฀sound฀cannot฀be฀heard,฀in฀the฀menu฀select฀[HDMI฀SETTINGS]฀฀[AUDIO฀SELECT]฀฀[HDMI1]฀
or฀[HDMI2].
Audio Equipment
background
127
6. Installation and Connections
Connecting to a Wired LAN
The฀projector฀comes฀standard฀with฀a฀LAN฀port฀(RJ-45)฀which฀provides฀a฀LAN฀connection฀using฀a฀LAN฀cable.
To฀use฀a฀LAN฀connection,฀you฀are฀required฀to฀set฀the฀LAN฀on฀the฀projector฀menu.฀฀Select฀[SETUP]฀฀[WIRED฀LAN].
(฀page฀
108).
Example of LAN connection
Example฀of฀wired฀LAN฀connection
Server
Hub
LAN cable (not supplied)
NOTE:UseaCategory5orhigher
LANcable.
background
128
6. Installation and Connections
Connecting to a Wireless LAN (Optional: NP02LM series)
The฀USB฀Wireless฀LAN฀Unit฀also฀provides฀a฀wireless฀LAN฀connection.฀To฀use฀a฀wireless฀LAN฀connection,฀you฀are฀
required฀to฀assign฀an฀IP฀address฀to฀the฀projector.
Important:
•฀If฀you฀use฀the฀projector฀with฀the฀USB฀Wireless฀LAN฀Unit฀in฀the฀area฀where฀the฀use฀of฀wireless฀LAN฀equipment฀is฀
prohibited,฀remove฀the฀USB฀Wireless฀LAN฀Unit฀from฀the฀projector.
•฀Buy฀the฀appropriate฀USB฀Wireless฀LAN฀Unit฀for฀your฀country฀or฀area.
NOTE:
•WhentheprojectoristurnedonwiththeoptionalwirelessLANunitinserted,theindicatorwilllightupblueandthegreenLED
ontheUSBWirelessLANUnitashestoshowthattheUSBWirelessLANUnitisworking.
•Yourcomputer’swirelessLANadapter(orunit)mustbecompliedwithWi-Fi(IEEE802.11b/g/n)standard.
Flow of Setting Wireless LAN
Step 1: Attach the USB Wireless LAN Unit to the projector.
Step 2:
Connect฀the฀computer฀to฀the฀projector฀via฀wired฀LAN.฀(฀page฀127)
Use฀the฀computer’s฀browser฀to฀display฀the฀projector’s฀HTTP฀server.฀(฀page฀47)
Step 3:
Use฀an฀HTTP฀server฀to฀set฀the฀wireless฀LAN.฀(฀page฀50)
Access฀the฀HTTP฀server฀function฀to฀set฀[NETWORK฀SETTINGS]฀฀[SETTINGS]฀฀[WIRELESS]฀
[EASY฀CONNECTION],฀[SIMPLE฀ACCESS฀POINT],฀[PROFILE1]฀or฀[PROFILE2].
NOTE:
•TousetheHTTPserverfunction,theprojectormustbeconnectedtoanetwork.
FirstusethewiredLANtoconnecttheprojectortoanetworkandthenusetheHTTPservertosetthewirelessLAN.
•AftersettingthewirelessLANbyusingtheHTTPserver,set[NETWORKSETTINGS][SETTINGS][WIRED][DISABLE]
When฀switching฀to฀set฀on฀the฀projector฀after฀connecting฀to฀the฀wireless฀LAN:
Use฀the฀menu฀to฀set฀the฀wireless฀LAN฀connection฀for฀the฀projector.฀
(฀page฀
109)
Select฀[DISABLE],฀[EASY฀CONNECTION]฀,฀[PROFILE1]฀or฀[PROFILE2]฀you฀set฀from฀the฀HTTP฀server.
Attaching the USB Wireless LAN Unit
NOTE:
•TheUSBWirelessLANUnitmustbeinsertedintotheUSBWirelessLANUnitportinthecorrectdirection.Itcannotbeinserted
inthereversedirection.IftheUSBWirelessLANUnitisinsertedinthereversedirectionwithexcessiveforceapplied,theUSB
portmaybreak.
•BeforetouchingtheUSBWirelessLANUnit,touchametallicobject(suchasadoorknoboraluminumwindowframe)todischarge
thestaticelectricityfromyourbody.
•AlwaysinsertorremovetheUSBWirelessLANunitwhenthemainpoweristurnedoff.Failuretodosomaycauseprojector
malfunctionordamagetotheUSBwirelessLANunit.Iftheprojectorwillnotworkcorrectly,turnofftheprojector,disconnect
thepowercord,andthenconnectitagain.
•DonotinsertotherUSBdevicesintotheUSBWirelessLANunitport.DonotinserttheUSBWirelessLANunitintotheUSB-B
port(TypeB).
background
129
6. Installation and Connections
Prepare฀a฀Phillips฀screw฀driver฀beforehand.
1.Press฀the฀POWER฀button฀to฀turn฀off฀the฀projector฀and฀set฀it฀
into฀standby฀condition,฀and฀disconnect฀the฀power฀cord.
2.Remove฀the฀USB฀(LAN)฀port฀cover.
Loosen the screw securing the port cover.
•฀The฀screw฀is฀not฀removable.
3.Slowly฀insert฀the฀USB฀Wireless฀LAN฀Unit฀into฀the฀USB฀(LAN)฀
port.
Remove the cap from the USB Wireless LAN Unit, and then insert
it with the surface (side of indicator) facing outward. Keep the cap
for later use.
NOTE:DonotforcetoinserttheUSBWirelessLANUnit.
4.Put฀the฀USB฀(LAN)฀port฀cover฀back฀into฀place.
Insert฀the฀catch฀of฀the฀USB฀(LAN)฀port฀cover฀into฀the฀groove฀of฀the฀
projector cabinet, and then tighten the screw to secure the port
cover.
To฀remove฀the฀USB฀Wireless฀LAN฀Unit,฀disconnect฀the฀power฀cord฀
and฀use฀the฀above฀procedure.
NOTE:
•ThegreenLEDontheUSBWirelessLANUnitashestoshowthatWireless
LANUnitisworking.IftheUSBWirelessLANUnitisincorrectlyattached,
theblueLEDwillnotash.
•DonotpressthebuttonontheUSBWirelessLANUnit.Thebuttonwillnot
workwiththismodel.
background
130
6. Installation and Connections
Example฀of฀wireless฀LAN฀connection
(Network฀Type฀฀Infrastructure)
PC with wireless
LAN card inserted
PC with built-in wireless
LAN function
Wired LAN
Wireless access point
USB Wireless LAN Unit
To฀enable฀direct฀communication฀(i.e.,฀peer-to-peer)฀between฀personal฀computers฀and฀projectors,฀you฀need฀to฀
select the Ad Hoc mode.
Use฀the฀HTTP฀server฀function฀to฀make฀the฀settings.฀(฀page฀47)
PC with wireless
LAN card inserted
PC with built-in wireless
LAN function
Use฀the฀HTTP฀server฀function฀to฀make฀the฀settings.฀(฀page฀47)
Example฀of฀wireless฀LAN฀connection฀(Network฀Type฀฀Ad฀Hoc)
USB Wireless LAN Unit
background
131
This฀section฀describes฀the฀simplemaintenance฀procedures฀you฀should฀follow฀to฀cleanthe฀lens,฀the฀cabinet,฀and฀to฀
replace฀the฀lamp.
Cleaning the Lens
WARNING
•฀Do฀not฀spray฀ammable฀gas฀to฀get฀rid฀of฀dust฀and฀dirt฀that฀accumulate฀in฀the฀lens.Doing฀so฀could฀cause฀a฀
re.
•฀Turn฀off฀the฀projector฀before฀cleaning.
•฀The฀projector฀has฀a฀plastic฀lens.฀Use฀a฀commercially฀available฀plastic฀lens฀cleaner.
•฀Do฀not฀scratch฀or฀mar฀the฀lens฀surface฀as฀a฀plastic฀lens฀is฀easily฀scratched.
•฀Never฀use฀alcohol฀or฀glass฀lens฀cleaner฀as฀doing฀so฀will฀cause฀damage฀to฀the฀plastic฀lens฀surface.
Cleaning the Cabinet
Turn฀off฀the฀projector,฀and฀unplug฀the฀projector฀before฀cleaning.
•฀Use฀a฀dry฀soft฀cloth฀to฀wipe฀dust฀off฀the฀cabinet.
If฀heavily฀soiled,฀use฀a฀mild฀detergent.
•฀Never฀use฀strong฀detergents฀or฀solvents฀such฀as฀alcohol฀or฀thinner.
•฀When฀cleaning฀the฀vents฀or฀the฀speaker฀using฀a฀vacuum฀cleaner,฀do฀not฀force฀the฀brush฀of฀the฀vacuum฀cleaner฀
into฀the฀slits฀of฀the฀cabinet.
Vacuum the dust off the vents.
•฀Clogged฀vents฀may฀cause฀a฀rise฀in฀฀the฀internal฀temperature฀of฀the฀projector,฀resulting฀in฀malfunction.
•฀Do฀not฀scratch฀or฀hit฀the฀cabinet฀with฀your฀ngers฀or฀any฀hard฀objects
•฀Contact฀your฀dealer฀for฀cleaning฀the฀inside฀of฀the฀projector.
NOTE:Donotapplyvolatileagentsuchasinsecticideonthecabinet,thelens,orthescreen.Donotleavearubberorvinylproduct
inprolongedcontactwithit.Otherwisethesurfacenishwillbedeterioratedorthecoatingmaybestrippedoff.
7. Maintenance
background
132
7. Maintenance
Replacing the Lamp
When฀the฀lamp฀reaches฀the฀end฀of฀its฀life,฀the฀LAMP฀indicator฀in฀the฀cabinet฀will฀blink฀red฀and฀the฀message฀“THE฀LAMP฀
HAS฀REACHED฀THE฀END฀OF฀ITS฀USABLE฀LIFE.฀PLEASE฀฀REPLACE฀THE฀LAMP.฀will฀appear฀(*).฀Even฀though฀the฀
lamp฀may฀still฀be฀working,฀replace฀the฀lamp฀to฀maintain฀the฀optimal฀projector฀performance.After฀replacing฀the฀lamp,฀
be฀sure฀to฀clear฀the฀lamp฀hour฀meter.฀(฀page฀
115)
CAUTION
•฀DO฀NOT฀TOUCH฀THE฀LAMP฀immediately฀after฀it฀has฀been฀used.It฀will฀be฀extremely฀hot.฀Turn฀the฀projector฀
off฀and฀then฀disconnect฀the฀power฀cord.฀Allow฀at฀least฀one฀hour฀for฀the฀lamp฀to฀cool฀before฀handling.
•฀Use฀the฀specied฀lamp฀for฀safety฀and฀performance.
To฀order฀the฀replacement฀lamp,฀specify฀your฀lamp฀type.
Replacement฀lamp:
NP30LP:฀M402W/M402X/M352WS/M332XS/M402H
NP29LP:฀M362W/M362X
NP28LP:฀M322W/M322X/M302WS
NP27LP:฀M282X
•฀DO฀NOTREMOVE฀ANY฀SCREWS฀except฀one฀lamp฀cover฀screw฀and฀three฀lamp฀housing฀screws.You฀could฀receive฀
an฀electric฀shock.
•฀Do฀not฀break฀the฀glass฀on฀the฀lamp฀housing.
Keep฀nger฀prints฀off฀the฀glass฀surface฀on฀the฀lamp฀housing.Leaving฀nger฀prints฀on฀the฀glass฀surface฀might฀cause฀
an฀unwanted฀shadow฀and฀poor฀picture฀quality.
•฀The฀projector฀will฀turn฀off฀and฀go฀into฀standby฀mode฀when฀you฀continue฀to฀use฀the฀projector฀for฀another฀100฀hours฀
after฀the฀lamp฀has฀reached฀the฀end฀of฀its฀life.฀If฀this฀happens,฀be฀sure฀to฀replace฀the฀lamp.฀If฀you฀continue฀to฀use฀
the฀lamp฀after฀the฀lamp฀reaches฀the฀end฀of฀its฀life,฀the฀lamp฀bulb฀may฀shatter,฀and฀pieces฀of฀glass฀may฀be฀scattered฀
in฀the฀lamp฀case.Do฀not฀touch฀them฀as฀the฀pieces฀of฀glass฀may฀cause฀injury.If฀this฀happens,฀contact฀your฀NEC฀
dealer฀for฀lamp฀replacement.
*NOTE:Thismessagewillbedisplayedunderthefollowingconditions:
•foroneminuteaftertheprojectorhasbeenpoweredon
•whenthe
(POWER)buttonontheprojectorcabinetortheSTANDBYbuttonontheremotecontrolispressed
Toturnoffthemessage,pressanybuttonontheprojectorcabinetortheremotecontrol.
Optional฀lamp฀and฀tools฀needed฀for฀replacement:
•฀Phillips฀screwdriver฀(plus-head)
•฀Replacement฀lamp
Flow of Replacing the Lamp
Step 1. Replace the lamp
Step 2.
Clear฀the฀lamp฀usage฀hours฀(฀page฀115)
background
133
7. Maintenance
2.Remove฀the฀lamp฀housing.
(1)฀Loosen฀the฀three฀screws฀securing฀the฀lamp฀housing฀until฀the฀phillips฀screwdriver฀goes฀into฀a฀freewheeling฀condi-
tion.
•฀The฀three฀screws฀are฀not฀removable.
•฀There฀is฀an฀interlock฀on฀this฀case฀to฀prevent฀the฀risk฀of฀electrical฀shock.Do฀not฀attempt฀to฀circumvent฀this฀
interlock.
(2)฀Remove฀the฀lamp฀housing฀by฀holding฀it.
CAUTION:
Make฀sure฀that฀the฀lamp฀housing฀is฀cool฀enough฀to฀before฀removing฀it.
Interlock
To replace the lamp:
1.Remove฀the฀lamp฀cover.
(1)฀Loosen฀the฀lamp฀cover฀screw
•฀The฀lamp฀cover฀screw฀is฀not฀removable.
(2)฀Push฀and฀slide฀the฀lamp฀cover฀off.
background
134
7. Maintenance
This completes the lamp replacement.
Go on to the clearing lamp hour meters.
NOTE:Whenyoucontinuetousetheprojectorforanother100hoursafterthelamphasreachedtheendofitslife,theprojector
cannotturnonandthemenuisnotdisplayed.
Ifthishappens,presstheHELPbuttonontheremotecontrolfor10secondstoresetthelampclockbacktozero.
Whenthelamptimeclockisresettozero,theLAMPindicatorgoesout.
To clear the lamp usage hours:
1.Place฀the฀projector฀where฀you฀use฀it.
2.Plug฀the฀power฀cord฀into฀the฀wall฀outlet,฀and฀then฀turn฀on฀the฀projector.
3.Clear฀the฀lamp฀usage฀hours.
From the menu, select [RESET] [CLEAR LAMP HOURS] and reset the lamp usage hours.
4.Reattach฀the฀lamp฀cover.
(1)฀Slide฀the฀lamp฀cover฀back฀until฀it฀snaps฀into฀place.
(2)฀Tighten฀the฀screw฀to฀secure฀the฀lamp฀cover.
•฀Be฀sure฀to฀tighten฀the฀screw.
3.Install฀a฀new฀lamp฀housing.
(1)฀Insert฀a฀new฀lamp฀housing฀until฀the฀lamp฀housing฀is฀plugged฀into฀the฀socket.
(2)฀Push฀the฀top฀center฀of฀the฀lamp฀housing฀to฀secure฀it.
(3)฀Secure฀it฀in฀place฀with฀the฀three฀screws.
•฀Be฀sure฀to฀tighten฀the฀screws.
background
135
8. Appendix
Troubleshooting
This฀section฀helps฀you฀resolve฀problems฀you฀may฀encounter฀while฀setting฀up฀or฀using฀the฀projector.
Indicator Messages
Power Indicator
Indicator Condition Projector Condition Note
Off The main power is off
Blinking light Blue 0.5 sec On,
0.5 sec Off
The projector is getting ready to turn on. Wait for a moment.
2.5 sec On,
0.5 sec Off
Off Timer is enabled.
Orange 0.5 sec On,
0.5 sec Off
The projector is cooling down. Wait for a moment.
Steady light Blue The projector is turned on.
Orange The projector is [NETWORK STANDBY] mode or
sleep mode*.
Red [NORMAL] is selected for [STANDBY MODE]
Status Indicator
Indicator Condition Projector Condition Note
Off Power on or Standby ([NORMAL] or [NETWORK
STANDBY] for [STANDBY MODE])
Blinking light Red 1 cycle (0.5 sec
On, 2.5 sec Off)
Lamp cover error or lamp housing error Replace the lamp cover or lamp housing correctly.
2 cycle (0.5 sec
On, 0.5 sec Off)
Temperature error The projector is overheated. Move the projector to a
cooler location.
3 cycle (0.5 sec
On, 0.5 sec Off)
Power error Power unit is not working properly. Contact your
dealer.
4 cycle (0.5 sec
On, 0.5 sec Off)
Fan error Fans will not work correctly.
6 cycle (0.5 sec
On, 0.5 sec Off)
Lamp error Lamp fails to light. Wait a full minute and then turn
on again.
Orange 1 cycle (0.5 sec
On, 2.5 sec Off)
Network conflict
Both the built-in wired LAN and the wireless LAN cannot be
connected to the same network at the same time.
To use both built-in wired LAN and wireless LAN at the same
time, connect them to different networks. When the projector
is in NORMAL STANDBY mode or NETWORK STANDBY mode,
even if a network conflict occurs, the STATUS indicator will
not blink orange.
Green Re-firing the lamp (The projector is cooling down.) The projector is re-firing.
Wait for a moment.
Steady light Green In transition to STANDBY MODE. (The projector is in
NORMAL or sleep mode)
Orange CONTROL PANEL LOCK is on. You have pressed cabinet button when Control Panel
Lock is on.
CONTROL ID error Remote control ID and projector ID are not matched.
Lamp Indicator
Indicator Condition Projector Condition Note
Off Normal
Blinking light Red Lamp has reached its end of life. Lamp replacement message will be
displayed.
Replace the lamp.
Steady light Red Lamp has been used beyond its limit. The projector will not turn on until
the lamp is replaced.
Replace the lamp.
Green [ECO MODE] is set to [AUTO ECO], [NORMAL] or [ECO]
*฀For฀more฀information฀on฀"sleep฀mode",฀see฀page฀
123.
Over-Temperature฀Protection
If฀the฀temperature฀inside฀the฀projector฀rises฀too฀high,฀the฀over-temperature฀protector฀will฀automatically฀turn฀off฀the฀lamp฀
with฀the฀STATUS฀indicator฀blinking฀(2-cycle฀On฀and฀Off.)
Should฀this฀happen,฀do฀the฀following:
•฀Unplug฀the฀power฀cord฀after฀the฀cooling฀fans฀stop.
•฀Move฀the฀projector฀to฀a฀cooler฀location฀if฀the฀room฀where฀you฀are฀presenting฀is฀particularly฀too฀warm.
•฀Clean฀the฀vents฀if฀they฀are฀clogged฀with฀dust.
•฀Wait฀about฀60฀minutes฀until฀the฀inside฀of฀the฀projector฀becomes฀cool฀enough.
background
136
8. Appendix
Common Problems & Solutions
(“Power/Status/Lamp฀Indicator”฀on฀page฀
135.)
ProblemCheck฀These฀Items
Does not turn on
or shut down
•Checkthatthepowercordispluggedinandthatthepowerbuttonontheprojectorcabinetortheremotecontrol
is on. ( pages
16, 17)
•Ensurethatthelampcoverisinstalledcorrectly.( page 134)
•Checktoseeiftheprojectorhasoverheated.Ifthereisinsufcientventilationaroundtheprojectororiftheroom
where you are presenting is particularly warm, move the projector to a cooler location.
•Checktoseeifyoucontinuetousetheprojectorforanother100hoursafterthelamphasreachedtheendofits
life. If so, replace the lamp. After replacing the lamp, reset the lamp hours used. ( page 115)
•Thelampmayfailtolight.Waitafullminuteandthenturnonthepoweragain.
•Set[FANMODE]to[HIGHALTITUDE]whenusingtheprojectorataltitudesapproximately5500feet/1700meters
or higher. Using the projector at altitudes approximately 5500 feet/1700 meters or higher without setting to [HIGH
ALTITUDE] can cause the projector to overheat and the projector could shut down. If this happens, wait a couple
minutes and turn on the projector. ( page
101)
If you turn on the projector immediately after the lamp is turned off, the fans run without displaying an image for
some time and then the projector will display the image. Wait for a moment.
Will turn off
•Ensurethatthe[OFFTIMER]or[AUTOPOWEROFF]isoff.( page
96, 104)
No picture
•Usetheinputselectbuttonontheremotecontroltoselectyoursource(COMPUTER,HDMI1,HDMI2,VIDEO,
USB-A, LAN, or USB-B). ( page
19) If there is still no picture, press the button again.
•Ensureyourcablesareconnectedproperly.
•Usemenustoadjustthebrightnessandcontrast.( page 88)
•Ensurethatthelenscoverisopen.(orlenscapisremovedonM352WS/M302WS/M332XS)( page 5, 17)
•Resetthesettingsoradjustmentstofactorypresetlevelsusingthe[RESET]intheMenu.( page 115)
•EnteryourregisteredkeywordiftheSecurityfunctionisenabled.( page 35)
•BesuretoconnecttheprojectorandnotebookPCwhiletheprojectorisinstandbymodeandbeforeturningon
the power to the notebook PC.
In most cases the output signal from the notebook PC is not turned on unless connected to the projector before
being powered up.
* If the screen goes blank while using your remote control, it may be the result of the computer’s screen-saver
or power management software.
•Seealsothenext page.
Picture suddenly be-
comes dark
•CheckiftheprojectorisintheForcedECOmodebecauseoftoohighambienttemperature.Ifthisisthecase,
lower the internal temperature of the projector by selecting [HIGH] for [FAN MODE]. ( page
101)
Color tone or hue is un-
usual
•Checkifanappropriatecolorisselectedin[WALLCOLOR].Ifso,selectanappropriateoption.( page
95)
•Adjust[HUE]in[PICTURE].( page 88)
Image isn’t square to the
screen
•Repositiontheprojectortoimproveitsangletothescreen.( page
20)
•UsetheKeystonecorrectionfunctiontocorrectthetrapezoiddistortion.( page 24)
Picture is blurred
•Adjustthefocus.( page
23)
•Repositiontheprojectortoimproveitsangletothescreen.( page 20)
•Ensurethatthedistancebetweentheprojectorandscreeniswithintheadjustmentrangeofthelens.
( page 116)
•Condensationmayformonthelensiftheprojectoriscold,broughtintoawarmplaceandisthenturnedon.
Should this happen, let the projector stand until there is no condensation on the lens.
Flic ker a p pear s on
screen
•
Set [FAN MODE] to other than [HIGH ALTITUDE] mode when using the projector at altitudes approximately 5500 feet/1700
meters or lower. Using the projector at altitudes less than approximately 5500 feet/1700 meters and setting to [HIGH ALTI-
TUDE] can cause the lamp to overcool, causing the image to flicker. Switch [FAN MODE] to [AUTO]. ( page
101)
Image is scrolling ver-
tically, horizontally or
both
•Checkthecomputer’sresolutionandfrequency.Makesurethattheresolutionyouaretryingtodisplayissupported
by the projector. ( page
147)
•AdjustthecomputerimagemanuallywiththeHorizontal/Verticalinthe[IMAGEOPTIONS].( page 90)
Remote control does
not work
•Installnewbatteries.( page
11)
•Makesuretherearenoobstaclesbetweenyouandtheprojector.
•Standwithin22feet(7m)oftheprojector.( page
11)
Indicator is lit or blink-
ing
•SeethePOWER/STATUS/LAMPIndicator.( page
135)
Cross color in RGB
mode
•PresstheAUTOADJ.buttonontheprojectorcabinetortheremotecontrol.( page
28)
•Adjustthecomputerimagemanuallywith[CLOCK]/[PHASE]in[IMAGEOPTIONS]inthemenu.( page 89)
For฀more฀information฀contact฀your฀dealer.
background
137
8. Appendix
If there is no picture, or the picture is not displayed correctly.
•฀Power฀on฀process฀for฀the฀projector฀and฀the฀PC.
Be฀sure฀to฀connect฀the฀projector฀and฀notebook฀PC฀while฀the฀projector฀is฀in฀standby฀mode฀and฀before฀turning฀on฀
the฀power฀to฀the฀notebook฀PC.
In฀most฀cases฀the฀output฀signal฀from฀the฀notebook฀PC฀is฀not฀turned฀on฀unless฀connected฀to฀the฀projector฀before฀
being฀powered฀up.
NOTE:Youcancheckthehorizontalfrequencyofthecurrentsignalintheprojector’smenuunderInformation.Ifitreads“0kHz”,
thismeansthereisnosignalbeingoutputfromthecomputer.(page
112orgotonextstep)
•฀Enabling฀the฀computer’s฀external฀display.
Displaying฀an฀image฀on฀the฀notebook฀PC’s฀screen฀does฀not฀necessarily฀mean฀it฀outputs฀a฀signal฀to฀the฀projector.
When฀using฀a฀PC฀compatible฀laptop,฀a฀combination฀of฀function฀keys฀will฀enable/disable฀the฀external฀display.฀Usu-
ally,฀the฀combination฀of฀the฀“Fn”key฀along฀with฀one฀of฀the฀12฀function฀keys฀gets฀the฀external฀display฀to฀come฀on฀
or฀off.฀For฀example,฀NEC฀laptops฀use฀Fn฀+฀F3,฀while฀Dell฀laptops฀use฀Fn฀+฀F8฀key฀combinations฀to฀toggle฀through฀
external฀display฀selections.
•฀Non-standard฀signal฀output฀from฀the฀computer
If฀the฀output฀signal฀from฀a฀notebook฀PC฀is฀not฀an฀industry฀standard,฀the฀projected฀image฀may฀not฀be฀displayed฀
correctly.Should฀this฀happen,฀deactivate฀the฀notebook฀PC’s฀LCD฀screen฀when฀the฀projector฀display฀is฀in฀use.Each฀
notebook฀PC฀has฀a฀different฀way฀of฀deactivate/reactivate฀the฀local฀LCD฀screens฀as฀described฀in฀the฀previous฀step.
Refer฀to฀your฀computer’s฀documentation฀for฀detailed฀information.
•฀Image฀displayed฀is฀incorrect฀when฀using฀a฀Mac
When฀using฀a฀Mac฀with฀the฀projector,฀set฀the฀DIPswitch฀of฀the฀Mac฀adapter฀(not฀supplied฀with฀the฀projector)฀ac-
cording฀to฀your฀resolution.฀After฀setting,฀restart฀your฀Mac฀for฀the฀changes฀to฀take฀affect.
For฀setting฀display฀modes฀other฀than฀those฀supported฀by฀your฀Mac฀and฀the฀projector,฀changing฀the฀DIP฀switch฀on฀
a฀Mac฀adapter฀may฀bounce฀an฀image฀slightly฀or฀may฀display฀nothing.Should฀this฀happen,฀set฀the฀DIP฀switch฀to฀
the฀13"฀xed฀mode฀and฀then฀restart฀your฀Mac.฀After฀that,฀restore฀the฀DIP฀switches฀to฀a฀displayable฀mode฀and฀then฀
restart฀the฀Mac฀again.
NOTE:AVideoAdaptercablemanufacturedbyAppleInc.isneededforaMacBookwhichdoesnothaveaminiD-Sub15-pin
connector.
•฀Mirroring฀on฀a฀MacBook
*฀When฀using฀the฀projector฀with฀a฀MacBook,฀output฀may฀not฀be฀set฀to฀1024฀×฀768฀unless฀“mirroring”฀is฀off฀on฀your฀
MacBook.฀Refer฀to฀owner’s฀manual฀supplied฀with฀your฀Mac฀computer฀for฀mirroring.
•฀Folders฀or฀icons฀are฀hidden฀on฀the฀Mac฀screen
Folders฀or฀icons฀may฀not฀be฀seen฀on฀the฀screen.Should฀this฀happen,฀select฀[View]฀[Arrange]฀from฀the฀Apple฀
menu฀and฀arrange฀icons.
background
138
8. Appendix
Specifications
This฀section฀provides฀technical฀information฀about฀projector’s฀performance.
[M402W/M362W/M322W/M402X/M362X/M322X/M282X]
Optical
Model Number NP-M402W NP-M362W NP-M322W NP-M402X NP-M362X NP-M322X NP-M282X
Projection
System
Single DLP® chip (0.65", aspect 16:10) Single DLP® chip (0.55", aspect 4:3)
Resolution*
1
1280 × 800 pixels (WXGA) 1024 × 768 pixels (XGA)
Lens Manual zoom and focus
Zoom Ratio = 1.7
F2.4–3.1/f = 17.09–29.05 mm
Lamp 270 W AC
(219 W in NOR-
MAL)
(162 W in ECO)
250 W AC
(189 W in NOR-
MAL)
(150 W in ECO)
225W AC
(171W in NOR-
MAL)
(135W in ECO)
270 W AC
(218 W in NOR-
MAL)
(162 W in ECO)
250 W AC
(190 W in NOR-
MAL)
(150 W in ECO)
225W AC
(171W in NOR-
MAL)
(135W in ECO)
200W AC
(160W in NOR-
MAL)
(120W in ECO)
Light Output*
2
*
3
4000 lumens 3600 lumens 3200 lumens 4000 lumens 3600 lumens 3200 lumens 2800 lumens
NORMAL: 81% NORMAL: 76% NORMAL: 81% NORMAL: 76%
ECO: 60%*
4
Contrast Ratio*
3
(full white: full
black)
10000:1 with DYNAMIC CONTRAST ON
Image Size
(Diagonal)
30–300 inches/0.76 m–7.6 m (16:10) 30–300 inches/0.76 m–7.6 m (4:3)
Projection
Distance
(Min.–Max.)
29"–312" (wide) / 50"–531" (tele)
0.75–7.94 m (wide) / 1.28–13.5 m (tele)
35"–369" (wide) / 60"–627" (tele)
0.89–9.37 m (wide) / 1.52–15.93 m (tele)
Projection Angle 10.5° (wide)/17.5°–17.6° (tele) 10.5° (wide)/17.5°–17.6° (tele)
*1฀Effective฀pixels฀are฀more฀than฀99.99%.
*2฀This฀is฀the฀light฀output฀value฀(lumens)฀when฀the฀[PRESET]฀mode฀is฀set฀to฀[HIGH-BRIGHT].฀If฀any฀other฀mode฀is฀selected฀as฀the฀
[PRESET]฀mode,฀the฀light฀output฀value฀may฀drop฀slightly.
*3฀Compliance฀with฀ISO21118-2005
*4฀The฀maximum฀power฀becomes฀equivalent฀to฀power฀in฀ECO฀(ECO฀MODE).
Electrical
Model Number NP-M402W NP-M362W NP-M322W NP-M402X NP-M362X NP-M322X NP-M282X
Inputs 1 × RGB/Component (D-Sub 15 P), 2 × HDMI Type A (19P, HDMI
®
Connector) HDCP supported*
5
,
1 × Video (RCA), 1 × (L/R) RCA Audio, 1 × Stereo Mini Audio
Outputs 1 × RGB (D-Sub 15P), 1 × Stereo Mini Audio
PC Control 1 × PC Control Port (D-Sub 9P)
Wired LAN Port 1 × RJ-45 (10BASE-T/100BASE-TX)
Wireless LAN
Port (Optional)
IEEE 802.11 b/g/n (optional USB Wireless LAN Unit required)
USB Port 1 × Type A, 1 × Type B
MIC Input 1 × Monaural Mini Audio
Color Reproduc-
tion
10-bit signal processing (1.07 billion colors) (USB-A, LAN: 16.7 million colors)
*5฀HDMI
®
฀(Deep฀Color,฀LipSync,฀3D)฀with฀HDCP
What฀is฀HDCP/HDCP฀technology?
HDCP฀is฀an฀acronym฀for฀High-bandwidth฀Digital฀Content฀Protection.High฀bandwidth฀Digital฀Content฀Protection฀(HDCP)฀is฀a฀system฀
for฀preventing฀illegal฀copying฀of฀video฀data฀sent฀over฀a฀High-Denition฀Multimedia฀Interface฀(HDMI).
If฀you฀are฀unable฀to฀view฀material฀via฀the฀HDMI฀input,฀this฀does฀not฀necessarily฀mean฀the฀projector฀is฀not฀functioning฀properly.With฀
the฀implementation฀of฀HDCP,฀there฀may฀be฀cases฀in฀which฀certain฀content฀is฀protected฀with฀HDCP฀and฀might฀not฀be฀displayed฀
due฀to฀the฀decision/intention฀of฀the฀HDCP฀community฀(Digital฀Content฀Protection,฀LLC).
Video:฀Deep฀Color;฀8/10/12-bit,฀LipSync
Audio:฀LPCM;฀up฀to฀2฀ch,฀sample฀rate฀32/44.1/48฀KHz,฀sample฀bit;฀16/20/24-bit
*6฀An฀image฀with฀higher฀or฀lower฀resolution฀than฀the฀projector’s฀native฀resolution฀(M402X/M362X/M322X/M282X:฀1024฀×฀768฀/฀
M402W/M362W/M322W:฀1280฀×฀800)฀will฀be฀displayed฀with฀Advanced฀AccuBlend.
background
139
8. Appendix
Model Number NP-M402W NP-M362W NP-M322W NP-M402X NP-M362X NP-M322X NP-M282X
Compatible
Signals*
6
Analog: VGA/SVGA/XGA/WXGA/Quad-VGA/SXGA/SXGA+/WXGA+/WXGA++/UXGA/WSXGA+/HD/Full HD/WUXGA/Mac13"/Mac16"/Mac
19"/Mac 21"/Mac 23"
Component: 480i/480p/720p/1080i (60Hz), 576i/576p/1080i (50Hz), DVD Progressive (50/60Hz)
Digital: VGA/SVGA/XGA/WXGA/Quad-VGA/SXGA/SXGA+/WXGA+/WXGA++/WSXGA+/HDTV (1080p)/HDTV (1080i)/HDTV (720p)/
SDTV(480p)/SDTV(576p)/SDTV(480i)/SDTV(576i)
3D: For PC XGA/1280 × 720/WXGA, For Video SDTV (480i), For HDMI-1.4a 720p (Frame Packing)/
1080p (Frame Packing)/1080i (Side by Side (Half))/720p (Top and Bottom)/1080p (Top and Bottom)
Horizontal
Resolution
540 TV lines: NTSC/NTSC4.43/PAL/PAL-M/PAL-N/PAL60
300 TV lines: SECAM
Scan Rate Horizontal: 15 kHz to 100 kHz (RGB: 24 kHz or over)
Vertical: 50 Hz to 120 Hz (HDMI: 50 Hz to 85 Hz)
Sync Compat-
ibility
Separate Sync
Built-in Speaker 20 W (monaural)
Power Require-
ment
100–240 V AC, 50/60Hz
Input Current 3.9 - 1.6 A 3.6 - 1.5 A 3.3 -1.4 A 3.9 - 1.6 A 3.6 - 1.5 A 3.3 -1.4 A 3.0 - 1.2 A
Power
Consump-
tion
(Typical
value)
ECO MODE
OFF
354W (100-130 V)
335W (200-240 V)
332W (100-130 V)
315W (200-240 V)
300W (100-130 V)
286W (200-240 V)
354W (100-130 V)
335W (200-240 V)
332W (100-130 V)
315W (200-240 V)
300W (100-130 V)
286W (200-240 V)
268W (100-130 V)
257W (200-240 V)
NORMAL
292W (100-130 V)
278W (200-240 V)
256W (100-130 V)
244W (200-240 V)
233W (100-130 V)
224W (200-240 V)
292W (100-130 V)
278W (200-240 V)
256W (100-130 V)
244W (200-240 V)
233W (100-130 V)
224W (200-240 V)
218W (100-130 V)
210W (200-240 V)
ECO
258W (100-130 V)
246W (200-240 V)
234W (100-130 V)
224W (200-240 V)
210W (100-130 V)
202W (200-240 V)
258W (100-130 V)
246W (200-240 V)
234W (100-130 V)
224W (200-240 V)
210W (100-130 V)
202W (200-240 V)
195W (100-130 V)
187W (200-240 V)
STANDBY
(NETWORK
STANDBY)
2.5W (100-130 V)/ 2.9W (200-240 V)
STANDBY
(NORMAL)
0.2W (100-130 V)/0.38W (200-240 V)
Mechanical
Model Number NP-M402W NP-M362W NP-M322W NP-M402X NP-M362X NP-M322X NP-M282X
Installation
Orientation
Desktop/Front, Desktop/Rear, Ceiling/Front, Ceiling/Rear
Dimensions 14.5" (W) × 3.8" (H) × 11.3" (D) /368 mm (W) × 97.5 mm (H) × 286 mm (D)
(not including protrusions)
Weight 7.7 lbs/3.5 kg 7.5 lbs/3.4 kg 7.7 lbs/3.5 kg 7.5 lbs/3.4 kg
Environmental
Considerations
Operational Temperatures : 41° to 104°F (5° to 40°C),
(ECO mode selected automatically at 95°F to 104°F/35°C to 40°C)
20% to 80% humidity (non-condensing)
Storage Temperatures : 14° to 122°F (-10° to 50°C),
20% to 80% humidity (non-condensing)
Operating altitude: 0 to 2400 m/8000 feet (Set [FAN MODE] to [HIGH ALUTITUDE] when using the projector at altitudes approximately
1700 meters /5500 feet)
Regulations UL/C-UL Approved (UL 60950-1, CSA 60950-1)
Meets DOC Canada Class B requirements
Meets FCC Class B requirements
Meets AS/NZS CISPR.22 Class B
Meets EMC Directive (EN55022, EN55024, EN61000-3-2, EN61000-3-3)
background
140
8. Appendix
[M352WS/M302WS/M332XS]
Optical
Model฀NumberNP-M352WSNP-M302WSNP-M332XS
Projection฀SystemSingle฀DLP®฀chip฀(0.65",฀aspect฀16:10)Single฀DLP®฀chip฀(0.55",฀aspect฀
4:3)
Resolution*
1
1280฀×฀800฀pixels฀(WXGA)1024฀×฀768฀pixels฀(XGA)
LensDigital฀zoom฀and฀manual฀focus
Digital฀Zoom฀Ratio฀=฀1.2
F2.4/฀f=6.5฀mm
Lamp270฀W฀AC฀
(219฀W฀in฀NORMAL)
(162฀W฀in฀ECO)
225฀W฀AC฀
(171฀W฀in฀NORMAL)
(135฀W฀in฀ECO)
270฀W฀AC฀
(219฀W฀in฀NORMAL)
(162฀W฀in฀ECO)
Light฀Output*
2
*
3
3500 lumens 3000 lumens 3300 lumens
NORMAL:฀81%NORMAL:฀76%NORMAL:฀81%
ECO:฀60%*
4
Contrast฀Ratio*
3
(full฀white:฀full฀black)
10000:1฀with฀DYNAMIC฀CONTRAST฀ON
Image฀Size฀(Diagonal)60–150฀inches/1.52฀m–3.81฀m฀(16:10)60–150 inches/1.52 m–3.81 m
(4:3)
Projection฀Distance
(Min.–Max.)
22.2–58.3฀inches/0.57–1.48฀m26.6–69.2฀inches/0.68–1.76฀m฀
Projection฀Angle40.7°–40.9°40.7°–40.8°
*1฀Effective฀pixels฀are฀more฀than฀99.99%.
*2฀This฀is฀the฀light฀output฀value฀(lumens)฀when฀the฀[PRESET]฀mode฀is฀set฀to฀[HIGH-BRIGHT].฀If฀any฀other฀mode฀is฀selected฀as฀the฀
[PRESET]฀mode,฀the฀light฀output฀value฀may฀drop฀slightly.
*3฀Compliance฀with฀ISO21118-2005
*4฀The฀maximum฀power฀becomes฀equivalent฀to฀power฀in฀ECO฀(ECO฀MODE).
Electrical
Model฀NumberNP-M352WSNP-M302WSNP-M332XS
Inputs
1฀×฀RGB/Component฀(D-Sub฀15฀P),฀2฀×฀HDMI฀Type฀A฀(19P,฀HDMI
®
฀Connector)฀HDCP฀supported*
5
,
1฀×฀Video฀(RCA),฀1฀×฀(L/R)฀RCA฀Audio,฀1฀×฀Stereo฀Mini฀Audio
Outputs1฀×฀RGB฀(D-Sub฀15P),฀1฀×฀Stereo฀Mini฀Audio
PC฀Control1฀×฀PC฀Control฀Port฀(D-Sub฀9P)
Wired฀LAN฀Port1฀×฀RJ-45฀(10BASE-T/100BASE-TX)
Wireless฀LAN฀Port฀
(Optional)
IEEE฀802.11฀b/g/n฀(optional฀USB฀Wireless฀LAN฀Unit฀฀required)
USB฀Port1฀×฀Type฀A,฀1฀×฀Type฀B
MIC฀Input1฀×฀Monaural฀Mini฀Audio
Color฀Reproduction10-bit฀signal฀processing฀(1.07฀billion฀colors)฀(USB-A,฀LAN:฀16.7฀million฀colors)
Compatible฀Signals*
6
Analog:฀VGA/SVGA/XGA/WXGA/Quad-VGA/SXGA/SXGA+/WXGA+/WXGA++/UXGA/WSXGA+/HD/
Full฀HD/WUXGA/Mac13"/Mac16"/Mac฀19"/Mac฀21"/Mac฀23"฀
Component:฀480i/480p/720p/1080i฀(60Hz),฀576i/576p/1080i฀(50Hz),฀DVD฀Progressive฀(50/60Hz)
Digital:฀VGA/SVGA/XGA/WXGA/Quad-VGA/SXGA/SXGA+/WXGA+/WXGA++/WSXGA+/HDTV฀(1080p)/
HDTV฀(1080i)/HDTV฀(720p)/SDTV(480p)/SDTV(576p)/SDTV(480i)/SDTV(576i)
3D:฀For฀PC฀XGA/1280฀×฀720/WXGA,฀For฀Video฀SDTV฀(480i),฀For฀HDMI-1.4a฀720p฀(Frame฀Packing)/
1080p฀(Frame฀Packing)/1080i฀(Side฀by฀Side฀(Half))/720p฀(Top฀and฀Bottom)/1080p฀(Top฀and฀Bottom)
Horizontal฀Resolution540฀TV฀lines:฀NTSC/NTSC4.43/PAL/PAL-M/PAL-N/PAL60
300฀TV฀lines:฀SECAM
Scan฀RateHorizontal:฀15฀kHz฀to฀100฀kHz฀(RGB:฀24฀kHz฀or฀over)
Vertical:฀50฀Hz฀to฀120฀Hz฀(HDMI:฀50฀Hz฀to฀85฀Hz)
*5฀HDMI
®
฀(Deep฀Color,฀LipSync,฀3D)฀with฀HDCP
What฀is฀HDCP/HDCP฀technology?
HDCP฀is฀an฀acronym฀for฀High-bandwidth฀Digital฀Content฀Protection.High฀bandwidth฀Digital฀Content฀Protection฀(HDCP)฀is฀a฀system฀
for฀preventing฀illegal฀copying฀of฀video฀data฀sent฀over฀a฀High-Denition฀Multimedia฀Interface฀(HDMI).
If฀you฀are฀unable฀to฀view฀material฀via฀the฀HDMI฀input,฀this฀does฀not฀necessarily฀mean฀the฀projector฀is฀not฀functioning฀properly.With฀
the฀implementation฀of฀HDCP,฀there฀may฀be฀cases฀in฀which฀certain฀content฀is฀protected฀with฀HDCP฀and฀might฀not฀be฀displayed฀
due฀to฀the฀decision/intention฀of฀the฀HDCP฀community฀(Digital฀Content฀Protection,฀LLC).
Video:฀Deep฀Color;฀8/10/12-bit,฀LipSync
Audio:฀LPCM;฀up฀to฀2฀ch,฀sample฀rate฀32/44.1/48฀KHz,฀sample฀bit;฀16/20/24-bit
*6฀An฀image฀with฀higher฀or฀lower฀resolution฀than฀the฀projector’s฀native฀resolution฀(M332XS:฀1024฀×฀768฀/฀M352WS/M302WS:฀1280฀
×฀800)฀will฀be฀displayed฀with฀Advanced฀AccuBlend.
background
141
8. Appendix
Model฀NumberNP-M352WSNP-M302WSNP-M332XS
Sync฀CompatibilitySeparate฀Sync
Built-in฀Speaker20฀W฀(monaural)
Power฀Requirement100–240V฀AC,฀50/60Hz
Input฀Current3.9-1.6A3.3-1.4A 3.9-1.6A
Power฀
Consump-
tion
(Typical฀
value)
ECO฀
MODE฀
OFF
354W฀(100-130V)
335W฀(200-240V)
300W฀(100-130V)
286W฀(200-240V)
354W฀(100-130V)
335W฀(200-240V)
NORMAL292W฀(100-130V)
278W฀(200-240V)
233W฀(100-130V)
224W฀(200-240V)
292W฀(100-130V)
278W฀(200-240V)
ECO258W฀(100-130V)
246W฀(200-240V)
210W฀(100-130V)
202W฀(200-240V)
258W฀(100-130V)
246W฀(200-240V)
STANDBY฀
(
NETWORK฀
STANDBY
)
2.5฀W(100-130V)
2.9฀W฀(200-240V)
STANDBY฀
(NORMAL)
0.2W฀(100-130V)
0.38W฀(200-240V)
Mechanical
Model฀NumberNP-M352WSNP-M302WSNP-M332XS
Installation
Orientation
Desktop/Front,฀Desktop/Rear,฀Ceiling/Front,฀Ceiling/Rear
Dimensions14.5"฀(W)฀×฀3.9"฀(H)฀×฀11.3"฀(D)฀/368฀mm฀(W)฀×฀98฀mm฀(H)฀×฀286฀mm฀(D)฀(not฀including฀protrusions)
WeightM352W/M332XS:฀8.2฀lbs/3.7฀kg
M302WS:฀8.0฀lbs/3.6฀kg
Environmental฀
Considerations
Operational฀Temperatures฀:฀41°฀to฀104°F฀(5°฀to฀40°C),฀
(ECO฀mode฀selected฀automatically฀at฀95°F฀to฀104°F/35°C฀to฀40°C)฀
20%฀to฀80%฀humidity฀(non-condensing)฀
Storage฀Temperatures฀:฀14°฀to฀122°F฀(-10°฀to฀50°C),฀
20%฀to฀80%฀humidity฀(non-condensing)
Operating฀altitude:฀0฀to฀2400m/8000฀feet฀(Set฀[FAN฀MODE]฀to฀[HIGH฀ALUTITUDE]฀when฀using฀the฀pro-
jector฀at฀altitudes฀approximately฀1700฀meters฀/5500฀feet)
RegulationsUL/C-UL฀Approved฀(UL฀60950-1,฀CSA฀60950-1)
Meets฀DOC฀Canada฀Class฀B฀requirements
Meets฀FCC฀Class฀B฀requirements
Meets฀AS/NZS฀CISPR.22฀Class฀B
Meets฀EMC฀Directive฀(EN55022,฀EN55024,฀EN61000-3-2,฀EN61000-3-3)
For฀additional฀information฀visit:
US฀:http://www.necdisplay.com/
Europe฀:http://www.nec-display-solutions.com/
Global฀:http://www.nec-display.com/global/index.html
For฀information฀on฀our฀optional฀accessories,฀visit฀our฀website฀or฀see฀our฀brochure.
The฀specications฀are฀subject฀to฀change฀without฀notice.
background
142
8. Appendix
[M402H]
Optical
Model Number NP-M402H
Projection
System
Single DLP® chip (0.65", aspect 16:9)
Resolution*
1
1920 X 1080 pixels (Full HD)
Lens Manual zoom and focus
Zoom Ratio = 1.7
F=2.4 - 3.2, f=18.0 - 30.6mm
Lamp 270 W AC
(219 W in NORMAL)
(162 W in ECO)
Light Output*
2
*
3
4000 lumens
NORMAL: 81%
ECO: 60%*
4
Contrast Ratio*
3
(full white: full
black)
10000:1 with DYNAMIC CONTRAST ON
Image Size
(Diagonal)
30–300 inches/0.76 m–7.6 m (16:9)
Projection
Distance
(Min.–Max.)
29"-319" (wide) / 52"-554" (tele)
0.75m-8.10m (wide) / 1.32m-14.08m (tele)
Projection Angle 16.9°-17.9° (wide) / 9.9°-10.2° (tele)
*1฀Effective฀pixels฀are฀more฀than฀99.99%.
*2฀This฀is฀the฀light฀output฀value฀(lumens)฀when฀the฀[PRESET]฀mode฀is฀set฀to฀[HIGH-BRIGHT].฀If฀any฀other฀mode฀is฀selected฀as฀the฀
[PRESET]฀mode,฀the฀light฀output฀value฀may฀drop฀slightly.
*3฀Compliance฀with฀ISO21118-2005
*4฀The฀maximum฀power฀becomes฀equivalent฀to฀power฀in฀ECO฀(ECO฀MODE).
Electrical
Model Number NP-M402H
Inputs 1 × RGB/Component (D-Sub 15 P), 2 × HDMI Type A (19P, HDMI
®
Connector) HDCP supported*
5
,
1 × Video (RCA), 1 × (L/R) RCA Audio, 1 × Stereo Mini Audio
Outputs 1 × RGB (D-Sub 15P), 1 × Stereo Mini Audio
PC Control 1 × PC Control Port (D-Sub 9P)
Wired LAN Port 1 × RJ-45 (10BASE-T/100BASE-TX)
Wireless LAN
Port (Optional)
IEEE 802.11 b/g/n (optional USB Wireless LAN Unit required)
USB Port 1 × Type A, 1 × Type B
MIC Input 1 × Monaural Mini Audio
Color Reproduc-
tion
10-bit signal processing (1.07 billion colors) (USB-A, LAN: 16.7 million colors)
Compatible
Signals*
6
Analog: VGA/SVGA/XGA/WXGA/Quad-VGA/SXGA/SXGA+/WXGA+/WXGA++/UXGA/WSXGA+/HD/Full HD/WUXGA/Mac13"/Mac16"/Mac
19"/Mac 21"/Mac 23"
Component: 480i/480p/720p/1080i (60Hz), 576i/576p/1080i (50Hz), DVD Progressive (50/60Hz)
Digital: VGA/SVGA/XGA/WXGA/Quad-VGA/SXGA/SXGA+/WXGA+/WXGA++/WSXGA+/HDTV (1080p)/HDTV (1080i)/HDTV (720p)/
SDTV(480p)/SDTV(576p)/SDTV(480i)/SDTV(576i)
3D: For PC XGA/1280 × 720/WXGA, For Video SDTV (480i), For HDMI-1.4a 720p (Frame Packing)/
1080p (Frame Packing)/1080i (Side by Side (Half))/720p (Top and Bottom)/1080p (Top and Bottom)
*5฀HDMI
®
฀(Deep฀Color,฀LipSync,฀3D)฀with฀HDCP
What฀is฀HDCP/HDCP฀technology?
HDCP฀is฀an฀acronym฀for฀High-bandwidth฀Digital฀Content฀Protection.High฀bandwidth฀Digital฀Content฀Protection฀(HDCP)฀is฀a฀system฀
for฀preventing฀illegal฀copying฀of฀video฀data฀sent฀over฀a฀High-Denition฀Multimedia฀Interface฀(HDMI).
If฀you฀are฀unable฀to฀view฀material฀via฀the฀HDMI฀input,฀this฀does฀not฀necessarily฀mean฀the฀projector฀is฀not฀functioning฀properly.With฀
the฀implementation฀of฀HDCP,฀there฀may฀be฀cases฀in฀which฀certain฀content฀is฀protected฀with฀HDCP฀and฀might฀not฀be฀displayed฀
due฀to฀the฀decision/intention฀of฀the฀HDCP฀community฀(Digital฀Content฀Protection,฀LLC).
Video:฀Deep฀Color;฀8/10/12-bit,฀LipSync
Audio:฀LPCM;฀up฀to฀2฀ch,฀sample฀rate฀32/44.1/48฀KHz,฀sample฀bit;฀16/20/24-bit
*6฀An฀image฀with฀higher฀or฀lower฀resolution฀than฀the฀projector’s฀native฀resolution฀(M402H:1920฀×฀1080)฀will฀be฀displayed฀with฀Advanced฀
AccuBlend.
background
143
8. Appendix
Model Number NP-M402H
Horizontal
Resolution
540 TV lines: NTSC/NTSC4.43/PAL/PAL-M/PAL-N/PAL60
300 TV lines: SECAM
Scan Rate Horizontal: 15 kHz to 100 kHz (RGB: 24 kHz or over)
Vertical: 50 Hz to 120 Hz (HDMI: 50 Hz to 85 Hz)
Sync Compat-
ibility
Separate Sync
Built-in Speaker 20 W (monaural)
Power Require-
ment
100–240 V AC, 50/60Hz
Input Current 3.9 - 1.6 A
Power
Consump-
tion
(Typical
value)
ECO MODE
OFF
354W (100-130 V)
335W (200-240 V)
NORMAL
292W (100-130 V)
278W (200-240 V)
ECO
258W (100-130 V)
246W (200-240 V)
STANDBY
(NETWORK
STANDBY)
2.5W (100-130 V)/ 2.9W (200-240 V)
STANDBY
(NORMAL)
0.2W (100-130 V)/0.38W (200-240 V)
Mechanical
Model Number NP-M402H
Installation
Orientation
Desktop/Front, Desktop/Rear, Ceiling/Front, Ceiling/Rear
Dimensions 14.5" (W) × 3.9" (H) × 11.3" (D) /368 mm (W) × 97.5 mm (H) × 286 mm (D)
(not including protrusions)
Weight 8.2 lbs (3.7 kg)
Environmental
Considerations
Operational Temperatures : 41° to 104°F (5° to 40°C),
(ECO mode selected automatically at 95°F to 104°F/35°C to 40°C)
20% to 80% humidity (non-condensing)
Storage Temperatures : 14° to 122°F (-10° to 50°C),
20% to 80% humidity (non-condensing)
Operating altitude: 0 to 2400 m/8000 feet (Set [FAN MODE] to [HIGH ALUTITUDE] when using the projector at altitudes approximately
1700 meters /5500 feet)
Regulations UL/C-UL Approved (UL 60950-1, CSA 60950-1)
Meets DOC Canada Class B requirements
Meets FCC Class B requirements
Meets AS/NZS CISPR.22 Class B
Meets EMC Directive (EN55022, EN55024, EN61000-3-2, EN61000-3-3)
background
144
8. Appendix
368 (14.5)
291 (11.46)
107.5 (4.23)
130 (5.12)
150 (5.91)
200 (7.87)
175 (6.89)
98 (3.9)
108 (4.3)
80 (3.15)
Cabinet Dimensions
[M402W/M362W/M322W/M402X/M362X/M322X/M282X/M402H]
Lens center
Lens center
Holes for ceiling mount
Unit:฀mm฀(inch)
background
145
8. Appendix
368 (14.5)
286(11.3)
134 (5.3)
130 (5.2)
150 (5.9)
200 (7.9)
175 (6.9)
98 (3.9)
80 (3.2)
108 (4.3)
291 (11.5)
[M352WS/M302WS/M332XS]
Lens center
Lens center
Holes for ceiling mount
Unit:฀mm฀(inch)
background
146
8. Appendix
Attaching the Optional Cable Cover (NP05CV)
An฀optional฀cable฀cover฀(NP05CV)฀is฀available฀for฀hiding฀cables.
CAUTION:
•฀Be฀sure฀to฀tighten฀the฀screws฀after฀attaching฀the฀cable฀cover.Failure฀to฀do฀so฀may฀cause฀the฀cable฀cover฀to฀come฀
off฀and฀fall,฀resulting฀in฀injury฀or฀damage฀to฀the฀cable฀cover.
•฀Do฀not฀put฀bundled฀cables฀in฀the฀cable฀cover.฀Failure฀to฀do฀so฀may฀damage฀the฀power฀cord,฀resulting฀a฀re.
•฀Do฀not฀force฀excessive฀pressure฀to฀the฀cable฀cover.฀Doing฀so฀may฀cause฀damage฀to฀the฀cable฀cover,฀resulting฀
in฀injury.
Attaching฀the฀cable฀cover
Attach฀the฀cable฀cover฀after฀installing฀the฀projector฀on฀the฀ceiling฀and฀connecting฀cables.
Tool฀needed฀for฀attaching:
•฀Phillips฀screwdriver฀(plus-head)
1.Align฀two฀tabs฀on฀the฀outside฀of฀the฀cable฀cover฀with฀grooves฀of฀the฀projector฀and฀push฀the฀top฀end.
•฀At฀the฀same฀time฀two฀tabs฀on฀the฀inside฀of฀the฀cable฀cover฀will฀be฀engaged฀in฀the฀responding฀grooves฀of฀the฀
projector.
NOTE:
•Becarefulnottogetcablescaughtinbetweenthecablecoverandtheprojector.
2.Tighten฀the฀cable฀cover฀screws.
•฀Be฀sure฀to฀tighten฀the฀screws.
1
1
2
2
Removing฀the฀cable฀cover
1.Loosen฀the฀cable฀cover฀screws฀until฀the฀Phillips฀screwdriver฀goes฀into฀a฀freewheeling฀condition
1
1
2.Remove฀the฀cable฀cover.
Push up the cable cover slightly and rotate it to release.
background
147
8. Appendix
Pin Assignments of D-Sub COMPUTER Input Connector
Mini D-Sub 15 Pin Connector
Signal฀Level
Video฀signal฀:฀0.7Vp-p฀(Analog)
Sync฀signal฀:TTL฀level
51423
10
11 12 13 14 15
6978
Pin No. RGB฀Signal฀(Analog)YCbCr฀Signal
1 RedCr
2 Green฀or฀Sync฀on฀GreenY
3 BlueCb
4 Ground
5 Ground
6
Red฀GroundCr฀Ground
7Green฀GroundY฀Ground
8 Blue฀GroundCb฀Ground
9Hot฀plug
10 Sync฀Signal฀Ground
11 No฀Connection
12 Bi-directional฀DATA฀(SDA)
13 Horizontal฀Sync฀or฀Composite฀
Sync
14 Vertical฀Sync
15 Data฀Clock
COMPUTER IN
NOTE:PinNos.12and15arerequiredforDDC/CI.
background
148
8. Appendix
Compatible Input Signal List
Analog RGB
SignalResolution฀(dots)Aspect฀Ratio
Refresh฀Rate฀(Hz)
VGA640 ×480 4:360/72/75/85
SVGA800 ×600 4:356/60/72/75/85
XGA1024 ×768*
1
4:360/70/75/85
WXGA1280 ×768*
2
15:960
1280 ×800 *
2
16:1060
1360 ×768*
3
16:960
1366 ×768*
3
16:960
Quad-VGA1280 ×9604:360/75
SXGA1280 ×1024 5:460/75
SXGA+1400 × 1050 4:360
WXGA+1440 ×90016:1060
WXGA++1600 ×900*
3
16:960
UXGA1600 × 1200 *
4
4:360
WSXGA+1680 × 1050 16:1060
HD1280 ×72016:960
Full฀HD1920 ×1080 16:960
WUXGA1920× 1200 *
5
16:1060
MAC฀13"640 ×480 4:367
MAC฀16"832 ×624 4:375
MAC฀19"1024 ×7684:375
MAC฀21"1152 ×8704:375
MAC฀23"1280 × 1024 5:465
Component
SignalResolution฀(dots)Aspect฀Ratio
Refresh฀Rate฀(Hz)
HDTV฀(1080p)1920×1080 *
6
16:950/60
HDTV฀(1080i)1920×1080 *
6
16:950/60
HDTV฀(720p)1280 ×72016:950/60
SDTV฀(480p)720×480 4:3/16:960
SDTV฀(576p)720×5764:3/16:950
SDTV฀(480i)720×480 4:3/16:960
SDTV฀(576i)720×5764:3/16:950
Composite฀Video
SignalAspect฀Ratio
Refresh฀Rate฀(Hz)
NTSC4:360
PAL4:350
PAL604:360
SECAM4:350
HDMI
SignalResolution฀(dots)Aspect฀Ratio
Refresh฀Rate฀(Hz)
VGA640 ×480 4:360
SVGA800 ×600 4:360
XGA1024 ×768*
1
4:360
WXGA1280 ×768*
2
15:960
1280 ×800 *
2
16:1060
1366 ×76816:960
Quad-VGA1280 ×9604:360
SXGA1280 ×1024 5:460
SXGA+1400 × 1050 4:360
WXGA+1440 ×90016:1060
WXGA++1600 ×90016:960
WSXGA+1680 × 1050 16:1060
HDTV฀(1080p)1920 ×1080 *
6
16:950/60
HDTV฀(1080i)1920 ×1080 *
6
16:950/60
HDTV฀(720p)1280 ×72016:950/60
SDTV฀(480p)720 ×480 4:3/16:960
SDTV฀(576p)720 ×5764:3/16:950
SDTV฀(480i)720฀
(1440)
×480 4:3/16:960
SDTV฀(576i)720฀
(1440)
×5764:3/16:950
3D
SignalResolution฀(dots)Aspect฀Ratio
Refresh฀Rate฀(Hz)
For฀PC฀Signal*
7
XGA1024 ×7684:360*
8
/120*
9
HD1280 ×72016:960*
8
/120*
9
WXGA1280 ×800 16:1060*
8
/120*
9
HDTV฀(1080p)1920 ×1080 16:960
For฀Video฀Signal*
10
SDTV฀(480i)720×480 4:3/16:960
HDMI 3D
SignalResolution฀(dots)Aspect฀Ratio
Refresh฀Rate฀(Hz)
Structure:฀Frame฀Packing
1080p1920 ×1080 16:923.98/24
720p1280 ×72016:950/59.94/60
Structure:฀Side฀by฀Side฀(Half)
1080i 1920 ×1080 16:950/59.94/60
Structure:฀Top฀and฀Bottom
1080p1920 ×1080 16:923.98/24
720p1280 ×72016:950/59.94/60
*1฀Native฀resolution฀on฀XGAmodel฀(M402X/M362X/M322X/M282X/
M332XS)฀
*2฀NativeresolutiononWXGAmodel(M402W/M362W/M322W/
M352WS/M302WS)
*3฀The฀projector฀may฀fail฀to฀display฀these฀signals฀correctly฀when฀[AUTO]฀
is฀selected฀for฀[ASPECT฀RATIO]฀in฀the฀on-screen฀menu.
The฀factory฀default฀is฀[AUTO]฀for฀[ASPECT฀RATIO].฀To฀display฀these฀
signals,฀select฀[16:9]฀for฀[ASPECT฀RATIO].
*4฀WXGA฀MODE:฀OFF
*5฀WXGA฀MODE:฀ON
*6฀Native฀resolution฀on฀M402H
*7:HDMI฀signals฀are฀included.
*8฀60฀Hz฀signals฀are฀supported฀forSide฀by฀Side,฀Top฀and฀Bottom,฀and฀Frame฀
Sequential.
*9฀120Hz฀signals฀are฀supported฀for฀Frame฀Sequential฀only.
*10฀Video฀signal฀(SDTV฀480i)฀is฀supported฀for฀Frame฀Sequential฀only.
NOTE:
•Animagewithhigherorlowerresolutionthantheprojector’snativeresolution(M402X/M362X/M322X/M282X/M332XS:1024×768
/M402W/M362W/M322W/M352WS/M302WS:1280×800/M402H:1920×1080)willbedisplayedwithAdvancedAccuBlend.
•SynconGreenandCompositesyncsignalsarenotsupported.
•Signalsotherthanthosespeciedinthetableabovemaynotbedisplayedcorrectly.Ifthisshouldhappen,changetherefresh
rateorresolutiononyourPC.RefertoDisplayPropertieshelpsectionofyourPCforprocedures.
background
149
8. Appendix
PC Control Codes and Cable Connection
PC Control Codes
Function Code Data
POWER ON 02H 00H 00H 00H 00H 02H
POWER OFF 02H 01H 00H 00H 00H 03H
INPUT SELECT COMPUTER 02H 03H 00H 00H 02H 01H 01H 09H
INPUT SELECT HDMI 1 02H 03H 00H 00H 02H 01H A1H A9H
INPUT SELECT HDMI 2 02H 03H 00H 00H 02H 01H A2H AAH
INPUT SELECT VIDEO 02H 03H 00H 00H 02H 01H 06H 0EH
INPUT SELECT USB-A 02H 03H 00H 00H 02H 01H 1FH 27H
INPUT SELECT LAN 02H 03H 00H 00H 02H 01H 20H 28H
INPUT SELECT USB-B 02H 03H 00H 00H 02H 01H 22H 2AH
PICTURE MUTE ON 02H 10H 00H 00H 00H 12H
PICTURE MUTE OFF 02H 11H 00H 00H 00H 13H
SOUND MUTE ON 02H 12H 00H 00H 00H 14H
SOUND MUTE OFF 02H 13H 00H 00H 00H 15H
NOTE:ContactyourlocaldealerforafulllistofthePCControlCodesifneeded.
Cable Connection
Communication฀Protocol
Baud rate .........................................38400 bps
Data length ......................................8 bits
Parity ...............................................No parity
Stop bit ............................................One bit
X on/off ............................................None
Communications procedure .............Full duplex
NOTE:Dependingontheequipment,alowerbaudratemayberecommendedforlongcableruns.
PC Control Connector (D-SUB 9P)
NOTE1:Pins1,4,6and9arenoused.
NOTE2:Jumper“RequesttoSend”and“CleartoSend”togetheronbothendsofthecabletosimplifycableconnection.
NOTE3:Forlongcablerunsitisrecommendedtosetcommunicationspeedwithinprojectormenusto9600bps.
15243
67 98
To GND of PC
To RxD of PC
To TxD of PC
To RTS of PC
To CTS of PC
background
150
8. Appendix
No image is displayed from your PC or video equipment to the
projector.
Still no image even though you connect the projector to the PC
first, then start the PC.
Enabling your notebook PC’s signal output to the projector.
•Acombinationoffunctionkeyswillenable/disabletheexter-
naldisplay.Usually,thecombinationofthe“Fn”keyalong
withoneofthe12functionkeysturnstheexternaldisplay
onoroff.
No image (blue or black background, no display).
Still no image even though you press the AUTO ADJUST
button.
Still no image even though you carry out [RESET] in the
projector’s menu.
Signal cable’s plug is fully inserted into the input connector
A message appears on the screen.
( _____________________________________________ )
The source connected to the projector is active and available.
Still no image even though you adjust the brightness and/or
the contrast.
Input source’s resolution and frequency are supported by the
projector.
Troubleshooting Check List
Before฀contacting฀your฀dealer฀or฀service฀personnel,฀check฀the฀following฀list฀to฀be฀sure฀repairs฀are฀needed฀also฀by฀
referring฀to฀the฀“Troubleshooting”฀section฀in฀your฀user’s฀manual.This฀checklist฀below฀will฀help฀us฀solve฀your฀problem฀
more฀efciently.
*฀Print฀this฀page฀and฀the฀next฀page฀for฀your฀check.
Frequency of occurrence always sometimes (How often?_____________________) other (__________________)
Power
No power (POWER indicator does not light blue) See also “Status
Indicator (STATUS)”.
Power cord’s plug is fully inserted into the wall outlet.
Lamp cover is installed correctly.
Lamp Hours Used (lamp operation hours) was cleared after
lamp replacement.
No power even though you press and hold the POWER but-
ton.
Shut down during operation.
Power cord’s plug is fully inserted into the wall outlet.
Lamp cover is installed correctly .
[AUTO POWER OFF] is turned off (only models with the [AUTO
POWER OFF] function).
[OFF TIMER] is turned off (only models with the [OFF TIMER]
function).
Video and Audio
Image is too dark.
Remains unchanged even though you adjust the brightness
and/or the contrast.
Image is distorted.
Image appears to be trapezoidal (unchanged even though you
carry out the [KEYSTONE] adjustment).
Parts of the image are lost.
Still unchanged even though you press the AUTO ADJUST
button.
Still unchanged even though you carry out [RESET] in the
projector’s menu.
Image is shifted in the vertical or horizontal direction.
Horizontal and vertical positions are correctly adjusted on a
computer signal.
Input source’s resolution and frequency are supported by the
projector.
Some pixels are lost.
Image is flickering.
Still unchanged even though you press the AUTO ADJUST
button.
Still unchanged even though you carry out [RESET] in the
projector’s menu.
Image shows flickering or color drift on a computer signal.
Still unchanged even though you change [FAN MODE] from
[HIGH ALTITUDE] to [AUTO].
Image appears blurry or out of focus.
Still unchanged even though you checked the signal’s resolution
on PC and changed it to projector’s native resolution.
Still unchanged even though you adjusted the focus.
No sound.
Audio cable is correctly connected to the audio input of the
projector.
Still unchanged even though you adjusted the volume level.
AUDIO OUT is connected to your audio equipment (only models
with the AUDIO OUT connector).
Other
Remote control does not work.
No obstacles between the sensor of the projector and the
remote control.
Projector is placed near a fluorescent light that can disturb the
infrared remote controls.
Batteries are new and are not reversed in installation.
Buttons on the projector cabinet do not work (only models with the
[CONTROL PANEL LOCK] function)
[CONTROL PANEL LOCK] is not turned on or is disabled in
the menu.
Still unchanged even though you press and hold the EXIT button
for a minimum of 10 seconds.
background
151
8. Appendix
In the space below please describe your problem in detail.
Information on application and environment where your projector is used
Projector
Model number:
Serial No.:
Date of purchase:
Lamp operating time (hours):
Eco Mode: OFF AUTO ECO
NORMAL ECO
Information on input signal:
Horizontal synch frequency [ ] kHz
Vertical synch frequency [ ] Hz
Synch polarity H (+) (−)
V (+) (−)
Synch type Separate Composite
Sync on Green
STATUS Indicator:
Steady light Orange Green
Flashing light [ ]] cycles
Remote control model number:
Signal฀cable
NEC standard or other manufacturer’s cable?
Model number: Length: inch/m
Distribution amplifier
Model number:
Switcher
Model number:
Adapter
Model number:
Installation environment
Screen size: inch
Screen type: White matte Beads Polarization
Wide angle High contrast
Throw distance: feet/inch/m
Orientation: Ceiling mount Desktop
Power outlet connection:
Connected directly to wall outlet
Connected to power cord extender or other (the
number of connected equipment______________)
Connected to a power cord reel or other (the number
of connected equipment______________)
Computer
Manufacturer:
Model number:
Notebook PC / Desktop
Native resolution:
Refresh rate:
Video adapter:
Other:
Video฀equipment
VCR, DVD player, Video camera, Video game or other
Manufacturer:
Model number:
Projector
PC
DVD player
background
152
8. Appendix
TCO Certification
Some฀models฀in฀this฀product฀family฀are฀TCO฀certied.All฀TCO฀certied฀models฀have฀the฀TCO฀mark฀on฀the฀marking฀
plate฀(on฀the฀bottom฀of฀the฀product).To฀see฀a฀list฀of฀our฀TCO฀certied฀projectors฀and฀their฀TCO฀Certication฀(in฀English฀
only),฀visit฀our฀website฀at฀
http://www.nec-display.com/ap/en_projector/tco/index.html
The฀TCO฀certication,฀designed฀by฀TCO฀Development,฀is฀an฀international฀environmental฀and฀ergonomics฀standard฀
for฀IT฀equipment.
In฀some฀cases฀we฀may฀post฀a฀list฀of฀TCO฀certied฀models฀on฀our฀website฀before฀the฀TCO฀mark฀is฀placed฀on฀the฀prod-
uct.This฀difference฀in฀timing฀is฀related฀to฀the฀date฀certication฀is฀received฀compared฀with฀the฀projectors฀manufacturing฀
date.
background
153
8. Appendix
REGISTER YOUR PROJECTOR! (for residents in the United
States, Canada, and Mexico)
Please฀take฀time฀to฀register฀your฀new฀projector.This฀will฀activate฀your฀limited฀parts฀and฀labor฀warranty฀and฀InstaCare฀
service฀program.
Visit฀our฀web฀site฀at฀www.necdisplay.com,฀click฀on฀support฀center/register฀product฀and฀submit฀your฀completed฀form฀
online.
Upon฀receipt,฀we฀will฀send฀a฀conrmation฀letter฀with฀all฀the฀details฀you฀will฀need฀to฀take฀advantage฀of฀fast,฀reliable฀
warranty฀and฀service฀programs฀from฀the฀industry฀leader,฀NEC฀Display฀Solutions฀of฀America,฀Inc.
background
©฀NEC฀Display฀Solutions,฀Ltd.฀2013-20147N952004